As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 301, ~~2020~~2022

Commission File ~~Nos~~No. ~~333-______~~______________

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________________

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

__________________________________

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

(Exact Name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________________

Michigan

6311

38-1659835

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951

(517) 381-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

__________________________________

~~Andrew~~Carrie JL. ~~Bowden~~Chelko, Esq.

Executive Vice President, and General Counsel ~~and Secretary~~

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951

(517) 381-5500

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

Alison Samborn, Esq.

Associate General Counsel, ~~Legal~~Insurance ~~Product Development~~Legal

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951

__________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: x

If this Form is filed to register addition securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. □

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. □

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. □

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. □

Large accelerated filer □ Accelerated filer □ Non-accelerated filer x~~(Do~~ ~~not check if a smaller reporting company)~~ Smaller reporting company □ Emerging growth company □

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. □

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit*	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price**	Amount of Registration Fee
Single Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity Contract	$1,000,000.00	N/A	$1,000,000.00	$109.10

* Proposed maximum offering price per unit is not applicable because these securities are not issued in predetermined amounts or units.

** Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price is estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

THE INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL ~~THESE~~THE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. ~~THIS~~ THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

JACKSON MARKET LINK ~~PROSM~~ PRO® ADVISORY II

SINGLE PREMIUM DEFERRED INDEX-LINKED ANNUITY

Issued by

Jackson National Life Insurance Company®

The date of this prospectus is ~~_____________~~________, 2023. This prospectus contains information about the Contract and Jackson National Life Insurance Company (“Jackson®”) that you should know before investing. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the Contract’s material features, benefits, rights, and obligations of annuity purchasers under the Contract. The description of the Contract’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the Contract are changed after the date of this prospectus, in accordance with the Contract, those changes will be described in a supplemented prospectus. It is important that you also read the Contract and endorsements, which may reflect additional non-material state variations or other non-material variations. Jackson's obligations under the Contract are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. The information in this prospectus is intended to help you decide if the Contract will meet your investment and financial planning needs.

Index-linked annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. Before you invest, be sure to discuss the Contract’s features, benefits, risks, and fees with your financial professional in order to determine whether the Contract is appropriate for you based upon your financial situation and objectives. Please carefully read this prospectus and any related documents and keep everything together for future reference.

This prospectus describes the Indexes, Terms, Crediting Methods, and Protection Options that we currently offer under the Contract. We reserve the right to limit the number of Contracts that you may purchase. We also reserve the right to refuse any Premium payment. Please confirm with us or your financial professional that you have the most current prospectus that describe the availability and any restrictions on the Crediting Methods and Protection Options.

The Contracts are sold by broker-dealers who are also registered as, affiliated with, or in a contractual relationship with a registered investment adviser, through their registered representatives/investment adviser representatives. The Contracts are intended to be used by investors who have engaged these investment advisers and investment adviser representatives to manage their Contract Value for a fee. We offer other registered index-linked annuity products with different product features, benefits and charges. In ~~some~~Under ~~states~~certain circumstances, you may ~~purchase~~elect ~~the~~to ~~Contract~~have ~~through~~advisory anfees ~~automated~~directly ~~electronic~~deducted ~~transmission/order~~from ~~ticket~~your ~~verification~~Contract ~~procedure. Ask~~Value and automatically transmitted to your third party financial professional, ~~about~~subject ~~availability~~to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, these deductions will reduce Contract Value and ~~the~~may ~~details~~reduce your basic death benefit. The deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, and as a result, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which a negative Index Adjustment would occur.

The Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory II Contract is an individual single Premium deferred registered index-linked annuity Contract issued by Jackson. The Contract provides for the potential accumulation of retirement savings and partial downside protection in adverse market conditions. The Contract is a long-term, tax-deferred annuity designed for retirement or other long-term investment purposes. It is available for use in Non-Qualified plans, Qualified plans, Tax-Sheltered annuities, Traditional IRAs, and Roth IRAs.

Jackson is located at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing MIMichigan, 48951. The telephone number is 1-800-644-4565. Jackson is the principal underwriter for these Contracts. Jackson National Life Distributors LLC (“JNLD”), located at 300 Innovation Drive, Franklin, TNTennessee 37067, serves as the distributor of the Contracts.

An investment in this Contract is subject to risk including the possible loss of principal and that loss can become greater in the case of an early withdrawal due to charges and adjustments imposed on those withdrawals. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 for more information.


Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. It is a criminal offense to represent otherwise. We do not intend for this prospectus to be an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state where this is not permitted.


• Not FDIC/NCUA insured • Not Bank/CU guaranteed • May lose value • Not a deposit • Not insured by any federal agency

TABLE OF CONTENTS GLOSSARY 1 SUMMARY 4 RISK FACTORS 6 Liquidity 6 Limitations on Transfers 7 Loss of Contract Value 7 No Ownership of Underlying Securities 7 Tracking Index Performance 7 Limits on Investment Return 7 Buffers and Floors 8 Elimination/Suspension/Replacements/Substitutions/Changes to Indexes/Crediting Methods/Terms 8 Issuing Company 8 Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death 8 THE ANNUITY CONTRACT 9 State Variations 9 Owner 9 Annuitant 10 Beneficiary 10 Assignment 10 PREMIUM 10 Minimum Premium 10 Maximum Premium 10 Allocations of Premium 10 Free Look 11 CONTRACT OPTIONS 11 Fixed Account 11 Index Account 11 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS 14 Indexes 14 Protection Options 15 Crediting Methods 16 Cap 16 Performance Trigger 18 Performance Trigger Plus 20 TRANSFERS AND REALLOCATIONS 22 Transfer Requests 22 Automatic Reallocation of Fixed Account Value 22 Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account 22 ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY 22 INCOME PAYMENTS 23 Income Options 24 DEATH BENEFIT 24 Payout Options 25 Pre-Selected Payout Options 26 Spousal Continuation Option 26


TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY			1
RISK FACTORS			6
Risk of Loss			6
Liquidity			6
Limitations on Transfers			6
Loss of Contract Value			6
No Ownership of Underlying Securities			7
Tracking Index Performance			7
Limits on Investment Return			7
Buffers and Floors			7
Elimination, Suspension, Replacements, Substitutions, and Changes to Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Terms			8
Intra-Term Performance Locks			8
Issuing Company			8
Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death			8
Deduction of Advisory Fees from Contract Value			9
GLOSSARY			10
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT			13
State Variations			13
Owner			13
Annuitant			13
Beneficiary			14
Assignment			14
PREMIUM			14
Minimum Premium			14
Maximum Premium			14
Allocations of Premium			14
Free Look			14
CONTRACT OPTIONS			15
Fixed Account			15
Index Account			15
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS			17
Indexes			17
Protection Options			19
Crediting Methods			19
Cap			19
Performance Trigger			22
Performance Boost			24
TRANSFERS AND REALLOCATIONS			25
Transfer Requests			25
Automatic Reallocation of Fixed Account Value			26
Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account			26
Intra-Term Performance Lock			26
End-Term Performance Lock			27

Death of Owner On or After the Income Date 26 Death of Annuitant 27 Stretch Contracts 27 TAXES 27 CONTRACT OWNER TAXATION 27 Tax-Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts 27 Non-Qualified Contracts - General Taxation 27 Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts 28 Non-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments 28 Non-Qualified Contracts - Required Distributions 28 Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges 28 Tax-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments 29 Withdrawals - Roth IRAs 29 Constructive Withdrawals - Investment Adviser Fees 29 Death Benefits 29 Assignment 29 Withholding 29 Definition of Spouse 30 Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract 30 Tax Law Changes 30 CARES Act Relief in 2020 30 JACKSON TAXATION 30 OTHER INFORMATION 31 General Account 31 Unregistered Separate Account 31 Distribution of Contracts 31 Modification of Your Contract 33 Confirmation of Transactions 33 State Variations 33 Legal Proceedings 33 JACKSON 33 OUR BUSINESS 33 REGULATION 34 RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY 34 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 34 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 35 APPENDIX A (EXAMPLES OF INTERIM VALUE ADJUSTMENTS UPON WITHDRAWALS) A-1 APPENDIX B (STATE VARIATIONS) B-1 APPENDIX C (INDEX DISCLOSURES) C-1


Automatic Rebalancing			27
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY			27
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT			29
INCOME PAYMENTS			29
Income Options			30
DEATH BENEFIT			31
Payout Options			32
Pre-Selected Payout Options			32
Spousal Continuation Option			32
Death of Owner On or After the Income Date			33
Death of Annuitant			33
Stretch Contracts			33
TAXES			33
CONTRACT OWNER TAXATION			33
Tax-Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts			33
Non-Qualified Contracts - General Taxation			34
Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts			34
Non-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments			34
Non-Qualified Contracts - Required Distributions			34
Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges			35
Tax-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments			35
Withdrawals - Roth IRAs			35
Constructive Withdrawals - Investment Adviser Fees			35
Death Benefits			36
Assignment			36
Withholding			36
Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations			36
Definition of Spouse			36
Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract			36
Tax Law Changes			37
JACKSON TAXATION			37
OTHER INFORMATION			37
General Account			37
Unregistered Separate Account			37
Distribution of Contracts			37
Modification of Your Contract			39
Confirmation of Transactions			39
State Variations			39
Legal Proceedings			39
JACKSON			39
CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			40
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY			41
Risks Relating to Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and Economy			42
Risks Related to Financing and Liquidity			46


Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters			48
Risks Related to the Products We Offer and Distribution			53
Risks Related to Models, Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations			55
Risks Related to Counterparty Performance and Reinsurance			57
Risks Related to Our Information Technology and Other Operational Matters			58
General Risk Factors			58
OUR BUSINESS			62
Overview			62
Our Product Offerings by Segment			63
Distribution and Operations			65
Risk Management			67
Reinsurance			70
Regulation			70
Environmental, Social and Governance			78
Human Capital Resources			78
Properties			80
Management			81
Compensation Discussion and Analysis			83
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock			110
Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons			113
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS			116
Executive Summary			116
How We Generate Revenues and Profitability			117
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements			117
Macroeconomic, Industry and Regulatory Trends			117
Non-GAAP Financial Measures			120
Consolidated Results of Operations			123
2021 vs 2020			123
2020 vs 2019			125
Segment Results			126
Retail Annuities			126
Institutional Products			129
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks			130
Corporate and Other			132
Investments			133
Policy and Contract Liabilities			135
Liquidity and Capital Resources			136
Cash Flows			136
Statutory Capital			137
Liquidity			137
Our Indebtedness			138
Financial Strength Ratings			138
Contractual Obligations			138
Critical Accounting Estimates			139


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk			144
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			149
APPENDIX A (EXAMPLES OF INTERIM VALUE ADJUSTMENTS UPON WITHDRAWALS, PERFORMANCE LOCK TRANSFERS, AND AUTOMATIC REBALANCING)			A-1
APPENDIX B (STATE VARIATIONS)			B-1
APPENDIX C (INDEX DISCLOSURES)			C-1
BACK COVER			D-1

SUMMARY

Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory II is a Registered Index-Linked Annuity (“RILA”) contract. The Contract is an SEC registered, tax deferred annuity that permits you to link your investment to an Index (or multiple Indexes) over a defined period of time ("term"). If the Index Return is positive, the Contract credits any gains in that Index to your Index Account Option Value, subject to the Crediting Method you choose: a stated Cap Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Boost Rate. If the Index Return is negative, the Contract credits losses, which may be either absorbed or offset, subject to the Protection Option you choose: a stated Buffer or Floor.

The Contract currently offers five Indexes that can be tracked in any combination, which allow for the ability to diversify among different asset classes and investment strategies. There is also a one-year Fixed Account available for election.

At the end of an Index Account Option Term, we will credit an Index Adjustment (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the Index Return, Crediting Method, and Protection Option of the Index Account Option selected.

Indexes: Each Index is comprised of or defined by certain securities or by a combination of certain securities and other investments. Please refer to the section titled “Indexes” for a description of each of the Indexes offered on this Contract. The Indexes currently offered on the Contract are the S&P 500, Russell 2000, MSCI Emerging Markets, MSCI EAFE, and the MSCI KLD 400 Social Index.

Crediting Methods: Each Crediting Method provides the opportunity to receive an Index Adjustment based on any positive Index Return. The Crediting Methods currently offered on the Contract are the Cap, Performance Trigger, and Performance Boost Crediting Methods. Current Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request.

•A Cap Crediting Method provides you the opportunity to receive a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate up to a stated Cap Rate if the Index Return is positive at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Cap Rate is the maximum amount of positive Index Adjustment that you will receive if the Index Return is positive. If the Index Return is less than the stated Cap Rate, you will receive a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate. If the Index Return is in excess of the Cap Rate, your positive Index Adjustment will be limited by (and equal to) the Cap Rate. The Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to reduce an Index Adjustment. An Index Participation Rate or a Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

•A Performance Trigger Crediting Method provides you the opportunity to receive a positive Index Adjustment equal to a stated Performance Trigger Rate if the Index Return is flat or positive at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rate equals the positive Index Adjustment that you will receive if the Index Return is flat or positive, regardless of whether the actual Index Return is higher or lower than the stated Performance Trigger Rate. A Performance Trigger Rate is not a guarantee of any positive return.

•A Performance Boost Crediting Method provides you the opportunity to receive a positive Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the Performance Boost Rate if the Index Return is flat, positive, or negative, but not if the negative return is equal to or in excess of the elected Buffer Protection Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term. Any Index Adjustment credited is limited by a Performance Boost Cap Rate. There are two rates associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method: the Performance Boost Rate, and the Performance Boost Cap Rate. The Performance Boost Rate is used to boost your Index Adjustment to a value higher than Index Return, and is equal to the Buffer percentage. The Performance Boost Cap Rate limits the amount of positive Index Adjustment you can receive, and is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Performance Boost Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option. If Index Return is negative in excess of the Buffer, your Index Adjustment will be negative in the amount that the Index Return exceeds the Buffer. A Performance Boost Rate or a Performance Boost Cap Rate are not a guarantee of any positive return.

Protection Options: The Protection Options provide a level of downside protection if the Index Return is negative. You may choose either a Buffer or Floor Protection Option. Current Buffer and Floor rates are provided at the time of application.

•A Buffer protects from loss up to a specific amount (typically 10% or 20%). You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage. For example, if an Index declines 15% and you chose a 10% Buffer, you would incur a loss of 5% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Buffer rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 50%.

•A Floor protects from loss after a specific threshold. If the Index declines, you incur a loss up to the stated Floor percentage, beyond which, you are protected by any further loss for that Index Account Option Term. For example, if you chose a 10% Floor and the Index declines 15%, you would lose 10% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Floor rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 50%.

Index Account Option Terms: The Contract currently offers three term lengths: a 1-Year term, a 3-Year term, and a 6-Year term depending on the Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose.

As of the date of this prospectus, you may currently select the following combination of Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms with any of the available Indexes:

Crediting Methods

Protection Options*

Term Length

Buffer

Floor

1-Year

3-Year

6-Year

Cap

10%, 20%

10%**

Performance Trigger

10%

10%**

N/A

Performance Boost

10%

N/A

* Protection Option rates listed above are the rates currently available as of the date of this prospectus. These rates may be changed from time to time, so you should contact your financial professional or the Jackson Customer Care Center for current rate availability.

** The Floor Protection Option is only available with the 1-year Cap and Performance Trigger Crediting Methods.

The available Crediting Method and Protection Option rates are the rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term. The rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will send you written notice advising you of how you may obtain the available rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

We reserve the right to delete or add Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. At least 30 days prior to the end of your Index Account Option Term, we will send you notice identifying the Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, or Index Account Option Terms that are available, so that you may tell us how you would like your Index Account Option Value allocated on your Index Account Option Term Anniversary. On your Index Account Option Term Anniversary, your Index Account Option Value will be automatically renewed into the same Index Account Option unless you instruct us to transfer such amount into a different Index Account Option or the Fixed Account, subject to our rules regarding Index Account Option combinations no longer available, or that would extend beyond your Income Date. See "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page 26.

It is possible that an Index may be replaced during an Index Account Option Term. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, we will provide you with notice of the substituted Index, and Index Return for the Index Account Option Term will be calculated by adding the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term. While any substituted Index will need to be approved by regulators prior to replacing your Index, it is possible that you may experience lower Index Return under a substituted Index than you would have if that Index had not been replaced. For more information about replacing Indexes, please see "Replacing an Index" on page 18. We also reserve the right to remove, add or change the combinations in which we offer Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options and Index Account Option Terms in the future. All Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms we currently offer may not be available in all states, or through every selling broker-dealer.

Fixed Account: You also have the option to invest all or a portion of your Contract Value into a Fixed Account. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn compounded interest at a fixed rate for the duration of the term. Currently, we offer a one-year term for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and at the end of the term, you will have the option of reallocating those amounts to Index Account Options, or to continue with the amounts in the Fixed Account. The credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is set annually and can be changed as each one-year term resets on the Contract Anniversary, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate.

There is also a Short Duration Fixed Account Option, which is a limited-purpose Fixed Account Option only available in connection with Intra-Term Performance Locks and spousal continuation, and may not be independently elected. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option as part of an Intra-Term Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one

from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. For more information on availability requirements, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page 26. On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option in connection with a spousal continuation adjustment, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order from the spouse continuing the Contract.

Intra-Term Performance Lock: You have the option to lock in Interim Value during each Index Account Option Term on Index Account Options with certain Crediting Methods. This feature allows you to transfer the full Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Short Duration Fixed Account Option, where it will earn the declared Short Duration Fixed Account rate of interest beginning on the the Intra-Term Performance Lock Date until the next Contract Anniversary. An Intra-Term Performance Lock ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once an Intra-Term Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable. Intra-Term Performance Lock is not currently available with elections of the Performance Trigger Crediting Method.

Any interest credited to the Contract, whether from allocations to the Index Account Options or the Fixed Account, is backed by the claims-paying ability of Jackson National Life Insurance Company.

You are permitted to make transfers and withdrawals under the terms of the Contract. Transfers among Index Account Options or between Index Account Options and the Fixed Account are permissible only at the end of the Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account term unless you are executing an Intra-Term Performance Lock. Withdrawals taken from your contract during the first six years may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment and an Interim Value adjustment. Depending on the Crediting Method, Protection Option, Index selected, and the amount of time that has elapsed in the Index Account Option Term, this adjustment could be substantial.

Registered Index-Linked Annuities are long term investments, subject to a potentially substantial loss of principal. Working with a financial professional, you should carefully consider which Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Protection Options (or combinations thereof) are right for you based on your risk tolerance, investment objectives, and other relevant factors. Not all options may be suitable for all investors, including the overall purchase of a RILA.

Contract Overview


Contract			Individual single premium deferred registered index-linked annuity contract
Minimum Premium			$25,000
Issue Ages			0 - 85
Contract Value			The sum of the Fixed Account Value and the Index Account Value.
Index Account Options			Each Index Account Option is defined by an Index, a Crediting Method, a Protection Option, and a Term length. The Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose define the parameters under which the positive or negative Index Adjustment will be credited.
Index Account Option Term			Terms currently available under the Contract are 1, 3, and 6 years in length.
Index			The Indexes currently offered under the Contract are: - S&P 500 Index - Russell 2000 Index - MSCI EAFE Index - MSCI Emerging Markets Index - MSCI KLD 400 Social Index
Crediting Method			The Crediting Methods currently offered under the Contract are: - Cap - Performance Trigger - Performance Boost
Protection Options			The Protection Options currently offered under the Contract are: - Buffer - Floor


Intra-Term Performance Lock			This feature allows you to lock in your Interim Value prior to the end of your Index Account Option Term on Index Account Options with certain Crediting Methods. If you elect an Intra-Term Performance Lock, your full Interim Value as of the Intra-Term Performance Lock Date will be transferred into the Short Duration Fixed Account Option where it will earn a declared rate of interest for the remainder of the Contract Year. Once an Intra-Term Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable. An Intra-Term Performance Lock ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Any amounts allocated to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option in connection with an Intra-Term Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. Intra-Term Performance Lock is not currently available with elections of the Performance Trigger Crediting Method. For more information, see "Intra-Term Performance Lock" beginning on page 26.
Fixed Account			A Contract Option which provides a declared amount of interest over a stated period.
Interim Value			The daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day prior to the end of an Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is calculated using prorated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, based on the elapsed portion of the Index Account Option Term. Neither the Floor nor the Index Participation Rate are prorated.
Transfers			You may request a transfer to or from the Fixed Account and to or from the Index Account Options. You may also request transfers among the available Index Account Options. Transfers among Index Account Options or between Index Account Options and the Fixed Account are permissible only at the end of the Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account term unless you are executing an Intra-Term Performance Lock. The effective date of transfers other than those in connection with an Intra-Term Performance Lock is the first day of the Fixed Account term and/or an Index Account Option Term into which a transfer is made.
Access to Your Money			You may withdraw some or all of your money at any time prior to the Income Date. For any withdrawal from an Index Account Option, an Interim Value adjustment as of the date of the withdrawal will apply and may substantially reduce your Index Account Option Value. In addition, a withdrawal taken in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
Market Value Adjustment			A positive or negative adjustment applied to withdrawals from your Contract in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount. Market Value Adjustments apply during the first six years of the Contract when any portion of Contract Value is withdrawn or annuitized. For more information about Market Value Adjustments, including details about certain withdrawals that are exempt from Market Value Adjustments, please see the section titled “Market Value Adjustment" on page 29. In some states we do not apply an MVA. For more information, see "Appendix B: State Variations".
Death Benefit			For Owners 80 or younger at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard death benefit (known as the Return of Premium death benefit) is the greater of the Contract Value or the Premium you paid into the Contract (reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in the Index Account Option Value and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal (including any applicable Market Value Adjustment)). For Owners age 81 or older at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard death benefit is the Contract Value.


Income Options			You can choose to begin taking income from your Contract at any time, but all of the Contract Value must be annuitized. Market Value Adjustments will apply if you begin taking income in the first six years, and we will use your Interim Value (if you begin taking income on any day other than the Index Account Option Term Anniversary) to calculate your income payments. You may choose from the following annuitization options: - Life Income - Joint Life and Survivor Income - Life Income with Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years or 20 Years - Life Income for a Specified Period Once an income option has been selected, and payments begin, the income option may not be changed. No withdrawals will be permitted once the contract is in the income phase. For more information about income options, please see the section titled "Income Options" on page 30.
Charges and Expenses			You will bear the following charges and expenses: - Premium and Other Taxes.
Free Look Provision			You may cancel the Contract within a certain time period after receiving it by returning the Contract to us or to the financial professional who sold it to you. This is known as a “Free Look.” We will return either your Premium Payment or Contract Value, depending on your state, and we will not deduct any fees or charges. Free Looks are subject to Interim Value adjustments.

RISK FACTORS

The purchase of the Contract and the features you elect involve certain risks. You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to considerations listed elsewhere in this prospectus, prior to purchasing the Contract.

Risk of Loss. An investment in an index-linked annuity is subject to the risk of loss. You may lose money, including the loss of principal.

Liquidity. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. If you take withdrawals from your Contract during the first six years, Market Value Adjustments ("MVA") may apply. In addition, each time you take a withdrawal, including direct deductions to pay advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, we will recalculate your Index Account Option Value, based on an Interim Value adjustment, which could be positive or negative. In doing so, we use prorated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, which serve to reduce any positive Index Adjustment, as well as increase any negative Index Adjustment we credit. Neither the Floor nor the Index Participation Rate are prorated. Any negative adjustment could be significant and impact the amount of Contract Value available for future withdrawals. The adjustments and charges that are imposed when amounts are withdrawn before the end of an Index Account Option Term can result in a loss of Contract Value even if the Index Return has been positive. In addition, amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to taxes and a 10% additional federal tax penalty if taken before age 59½. If you plan on taking withdrawals that will be subject to MVA and/or taking withdrawals before age 59½, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.

Limitations on Transfers. You can transfer Contract Value among the Index Account Options and the Fixed Account only at designated times (on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for amounts invested in Index Account Options, and Contract Anniversaries for amounts invested in the Fixed Account). You cannot transfer out of a current Index Account Option to another Index Account Option (or to the Fixed Account) until the Index Account Option Term Anniversary (unless you are executing an Intra-Term Performance Lock) and you cannot transfer out of the Fixed Account to an Index Account Option until the Contract Anniversary. In all cases, the amount transferred can only be transferred to a new Index Account Option or Fixed Account. This may limit your ability to react to market conditions. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value during the elected investment terms is consistent with your financial needs and risk tolerance.

In addition, you should understand that for renewals into the same Index Account Option, a new Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate, or Performance Boost Rate will go into effect on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary that coincides with the beginning of the new Index Account Option Term. Such rates could be lower, higher, or equal to your current Crediting Method percentage rate. For more information on how rates are set and communicated, please see the subsection titled "Crediting Methods" under "Additional Information About the Index Account Options".

If we do not receive new instructions at the end of the Index Option Term or prior to a Contract Anniversary to change an allocation, no transfers will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next elected term, subject to the availability of your elected Index Account Option. This will occur even if the Fixed Account and/or specific Index Account Option is no longer appropriate for your investment goals. For more information about transfers, please see the section titled "Transfers and Reallocations" on page 25.

Loss of Contract Value. There is a risk of substantial loss of Contract Value (except for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account) due to any negative Index Return that exceeds the Buffer or is within the Floor amount. If any negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer or is within the Floor you have elected at the end of the Index Account Option Term, you will realize the amount of loss associated with your elected Protection Option. Buffers and Floors are not cumulative, and their protection does not extend beyond the length of any given Index Account Option Term. If you keep amounts allocated to an Index Account Option over multiple Index Account Option Terms in which negative Index Adjustments are made, the total combined loss of Index Account Option Value over those multiple Index Account Option Terms may exceed the stated limit of any applicable Protection Option for a single Index Account Option Term.

No Ownership of Underlying Securities. You have no ownership rights in the securities that comprise an Index. Purchasing the Contract is not equivalent to purchasing shares in a mutual fund that invests in securities comprising the Indexes nor is it equivalent to directly investing in such securities. You will not have any ownership interest or rights in the securities, such as voting rights, or the right to receive dividend payments, or other distributions. Index returns would be higher if they included the dividends from the component securities.

Tracking Index Performance. When you allocate money to an Index Account Option, the value of your investment depends in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other investments that comprise or define the Index. The securities comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index Return may cause you to realize investment losses. The historical performance of an Index or an Index Account Option does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a term.

While you will not directly invest in an Index, if you choose to allocate amounts to an Index Account Option, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the applicable Index as the Contract performance tracks the Index Return and then your elected Crediting Methods and Protection Options are applied based on that performance. Because each Index is comprised or defined by a collection of equity securities, each Index is exposed to market fluctuations that may cause the value of a security to change, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

Limits on Investment Return.

•Cap Rate. If you elect a Cap Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve on your investment is equal to the Cap Rate, or "Cap". The Cap therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of minimum Index Adjustment credited. Any Index Adjustment based on a Cap Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Cap, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

•Performance Trigger Rate. If you elect a Performance Trigger Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve is equal to the Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rates do not guarantee a minimum Index Adjustment amount. Any Index Adjustment credited for a Performance Trigger Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is always equal to the Performance Trigger Rate, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

•Performance Boost Cap Rate. If you elect a Performance Boost Crediting method, the highest possible return that you may achieve is equal to the Performance Boost Cap Rate. The Performance Boost Cap Rate therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Cap Rates do not guarantee a minimum Index Adjustment amount. Any Index Adjustment credited for a Performance Boost Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Performance Boost Cap Rate, even when the positive Index Return is greater. In addition, if the Index Return is negative and equal to or in excess of the elected Buffer, you will not get the benefit of the Performance Boost Rate to increase the value of your Index Adjustment.

Buffers and Floors. If you allocate money to an Index Account Option, Index fluctuations may cause an Index Adjustment to be negative at the end of the Index Account Option Term despite the application of the Buffer or Floor Protection Option that you elect.

•If you elect a Floor, a negative Index Return will always result in a negative Index Adjustment up to the Floor but not in excess of the Floor.

•If you elect a Buffer, a negative Index Return will result in a negative Index Adjustment if the negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer.

In choosing between a Buffer and a Floor, you should consider that the maximum amount of principal you can lose with a Buffer is greater than the maximum amount of principal you can lose with a Floor. Conversely, because of the greater downside risk you assume with a Buffer Protection Option, they tend to offer greater opportunities for upside growth.

Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Index Account Option will benefit from the protection of either the Buffer or Floor for that Index Account Option Term only. A new Buffer or Floor will be applied to subsequent Index Account Option Terms. You assume the risk that you will incur a loss and that the amount of the loss could be significant. You also bear the risk that sustained negative Index Return may result in a zero or negative Index Adjustment being credited to your Index Account Option Value over multiple Index Account Option Terms.

If an Index Account Option Value is credited with a negative Index Adjustment for multiple Index Account Option Terms, the total combined loss of Index Account Option Value over those multiple Index Account Option Terms may exceed the stated limit of any applicable Buffer or Floor for a single Index Account Option Term.

Elimination, Suspension, Replacements, Substitutions, and Changes to Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Terms. We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or if there is a substantial change in the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. If we substitute an Index, the performance of the new Index may differ from the original Index. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return for the Index Account Option Term will be calculated by adding the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term. A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length.

Changes to the Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates, if any, occur at the beginning of the next Index Account Option Term. We will send you written notice at least 30 days prior to each Index Account Option Term instructing you how to obtain the Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, and Performance Boost Cap Rates for the next Index Account Option Term. On the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, you may transfer your Index Account Option Value to another Index Account Option or to the Fixed Account without charge. The guaranteed maximum Floor and guaranteed minimum Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract.

We may also add or remove an Index, Index Account Option Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option during the time that you own the Contract. We will not add any Index, Index Account Option Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option until the new Index or Crediting Method has been approved by the insurance department in your state. Any addition, substitution, or removal of an Index, Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term will be communicated to you in writing.

Intra-Term Performance Locks. Because an Intra-Term Performance Lock utilizes Interim Value on the Intra-Term Performance Lock Date, you may receive less on the date you exercise your Intra-Term Performance Lock than you would have had you exercised your Intra-Term Performance Lock on a different date. Because the calculation of Interim Value utilizes pro-rated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, you may receive less than you would have received had you not exercised an Intra-Term Performance Lock and instead remained invested until the end of your Index Account Option Term when you would have realized the full value of your Index Adjustment Factors. Please note: neither the Floor nor the Index Participation Rate are prorated. When you exercise an Intra-Term Performance Lock, you must transfer the full Interim Value from the selected Index Account Option to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option, which means you will not get the benefit of any positive Index market performance for the remainder of that Contract Year. Once you have exercised an Intra-Term Performance Lock, the Interim Value transferred to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option will be inaccessible for transfer until the next Contract Anniversary. It is possible that the same combination of options that made up the Index Account Option on which you exercised your Intra-Term Performance Lock may no longer be available or may have different rates once you reach the Contract Anniversary, thus preventing you from being reallocated into an identical Index Account Option. Further, once you have exercised an Intra-Term Performance Lock, it is irrevocable.

Issuing Company. No company other than Jackson has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that Jackson owes under the Contract. The amounts you invest are not placed in a registered separate account, and your rights under the Contract to invested assets and the returns on those assets are subject to the claims paying ability of Jackson. You should review and be comfortable with the financial strength of Jackson for its claims-paying ability.

Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death. If any of the following are taken during the Index Account Option Term, they could be subject to an Interim Value adjustment that could reduce your Index Account Option Value: a partial or total withdrawal, Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD"), free look, Intra-Term Performance Lock, the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules, income payment, or death benefit payment. In addition, partial

and total withdrawals, Intra-Term Performance Locks, and income payments made under certain income options may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment that could reduce your Contract Value. Such reduction could be significant. The Interim Value adjustment may result in an Index Adjustment that is less than the Index Adjustment you would have received if you had held the investment until the end of the Index Account Option Term. If you take a withdrawal when the Index Return is negative, your remaining Contract Value may be significantly less than if you waited to take the withdrawal when the Index Return was positive. Because the deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which a negative Index Adjustment would occur.

All withdrawals, including RMDs, will be taken proportionately from each of your Index Account Options and Fixed Account unless otherwise specified. Withdrawals can also reduce the Death Benefit. Any Return of Premium death benefit will be reduced in a pro-rated amount. Pro rata reductions can be greater than the actual dollar amount of your withdrawal.

In addition, since all withdrawals reduce the Contract Value, withdrawals will also reduce the amount that can be taken as income since such amount is determined by the Contract Value on the Income Date. The Latest Income Date for this contract is age 95.

If your Contract Value falls below the minimum contract value remaining as a result of a withdrawal (as stated in your Contract), we may terminate your Contract.

Deduction of Advisory Fees from Contract Value. Under certain circumstances, you may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third party financial professional, subject to certain administrative rules. If you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, we will not treat such deductions as withdrawals in two specific ways: (i) we will not report them as taxable distributions under your Contract; and (ii) any such deduction will not trigger a reduction in return of premium benefit base of the basic death benefit, as applicable (Owners age 81 and older on the date the Contract is issued do not have a return of premium element in the basic death benefit). It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic death benefit, and they are otherwise subject to all contractual provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. Because the deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, your Contract Value may be reduced by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which a negative Index Adjustment would occur. Advisory fees are in addition to expenses disclosed in this prospectus. This means if you take withdrawals to pay advisory fees and do not follow our administrative rules, all such withdrawals will be subject to any applicable income taxes and penalties. For more information about our administrative rules applicable to the direct deduction of advisory fees from Contract Value, please see the subsection titled "Our Administrative Rules" in the section titled "Access to Your Money" beginning on page 28.

GLOSSARY

These terms are capitalized when used throughout this prospectus because they have special meaning. In reading this prospectus, please refer back to this glossary if you have any questions about these terms.

Adjusted Index Return - the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, adjusted based on the elected Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, Performance ~~Trigger~~Boost ~~Plus~~Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate, Buffer or Floor.

Annuitant – the natural person on whose life annuity payments for this Contract are based. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Annuitants. Any reference to the Annuitant includes any joint Annuitant.

Beneficiary – the natural person or legal entity designated to receive any Contract benefits upon the Owner’s death. The Contract allows for the naming of multiple Beneficiaries.

Buffer - one of the two Protection Options offered and an Index Adjustment Factor. A Buffer is the amount of negative Index price change before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of an Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. A Buffer protects from loss up to a stated amount. You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage during the Index Account Option Term (though it is possible to incur a loss in excess of the stated Buffer percentage if you make a withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term).

Business Day - any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business during the hours in which the New York Stock Exchange is open.

Cap Rate ("CR") or Cap - one of three currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Cap Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term after application of the Index Participation Rate.

Contract - the single premium deferred Index-linked annuity contract and any optional endorsements you may have selected.

Contract Anniversary - the Business Day on or immediately following each one-year anniversary of the Issue Date.

Contract Option - one of the options offered by the Company under this Contract. The Contract Options for this product are the Fixed Account and Index Account.

Contract Value - the sum of the allocations to the Fixed Account and the Index Account.

Contract Year - the succeeding twelve months from a Contract’s Issue Date and every anniversary. The first Contract Year (Contract Year 0-1) starts on the Contract’s Issue Date and extends to, but does not include, the first Contract Anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years start on an anniversary date and extend to, but do not include, the next anniversary date.

For example, if the Issue Date is January 15, ~~2021~~2023 then the end of Contract Year 1 would be January 14, ~~2022~~2024, and January 15, ~~2022~~2024, which is the first Contract Anniversary, begins Contract Year 2.

Crediting Method - the general term used to describe a method of crediting the applicable positive Index Adjustment at the end of an Index Account Option Term.

End-Term Performance Lock - a Contract feature that allows for the automatic reallocation of positive Index Adjustments from Index Account Options into the Fixed Account at the end of each Index Account Option Term.

Fixed Account - a Contract Option in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a stated period.

Fixed Account Option - An option within the Fixed Account for allocation of Premium or Contract Value defined by its term.

Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate - the minimum interest rate applied to the Fixed Account, guaranteed for the life of the Contract.

Fixed Account Minimum Value - the minimum guaranteed amount of the Fixed Account Value. The Fixed Account Minimum Value is equal to 87.5% of all amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, reduced by the net amount of withdrawals and transfers from the Fixed Account, ~~taxes,~~ and ~~a $50 annual expense allowance~~taxes, accumulated at the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate.

Fixed Account Value - the value of the portion of the Premium allocated to the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account Value is equal to the larger of the Fixed Account Minimum Value or Premium allocated to the Fixed Account, plus interest credited daily at never less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate for the Contract per annum, less any partial withdrawals including any Market Value Adjustments on such withdrawals, and any amounts transferred out of the Fixed Account.

Floor - one of the two Protection Options offered and an Index Adjustment Factor. A Floor is the maximum negative Index Adjustment that will be credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of the Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. A Floor protects from loss after a stated threshold. If the Index declines during the Index Account Option Term, you incur a loss up to the stated Floor percentage, and are protected from any further loss beyond the Floor during that Index Account Option Term (though it is possible to incur a loss in excess of the stated Floor percentage if you make a 10

1Floor - one of the two Protection Options offered and an Index Adjustment Factor. A Floor is the maximum negative Index Adjustment that will be credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of the Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. A Floor protects from loss after a stated threshold. If the Index declines during the Index Account Option Term, you incur a loss up to the stated Floor percentage, and are protected from any further loss beyond the Floor during that Index Account Option Term (though it is possible to incur a loss in excess of the stated Floor percentage if you make a withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term).

withdrawal prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term).

Good Order - when our administrative requirements, including all information, documentation and instructions deemed necessary by us, in our sole discretion, are met in order to issue a Contract or execute any requested transaction pursuant to the terms of the Contract.

Income Date - the date on which Income Payments are scheduled to begin as described in the Income Provisions.

Index - a benchmark used to determine the positive or negative Index Adjustment credited, if any, for a particular Index Account Option.

Index Account - a Contract Option in which amounts are credited positive or negative index-linked interest for a specified period.

Index Account Option - an option within the Index Account for allocation of Premium, defined by its term, Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option.

Index Account Option Term - the selected duration of an Index Account Option.

Index Account Option Term Anniversary - the Business Day concurrent with or immediately following the end of an Index Account Option Term.

Index Account Option Value - the value of the portion of Premium allocated to an Index Account Option.

Index Account Value - the sum of the Index Account Option Values.

Index Adjustment - an adjustment to Index Account Option Value at the end of each Index Account Option Term, or at the time of withdrawal of Index Account Option Value. Index Adjustments can be positive or negative, depending on the performance of the selected Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option. The Index Adjustment is equal to the Adjusted Index Return. During an Index Account Option Term, the Index Adjustment is equal to the Adjusted Index Return, further adjusted based on your prorated Index Adjustment Factors, ~~and~~where ~~the Interim Value Proration Factor.~~

~~Index~~applicable. Please ~~Adjustment~~note ~~Factor(s)~~that -neither the ~~parameters~~Floor ~~used~~nor ~~to determine~~ the ~~amount of an~~ Index ~~Adjustment. These~~Participation ~~parameters~~Rate are ~~specific to the applicable Crediting Method and Protection Option~~prorated. ~~Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Trigger Plus Rates, Buffers, and Floors are all Index Adjustment Factors.~~

Index Adjustment Factor(s) - the parameters used to determine the amount of an Index Adjustment. These parameters are specific to the applicable Crediting Method and Protection Option. Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Performance Boost Rates, Performance Boost Cap Rates, Index Participation Rates, Buffers, and Floors are all Index Adjustment Factors.

Index Participation Rate ("IPR") - the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in the calculation of the Index Adjustment for the Cap Crediting Method. The IPR is an Index Adjustment Factor, and is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option term. The IPR is guaranteed to be at least 100%, and will never serve to reduce an Index Adjustment.

Index Return - the percentage change in an Index value measured from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

Interim Value - the ~~amount~~Index ~~used~~Account toOption ~~adjust,~~Value ~~positively~~during orthe ~~negatively,~~Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is the greater of the Index Account Option Value at the ~~time~~beginning of athe ~~withdrawal~~term ~~prior~~reduced tofor any withdrawals (including Required Minimum Distributions, income payments, death benefit payments, Free Looks, and the ~~end~~deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules) or Intra-Term Performance Locks transferred from the Index Account Option during the term, including any applicable Market Value Adjustments, in the same proportion as the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal or Intra-Term Performance Lock, plus the prorated Index Adjustment subject to prorated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, or zero. Neither the Floor nor the Index Participation Rate Index Adjustment Factors are prorated. The Interim Value uses ~~your~~applicable prorated Index Adjustment Factors (based on the elapsed portion of the Index Account Option Term), ~~and~~but neither the Floor nor the Index Participation Rate Index Adjustment Factors are prorated for the purposes of calculating Interim Value. The ~~Proration~~Interim ~~Factor~~Value is calculated on each date of the Index Account Option Term, and is the amount of Index Account Option Value available for withdrawal or Intra-Term Performance Lock prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

~~Interim~~Intra-Term ~~Value~~Performance ~~Proration Factor ("IVPF")~~ Lock- ~~the~~a ~~percentage~~Contract ~~applied~~feature tothat ~~the~~permits ~~prorated Index Adjustment Factors in~~ the ~~calculation~~one-time reallocation of Interim Value atfrom ~~the~~an ~~time~~Index ofAccount aOption ~~withdrawal prior~~ to the ~~end~~Short ofDuration ~~the~~Fixed ~~Index~~ Account Option ~~Term.~~prior ~~The~~to ~~IVPF equals 100% during~~ the ~~Market~~end ~~Value~~of ~~Adjustment period. After~~ the ~~Market Value Adjustment period ends, the IVPF is reset annually on the~~ Index Account Option ~~Anniversary and may vary by Crediting Method and Protection Option combination~~Term. ~~The~~ ~~IVPF is guaranteed to be at least 50% after the Market Value Adjustment period ends.~~

Intra-Term Performance Lock Date - the date Interim Value is reallocated to the Short duration Fixed Account Option in connection with an Intra-Term Performance Lock.

Issue Date - the date your Contract is issued.

Jackson, JNL, we, our, or us – Jackson National Life Insurance Company. (We do not capitalize “we,” “our,” or “us” in the prospectus.)

Latest Income Date ("LID") - the date on which you will begin receiving income payments. The Latest Income Date is the Contract Anniversary on which the Owner will be 95 years old, or such ~~earlier~~ date allowed by the Company on a non-discriminatory basis or required by a qualified plan, law or regulation.

Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") - a positive or negative adjustment we may apply to amounts you withdraw ~~from~~or anannuitize ~~Index Account Option~~ during the first six years of the Contract~~, or amounts you convert into income payments if your Income Date is before one completed Contract Year~~.

Owner, you or your – the natural person or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Usually, but not always, the Owner is the Annuitant. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Owners. (We do not capitalize “you” or “your” in the prospectus.) Any reference to the Owner includes any joint Owner.

Performance Boost Cap Rate ("PBCR") - an Index Adjustment Factor associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method. The PBCR is the maximum positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that could be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term.

Performance Boost Rate ("PBR") - one of three currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PBR is the amount that will be added to Index Return, expressed as a percentage, that will increase value of the Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Boost Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met. The Index Adjustment credited under the Performance Boost Crediting Method is limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate.

Performance Trigger Rate ("PTR") - one of three currently available Crediting Methods, and an Index Adjustment Factor. The PTR is the amount of positive Index Adjustment, expressed as a percentage, that will be credited to an Index Account Option under the Performance Trigger Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met.

~~Performance~~Premium ~~Trigger~~- ~~Plus~~consideration ~~Rate~~paid ~~("PTPR")~~into -the anContract ~~Index~~by ~~Adjustment~~or ~~Factor. The~~on ~~PTPR~~behalf isof the ~~amount~~Owner. The ofmaximum ~~interest,~~Premium ~~expressed~~payment asyou amay ~~percentage,~~make ~~that~~without ~~will~~prior beapproval ~~credited~~is to$1 anmillion. This ~~Index~~

2maximum amount is subject to further limitations at any time.

Account Option under the Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method at the end of each Index Account Option Term if the performance criteria are met.

Premium - consideration paid into the Contract by or on behalf of the Owner. The maximum Premium payment you may make without prior approval is $1 million. This maximum amount is subject to further limitations at any time.

Protection Options - the general term used to describe the Floor and Buffer Index Adjustment Factors. Protection Options provide varying levels of partial protection against the risk of loss of Index Account Option Value when Index Return is negative.

Remaining Premium - total Premium paid into the Contract, reduced by withdrawals of Premium, before withdrawals are adjusted for any applicable ~~charges~~Market Value Adjustment.

Withdrawal Value - the amount payable upon a total withdrawal of Contract Value. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value, subject to any applicable positive or negative Interim Value adjustment, adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

312

SUMMARY

Jackson Market Link Pro Advisory is a Registered Index-Linked Annuity (“RILA”) contract. The Contract is an SEC registered, tax deferred annuity that permits you to link your investment to an Index (or multiple Indexes) over a defined period of time ("term"). If the Index Return is positive, the Contract credits any gains in that Index to your Index Account Option Value, subject to the Crediting Method you choose: a stated Cap Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Trigger Plus Rate. If the Index Return is negative, the Contract credits losses, which may be either absorbed or offset, subject to the Protection Option you choose: a stated Buffer or Floor.

Crediting Methods: Each Crediting Method provides the opportunity to receive an Index Adjustment based on any positive Index Return. The Crediting Methods currently offered on the Contract are the Cap, Performance Trigger, and Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Methods. Current Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Trigger Plus Rates are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request.

• A Buffer protects from loss up to a specific amount (typically 10%, 20%, or 30%). You only incur a loss if the Index declines more than the stated Buffer percentage. For example, if an Index declines 15% and you chose a 10% Buffer, you would incur a loss of 5% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Buffer rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 50%.

• A Floor protects from loss after a specific threshold. If the Index declines, you incur a loss up to the stated Floor percentage, beyond which, you are protected by any further loss for that Index Account Option Term. For example, if you chose a 10% Floor and the Index declines 15%, you would lose 10% for that Index Account Option Term. Available Floor rates are guaranteed to be no less than 5% or more than 50%.

Index Account Option Terms: The Contract currently offers three term lengths: a 1-Year term, a 3-Year term, and a 6-Year term depending on the Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose.

As of the date of this prospectus, you may currently select the following combination of Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms with any of the available Indexes:

Crediting Methods	Protection Options*		Term Length
	Buffer	Floor	1-Year	3-Year	6-Year
Cap	10%, 20%, 30%**	10%, 20%	ü	ü	ü
Performance Trigger	10%	10%	ü	N/A	N/A
Performance Trigger Plus	10%	N/A	ü	N/A	N/A

**The 30% Buffer Rate is not available for 1-Year Index Account Option Terms.

We reserve the right to delete or add Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms in the future. We also reserve the right to remove, add or change the combinations in which we offer Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options and Index Account Option Terms in the future. All Indexes, Crediting Methods, Protection Options, and Index Account Option Terms we currently offer may not be available through every selling broker-dealer.

Fixed Account: You also have the option to invest all or a portion of your Contract Value into a Fixed Account. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn compounded interest at a fixed rate for the duration of the term. Currently, we offer a one-year term for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and at the end of the one-year term, you will have the option of reallocating those amounts to Index Account Options, or to continue with the amounts in the Fixed Account. The credited interest rate on the Fixed Account is set annually and can be changed as each one-year term resets on the Contract Anniversary, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate.

Any interest credited to the Contract, whether from allocations to the Index Account Options or the Fixed Account, is backed by the claims-paying ability of Jackson National Life Insurance Company.

You are permitted to make transfers and withdrawals under the terms of the Contract. Transfers among Index Account Options or between Index Account Options and the Fixed Account are permissible only at the end of the Index Account Option Term or Fixed Account term. Withdrawals taken during the first six years of the Contract may be subject to Market Value Adjustments and withdrawals taken from Index Account Options may be subject to an Interim Value adjustment. Depending on the Crediting Method, Protection Option, Index selected, Interim Value Proration Factor, and the amount of time that has elapsed in the Index Account Option Term, this adjustment could be substantial.

Registered Index Linked Annuities are long term investments, subject to a potentially substantial loss of principal. Working with a financial professional, you should carefully consider which Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Protection Options (or combinations thereof) are right for you based on your risk tolerance, investment objectives, and other relevant factors. Not all options may be suitable for all investors, including the overall purchase of a RILA.

Contract Overview

Contract	Individual single premium deferred registered index-linked annuity contract
Minimum Premium	$25,000
Issue Ages	0 - 85
Contract Value	The sum of the Fixed Account Value and the Index Account Value.
Index Account Options	Each Index Account Option is defined by an Index, a Crediting Method, a Protection Option, and a Term length. The Crediting Method and Protection Option you choose define the parameters under which the positive or negative Index Adjustment will be credited.
Index Account Option Term	Terms currently available under the Contract are 1, 3, and 6 years in length.
Index	The Indexes currently offered under the Contract are:- S&P 500 Index - Russell 2000 Index- MSCI EAFE Index- MSCI Emerging Markets Index- MSCI KLD 400 Social Index
Crediting Method	The Crediting Methods currently offered under the Contract are:- Cap- Performance Trigger - Performance Trigger Plus
Protection Options	The Protection Options currently offered under the Contract are:- Buffer- Floor
Fixed Account	A Contract Option which provides a declared amount of interest over a stated period.
Interim Value	The daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day prior to the end of an Index Account Option Term. The Interim Value is calculated using prorated Index Adjustment Factors based on the elapsed portion of the Index Account Option Term and the Interim Value Proration Factor.

Transfers	You may request a transfer to or from the Fixed Account and to or from the Index Account Options. You may also request transfers among the available Index Account Options. The effective date of such transfers is the first day of the Fixed Account term and/or an Index Account Option Term into which a transfer is made.
Access to Your Money	You may withdraw some or all of your money at any time prior to the Income Date. For any withdrawal, an Interim Value adjustment as of the date of the withdrawal will apply and may substantially reduce your Index Account Option Value. In addition, a withdrawal taken in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
Market Value Adjustment	A positive or negative adjustment applied to withdrawals from Index Account Options in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal amount. Market Value Adjustments apply during the first six years of the Contract.For more information about Market Value Adjustments, including details about certain withdrawals that are exempt from Market Value Adjustments, please see the subsection titled “Market Value Adjustment" in the section titled "Index Account".
Death Benefit	For Owners 75 or younger at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard death benefit (known as the Return of Premium death benefit) is the greater of the Contract Value or the Premium you paid into the Contract (reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in the Index Account Option Value and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal (including any applicable Market Value Adjustment)). For Owners age 76 or older at the Issue Date of the Contract, the standard death benefit is the Contract Value.
Income Options	You can choose to begin taking income from your Contract at any time, but all of the Contract Value must be annuitized. Market Value Adjustments will apply, and we will use your Interim Value (if you begin taking income on any day other than the Index Account Option Term Anniversary) to calculate your income payments). You may choose from the following annuitization options:- Life Income- Joint Life and Survivor Income- Life Income with Guaranteed Payments for 10 Years or 20 Years- Life Income for a Specified PeriodOnce an income option has been selected, and payments begin, the income option may not be changed. No withdrawals will be permitted once the contract is in the income phase. For more information about income options, please see the section titled "Income Options".
Charges and Expenses	You will bear the following charges and expenses:- Premium and Other Taxes.
Free Look Provision	You may cancel the Contract within a certain time period after receiving it by returning the Contract to us or to the financial professional who sold it to you. This is known as a “Free Look.” We will return either your Premium Payment or Contract Value, depending on your state, and we will not deduct any fees or charges.

RISK FACTORS

Liquidity. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. If you take withdrawals from your Contract during the withdrawal charge period, withdrawal charges may apply. In addition, each time you take a withdrawal, we will recalculate your Index Account Option Value, based on an Interim Value adjustment, which could be positive or negative. In doing so, we use prorated Index Adjustment Factors and your Interim Value Proration Factor(s), both of which serve to reduce any positive Index Adjustment, as well as increase any negative Index Adjustment we credit Any negative adjustment could be significant and impact the amount of Contract Value available for future withdrawals.

In addition, amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to taxes and a 10% additional federal tax penalty if taken before age 59½. If you plan on taking withdrawals that will be subject to withdrawal charges and/or taking withdrawals before age 59½, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.

Limitations on Transfers. You can transfer Contract Value among the Index Account Options and the Fixed Account only at designated times (on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for amounts invested in Index Account Options, and Contract Anniversaries for amounts invested in the Fixed Account). You cannot transfer out of a current Index Account Option to another Index Account Option (or to the Fixed Account) until the Index Account Option Term Anniversary and you cannot transfer out of the Fixed Account to an Index Account Option until the Contract Anniversary. In all cases, the amount transferred can only be transferred to a new Index Account Option or Fixed Account. This may limit your ability to react to market conditions. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value during the elected investment terms is consistent with your financial needs and risk tolerance.

In addition, you should understand that for renewals into the same Index Account Option, a new Cap Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, or Performance Trigger Plus Rate will go into effect on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary that coincides with the beginning of the new Index Account Option Term. Such rates could be lower, higher, or equal to your current Crediting Method percentage rate. For more information on how rates are set and communicated, please see the subsection titled "Crediting Methods" under "Additional Information About the Index Account Options".

If we do not receive instructions at the end of the Index Option Term or prior to a Contract Anniversary to change an allocation, no transfers will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next elected term, subject to the availability of your elected Index Account Option. This will occur even if the Fixed Account and/or specific Index Account Option is no longer appropriate for your investment goals. For more information about transfers, please see the section titled "Transfers".

Tracking Index Performance.When you allocate money to an Index Account Option, the value of your investment depends in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other investments that comprise or define the Index. The securities comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index Return may cause you to realize investment losses. The historical performance of an Index or an Index Account Option does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a term.

Limits on Investment Return.

• Cap Rate. If you elect a Cap Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve on your investment is equal to the Cap Rate, or "Cap". The Cap therefore limits the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of minimum Index Adjustment credited. Any Index Adjustment based on a Cap Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is subject to a maximum in the form of a Cap, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

• Performance Trigger and Performance Trigger Plus Rates. If you elect a Performance Trigger or Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method, the highest possible return that you may achieve is equal to the Performance Trigger or Performance Trigger Plus Rate. The Performance Trigger or Performance Trigger Plus Rate therefore limit the positive Index Adjustment, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger and Performance Trigger Plus Rates do not guarantee a minimum Index Adjustment amount. Any

Index Adjustment credited for a Performance Trigger or Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index that we credit to your Index Account Option Value is always equal to the Performance Trigger or Performance Trigger Plus Rate, even when the positive Index Return is greater.

• If you elect a Floor, a negative Index Return will always result in a negative Index Adjustment up to the Floor but not in excess of the Floor.

• If you elect a Buffer, a negative Index Return will result in a negative Index Adjustment if the negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer.

If we credit your Contract with a negative Index Adjustment, your Index Account Option Value will be reduced. Buffers and Floors are not cumulative, and their protection does not extend beyond the length of any given Index Account Option Term. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Index Account Option will benefit from the protection of either the Buffer or Floor for that Index Account Option Term only. A new Buffer or Floor will be applied to subsequent Index Account Option Terms. You assume the risk that you will incur a loss and that the amount of the loss could be significant. You also bear the risk that sustained negative Index Return may result in a zero or negative Index Adjustment being credited to your Index Account Option Value over multiple Index Account Option Terms.

Elimination, Suspension, Replacements, Substitutions, and Changes to Indexes, Crediting Methods, and Terms. We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or if there is a substantial change in the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. If we substitute an Index, the performance of the new Index may differ from the original Index. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return will be based upon the substituted Index from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term until the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length.

Changes to the Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Trigger Plus Rates, if any, occur at the beginning of the next Index Account Option Term. We will provide written notice at least [30] days prior to each Index Account Option Term instructing you how to obtain the Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Trigger Plus Rates for the next Index Account Option Term. On the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, you may transfer your Index Account Option Value to another Index Account Option or to the Fixed Account without charge (Market Value Adjustments may apply). The guaranteed maximum Floor and guaranteed minimum Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract.

Issuing Company. No company other than Jackson has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that Jackson owes under the Contract. You should review and be comfortable with the financial strength of Jackson for its claims-paying ability.

Effects of Withdrawals, Annuitization, or Death. If a withdrawal is taken, including a required minimum distribution ("RMD") during the Index Account Option Term, it could be subject to a Market Value Adjustment as well as an Interim Value adjustment that could reduce your Index Account Option Value. Such reduction could be significant. The Interim Value adjustment may result in an Index Adjustment that is less than the Index Adjustment you would have received if you had held the investment until the end of the Index Account Option Term. If you take a withdrawal when the Index Return is

negative, your remaining Contract Value may be significantly less than if you waited to take the withdrawal when the Index Return was positive.

If your Contract Value falls below the minimum contract value remaining as a result of a withdrawal (as stated in your Contract), we may terminate your Contract.

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Your Contract is a contract between you, the Owner, and us. The Contract is an individual single Premium deferred index-linked annuity. Your Contract and any endorsements are the formal contractual agreement between you and the Company.

Your Contract is intended to help facilitate your retirement savings on a tax-deferred basis, or other long-term investment purposes, and provides for a death benefit. Purchases under tax-qualified plans should be made for other than tax deferral reasons. Tax-qualified plans provide tax deferral that does not rely on the purchase of an annuity contract. We will not issue a Contract to someone older than age 85.

Your Premium and Contract Value may be allocated to:

• the Fixed Account, in which amounts earn a declared rate of interest for a certain period,

• the Index Account, in which amounts may be allocated to the Index Account Options, which are currently available with a variety of Crediting Methods and term lengths, and certain Protection Options, all of which may be credited with a positive or negative Index Adjustment based upon the performance of a specified Index.

Your Contract, like all deferred annuity contracts, has two phases:

• the accumulation phase, when your Premium may accumulate value based upon the Index Adjustment and/or Fixed Account interest credited, and

• the income phase, when we make income payments to you.

As the Owner, you can exercise all the rights under your Contract. In general, joint Owners jointly exercise all the rights under the Contracts. In some cases, such as telephone and internet transactions, joint Owners may authorize each joint Owner to act individually. On jointly owned Contracts, correspondence and required documents will be sent to the address of record of the ~~primary~~first Owner identified in your Contract.

State Variations. This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. There may be some variations to the general description in this prospectus, where required by specific state laws. Please refer to your Contract for specific variations applicable to you. Any state variations will be included in your Contract and any endorsements to your Contract. For a general list of state variations, please refer to Appendix B.

Owner. As Owner, you may exercise all ownership rights under the Contract. Usually, but not always, the Owner is the Annuitant. The Contract allows for the naming of joint Owners. Only two joint Owners are allowed per Contract. Any reference to the Owner includes any joint Owner. Joint Owners have equal ownership rights, and as such, each Owner must authorize any exercise of Contract rights unless the joint Owners instruct us in writing to act upon authorization of an individual joint Owner.

Ownership Changes. To the extent allowed by ~~state~~ law, we reserve the right to refuse ownership changes at any time on a non-discriminatory basis, as required by applicable law or regulation. You may request to change the Owner or joint Owner of this Contract by sending a signed, dated request to our ~~Service~~Customer Care Center. The change of ownership will not take effect until it is approved by us, unless you specify another date, and will be subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to our approval. We will use the oldest Owner's age for all Contract purposes. No person whose age exceeds the maximum issue age allowed by Jackson as of the Issue Date of the Contract may be designated as a new Owner.

approval. We will use the oldest Owner's age for all Contract purposes. No person whose age exceeds the maximum issue age allowed by Jackson as of the Issue Date of the Contract may be designated as a new Owner.

Jackson assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any ownership change. If you make an ownership change, you may have to pay taxes. We encourage you to seek legal and/or tax advice before requesting any ownership change.

Annuitant. The Annuitant is the natural person on whose life income payments for this Contract are based. If the Contract is owned by a natural person, you may change the Annuitant at any time before you begin taking income payments by sending a written, signed and dated request to the ~~Service~~Customer Care Center. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, we will use the oldest Annuitant's age for all Contract purposes unless otherwise specified in your Contract. Contracts owned by legal entities are not eligible for Annuitant changes. The Annuitant change will take effect on the date you signed the change request, unless you specify otherwise, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to receipt of the request in Good Order. We reserve the right to limit the number of joint Annuitants to two.

Beneficiary. The Beneficiary is the natural person or legal entity designated to receive any Contract benefits upon the first Owner's death. The Contract allows for the naming of multiple Beneficiaries. You may change the Beneficiary(ies) by sending a written, signed and dated request to the Service Center. If an irrevocable Beneficiary was previously designated, that Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change. The Beneficiary change will take effect on the date you signed the change request, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to receipt of the request in Good Order.13

~~Assignment~~Beneficiary. ToThe ~~the~~Beneficiary ~~extent~~is ~~allowed~~the bynatural ~~state~~person ~~law,~~or welegal ~~reserve~~entity ~~the~~designated ~~right~~ to ~~refuse~~receive ~~assignments~~any atContract ~~any~~benefits ~~time~~upon onthe afirst ~~non-discriminatory~~Owner's ~~basis,~~death. The asContract ~~required~~allows byfor ~~applicable~~the ~~law~~naming orof ~~regulation.~~multiple Beneficiaries. You may ~~request~~change tothe ~~assign~~Beneficiary(ies) ~~this Contract~~ by sending a ~~signed~~written, signed and dated request to ~~our~~the ~~Service~~Customer Care Center. ~~The~~If ~~assignment~~an ~~will~~irrevocable ~~take~~Beneficiary ~~effect~~was onpreviously ~~the date we approve it~~designated, ~~unless~~that ~~you~~Beneficiary ~~specify~~must ~~another~~consent ~~date,~~in ~~subject~~writing to any ~~payments~~change ~~made~~of orBeneficiary(ies). The ~~actions~~Beneficiary ~~taken~~change bywill ustake ~~prior~~effect toon ~~our~~the ~~approval. Your~~date ~~right~~you tosigned ~~assign~~ the ~~Contract~~change isrequest, subject to ~~the interest of~~ any ~~assignee~~payments made or ~~irrevocable~~actions ~~Beneficiary. If~~taken ~~the~~by ~~Contract~~us isprior ~~issued pursuant~~ to areceipt ~~qualified~~of ~~plan, it may not be assigned except under such conditions as may be allowed under~~ the ~~plan~~request ~~and~~in ~~applicable~~Good ~~law~~Order. ~~Generally, an assignment or pledge of a non-qualified annuity is treated as a distribution.~~

Assignment. To the extent allowed by state law, we reserve the right to refuse assignments at any time on a non-discriminatory basis, as required by applicable law or regulation. You may request to assign this Contract by sending a signed, dated request to our Customer Care Center. The assignment will take effect on the date we approve it, unless you specify another date, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to our approval. Your right to assign the Contract is subject to the interest of any assignee or irrevocable Beneficiary. If the Contract is issued pursuant to a qualified plan, it may not be assigned except under such conditions as may be allowed under the plan and applicable law. Generally, an assignment or pledge of a non-qualified annuity is treated as a distribution.

Jackson assumes no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any assignment. We encourage you to seek legal and/or tax advice before requesting any assignment.

PREMIUM

Minimum Premium:

• $25,000 under most circumstances

Maximum Premium:

• The maximum Premium payment you may make without our prior approval is $1 million.

We reserve the right to waive minimum and maximum Premium amounts in a non-discriminatory manner. Our right to restrict Premium to a lesser maximum amount may affect the benefits under your Contract.

Allocations of Premium. You may allocate Premium to any available Indexed Account Option or Fixed Account. Each allocation must be a whole percentage between 0% and 100%. The minimum amount you may allocate to an Indexed Account Option or Fixed Account is $100.

We will issue your Contract and allocate your Premium payment within two Business Days (days when the New York Stock Exchange is open) after we receive your complete Premium payment and all information that we require for the purchase of a Contract in Good Order. We reserve the right to reject a Premium payment that is comprised of multiple payments paid to us over a period of time. If we permit you to make multiple payments as part of your Premium payment, the Contract will not be issued until all such payments are received in Good Order. We reserve the right to hold such multiple payments in a non-interest bearing account until the Issue Date. If we do not receive all information required to issue your Contract, we will contact you to get the necessary information. If for some reason we are unable to complete this process within five Business Days, we will return your money. Each Business Day ends when the New York Stock Exchange closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). No Premium will be accepted after the Contract has been issued.

Free Look. You may cancel your Contract by returning it to your financial professional or to us within ten days after receiving it. In some states, the Free Look period may be longer. Please see the front page of your Contract for the Free Look period that applies to your Contract. In general, if you cancel your Contract during this period, we will return:

• Premiums paid to the Fixed Account, less

• any withdrawals from the Fixed Account, plus

• the Index Account Value.

We will determine the Index Account Value as of the date we receive the Contract. In some states, we are required to return Premium payments only. We will pay the applicable free look proceeds within seven days of a request in Good Order. In some states, we are required to hold the Premiums of a senior citizen in the Fixed Account during the free look period, unless we are ~~specifically directed to allocate the Premium to the Index Account.~~

specifically directed to allocate the Premium to the Index Account. When you exercise a Free Look, amounts returned from Index Account Options are subject to an Interim Value adjustment.

CONTRACT OPTIONS

The Contract is divided into two general categories for allocation of your Premium and Contract Value: the Fixed Account, where amounts earn a declared rate of interest for an annually renewable one-year term, and the Index Account, where amounts earn index-linked interest ("Index Adjustment") for a specified term based upon the performance of a selected Index.

Fixed Account. The Fixed Account is an annually renewable account in which amounts you allocate earn a declared rate of interest. Fixed Account interest rates are guaranteed for one year from the date you allocate amounts into the Fixed Account and are subject to change on each Contract Anniversary thereafter. In no event will the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account be less than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, as discussed below.

Short Duration Fixed Account ~~Value~~Option. The Short Duration Fixed Account ~~Value~~Option is ~~equal~~a tolimited-purpose ~~(1)~~Fixed ~~the~~Account ~~value~~Option ofthat ~~Premium~~is ~~and~~used ~~any~~for ~~amounts~~Intra-Term ~~transferred~~Performance ~~into~~Locks ~~the~~and ~~Fixed~~spousal ~~Account;~~continuation ~~(2)~~option ~~plus~~adjustments, ~~interest~~and ~~credited~~cannot ~~daily~~be atindependently aelected. Fixed ~~rate~~Account ~~not~~interest ~~less~~rates ~~than~~for the Short Duration Fixed Account ~~Minimum~~Option ~~Interest~~are ~~Rate,~~guaranteed ~~per~~from ~~annum;~~the ~~(3)~~date ~~less~~funds ~~any~~are ~~gross~~allocated ~~partial~~to ~~withdrawals;~~the ~~(4)~~Short ~~less~~Duration ~~any~~Fixed ~~amounts~~Account ~~transferred~~Option ~~out~~until of the ~~Fixed~~next ~~Account~~Contract Anniversary. ~~The~~On ~~Fixed~~each ~~Account~~Contract ~~Value~~Anniversary, ~~will~~any ~~never~~amounts beallocated ~~less~~to ~~than~~ the Short Duration Fixed Account ~~Minimum~~Option ~~Value. The~~as ~~Fixed~~part ~~Account~~of ~~Minimum~~an ~~Value~~Intra-Term isPerformance ~~equal~~Lock, toincluding ~~the~~interest ~~greater~~earned ofon ~~(a)~~those ~~eighty-seven~~amounts, ~~and~~will ~~one~~be ~~half~~reallocated ~~(87.5%)~~into ofa ~~any~~new ~~allocations~~Index Account Option identical to the ~~Fixed~~one ~~Account~~from which they were originally transferred, ~~plus~~subject ~~interest~~to ~~credited~~availability ~~daily~~requirements, atunless ~~never~~new ~~less~~allocation ~~than~~instructions ~~the~~have ~~Fixed~~been ~~Account~~received ~~Minimum~~by ~~Interest~~us ~~Rate~~in ~~per~~Good ~~annum~~Order, ~~less~~and ~~any~~will ~~partial~~begin ~~withdrawals~~a ~~after~~new ~~being~~Index ~~reduced~~Account ~~for~~Option ~~any~~Term. For ~~applicable~~more ~~taxes~~information on availability requirements, ~~less~~see a"Automatic ~~$50~~Reallocation ~~Fixed~~of Index Account ~~Minimum~~Option Value ~~annual~~to ~~expense~~a ~~allowance,~~New Index Account Option or ~~(b)~~the ~~zero~~Fixed Account" beginning on page 26. ~~The~~On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Short Duration Fixed Account ~~Minimum~~Option ~~Value~~in ~~annual~~connection ~~expense~~with ~~allowance~~a isspousal acontinuation ~~$50~~adjustment, ~~annual~~including ~~deduction~~interest ~~from~~earned on those amounts, will be reallocated to the 1-year Fixed Account ~~Minimum~~Option ~~Value,~~unless ~~deducted~~new onallocation ~~each~~instructions ~~Contract~~have ~~Anniversary~~been received by us in Good Order from the spouse continuing the Contract.

~~Rates~~Fixed ofAccount ~~Interest We Credit~~Value. ~~This~~The ~~Contract guarantees a~~ Fixed Account ~~Minimum~~Value ~~Interest~~is ~~Rate~~equal ~~that applies~~ to ~~amounts~~(1) ~~allocated to~~ the ~~Fixed~~value ~~Account. The~~of ~~Fixed~~Premium ~~Account~~and ~~Minimum~~any ~~Interest~~amounts ~~Rate~~transferred ~~guaranteed~~into by the ~~Contract~~Fixed ~~will~~Account; be(2) noplus ~~less~~interest ~~than~~credited ~~the~~daily ~~minimum~~at ~~non-forfeiture~~a rate~~. The~~ ~~minimum~~not ~~non-forfeiture~~less ~~rate~~than ~~will be determined by Jackson, pursuant to~~ the ~~requirements outlined by the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities. The~~ Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, isper ~~guaranteed~~annum; ~~for~~(3) ~~the~~less ~~life~~any ofgross ~~the~~partial ~~Contract. In addition~~withdrawals, weincluding ~~establish~~any aMarket ~~declared~~Value ~~rate~~Adjustment ofon ~~interest~~such ~~("base~~withdrawals; ~~interest rate"~~(4) atless ~~the time you allocate~~ any amounts totransferred out of the Fixed Account,. The ~~and~~Fixed ~~that~~Account ~~base~~Value ~~interest rate~~ will ~~apply~~never tobe ~~that~~less ~~allocation~~than ~~for~~ the ~~entire one-year~~ Fixed Account ~~term~~Minimum Value. ToThe ~~the~~Fixed ~~extent~~Account ~~that~~Minimum ~~the~~Value ~~base interest rate that we establish for any allocation~~ is ~~higher~~equal ~~than~~to the ~~Fixed~~greater ~~Account~~of ~~Minimum~~(a) ~~Interest~~eighty-seven ~~Rate,~~and weone ~~will~~half ~~credit~~(87.5%) ~~that~~of ~~allocation~~any ~~with~~allocations to the ~~higher~~Fixed ~~base interest rate. Thus~~Account, ~~the~~plus ~~declared base~~ interest ~~rate~~credited ~~could~~daily beat ~~greater~~never less than the ~~guaranteed~~ Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate ~~specified~~per inannum, ~~your~~less ~~Contract,~~any ~~but~~partial ~~will~~withdrawals ~~never~~after ~~cause~~being ~~your~~reduced ~~allocation~~for toany beapplicable ~~credited~~taxes, ator ~~less~~(b) ~~than~~zero. Any ~~the~~portion ~~currently~~of ~~applicable~~a ~~Fixed~~Market ~~Account~~Value ~~Minimum~~Adjustment ~~Interest~~that ~~Rate. On~~would ~~each~~reduce ~~Contract~~the ~~Anniversary,~~Fixed Account Value below the ~~base~~Fixed ~~interest~~Account ~~rate~~Minimum isValue ~~subject~~will tobe ~~change~~waived.

Rates of Interest We Credit. This Contract guarantees a Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate that applies to amounts allocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option as well as the Short Duration Fixed Account Option. The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate guaranteed by the Contract will be no less than the minimum non-forfeiture rate. The minimum non-forfeiture rate will be determined by Jackson, pursuant to the requirements outlined by the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities. The Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate is guaranteed for the life of the Contract. In addition, we establish a declared rate of interest ("base interest rate") at the time you allocate any amounts to the Fixed Account, and that base interest rate will apply to that allocation for the entire one-year Fixed Account term. To the extent that the base interest rate that we establish for any allocation is higher than the Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate, we will credit that allocation with the higher base interest rate. Thus, the declared base interest rate could be greater than the guaranteed Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate specified in your Contract, but will never cause your allocation to be credited at less than the currently applicable Fixed Account Minimum Interest Rate. On each Contract Anniversary, the base interest rate is subject to change. Different base interest rates apply to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option.

Index Account. Amounts allocated to the Index Account are credited with an Index Adjustment at the end of each Index Account Option Term based upon the performance of the selected Index, Crediting Method, and Protection Option. Your selections from available options make up what are referred to as Index Account Options, which are available with different combinations of Indexes, Protection Options, Crediting Methods, and term lengths. As of the date of this prospectus, the following options are currently available for election with any of the Indexes:

1115

Crediting Methods

Protection Options*

~~Term~~Protection ~~Length~~Options*

Term Length

~~Buffer~~

~~Floor~~

~~1-Year~~Buffer

~~3-Year~~

~~6-Year~~

Floor

1-Year

3-Year

6-Year

Cap

10%, 20%, 30%**

~~10%, 20%~~

ü10%, 20%

10%**

Performance Trigger

~~10%~~

ü10%

~~N/A~~

10%**

N/A

Performance Trigger Plus

10%

N/A

Performance Boost

10%

N/A

* Protection Option rates listed above are the rates currently available as of the date of this prospectus. These rates may be changed from time to time, so you should contact your financial professional or the Jackson ~~Service~~Customer Care Center for current rate availability.

** The ~~30%~~Floor ~~Buffer~~Protection ~~Rate~~Option is ~~not~~only available ~~for~~with the 1-~~Year~~year ~~Index~~Cap ~~Account~~and ~~Option~~Performance ~~Terms~~Trigger Crediting Methods.

Crediting Method and Protection Option Rates. Available rates for Crediting Methods and Protection Options are the rates effective as of the first day of your Index Account Option Term. The rates for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the rates for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will ~~provide~~send you ~~with~~ written notice advising you of how you may obtain the rates for the next Index Account Option Term. You may also request current rates at any time by contacting your financial professional or the ~~Jackson~~Customer ~~Service~~Care Center. Guaranteed minimum and maximum rates for each Crediting Method and Protection Option are listed below in the sections for each specific Crediting Method and Protection Option.

Index Account Value. The Index Account Value is equal to the sum of all the Index Account Option Values.

Index Account Option Value. When you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option for an Index Account Option Term, your investment in the Index Account Option is represented by an Index Account Option Value. Your Index Account Option Value is the portion of your Contract Value allocated to that Index Account Option at any given time. If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Index Account Options at the same time, you will have a separate Index Account Option Value for each Index Account Option in which you are invested. The minimum amount you may allocate to an Index Account Option is $100.

• At the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Premium allocated or Contract Value transferred to the Index Account Option, less any amount transferred out of the Index Account Option.

• During the Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Interim Value, which is equal to the Index Account Option Value at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term, reduced for any partial withdrawals taken from the Index Account Option during the current Index Account Option Term (including any Market Value Adjustments on such withdrawals) in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of any such withdrawal, credited with a positive or negative Index Adjustment. The Index Adjustment credited is subject to ~~the~~ prorated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, as of the date of the withdrawal,. ~~and~~Please note: neither the ~~Interim~~Floor ~~Value~~nor ~~Proration~~the ~~Factor~~Index Participation Rate are prorated. During the Index Account Option Term, your Interim Value will never be less than zero.

• At the end of the Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Index Account Option Value at the beginning of the Index Option Term reduced for any partial withdrawals taken from the Index Account Option during the current Index Account Option Term (including any Market Value Adjustments on such withdrawals) in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of any such withdrawal, and credited with a positive or negative Index Adjustment. At the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will never be less than zero.

Index Adjustment. For each Index Account Option to which you allocate Contract Value, at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we will credit your Index Account Option Value with an Index Adjustment. This Index Adjustment can be positive or negative, depending on the performance of the Index and the Crediting Method and Protection Option chosen.

• If the Index Adjustment is positive, your Index Account Option Value will increase by a dollar amount equal to the positive Index Adjustment.

• If the Index Adjustment is negative, your Index Account Option Value will decrease by a dollar amount equal to the negative Index Adjustment.

~~• If the Index Adjustment is equal to zero, no Index Adjustment will be credited and there will be no adjustment to your Index Account Option Value.~~16

12•If the Index Adjustment is equal to zero, no Index Adjustment will be credited and there will be no adjustment to your Index Account Option Value.

We also credit a positive or negative Index Adjustment during the Index Account Option Term when you exercise an Intra-Term Performance Lock or take a withdrawal. During the term, the Index Adjustment is subject to the prorated Index Adjustment Factors, where applicable, as of the date of the Intra-Term Performance Lock or withdrawal. ~~and~~Please note: neither the ~~Interim~~Floor ~~Value~~nor ~~Proration~~the ~~Factor~~Index Participation Rate are prorated.

Interim Value. Because the Index Account Options are designed to credit an Index Adjustment by measuring the change in the Index Return from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term, an Interim Value calculation is necessary to determine the daily value of your Index Account Option on any given Business Day for purposes of Intra-Term Performance Locks or withdrawals prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term (withdrawals in this context include partial or total withdrawals from the Contract, free looks, required minimum distributions ("RMD"), income payments, death benefit payments, and the direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules). For each Index Account Option, the value we assign on any Business Day prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term is called the Interim Value. The Interim Value of an Index Account Option is equal to the amount allocated to the Index Account Option, adjusted for the Index Return of the associated Index and subject to the applicable prorated Index Adjustment ~~Factor~~Factors that you have elected (e.g. Cap Rate/Performance Trigger Rate/Performance ~~Trigger~~Boost ~~Plus~~Rate/Performance Boost Cap Rate/Buffer~~/Floor~~). Please ~~and~~note: neither the ~~Interim~~Floor ~~Value~~nor ~~Proration~~the ~~Factor~~Index ~~("IVPF"),~~Participation ifRate ~~applicable~~are prorated as part of the Interim Value calculation.

The Interim Value calculation is the same for all Crediting Methods. It uses the Index value on two dates to determine the Index Adjustment credited during any Index Account Option Term: the beginning date of the Index Account Option Term and the current date within that Index Account Option Term on which the Interim Value is being calculated. To determine the Index Adjustment credited, we calculate the net change in Index value between the beginning of the Index Account Option Term and the current Index value and express it as a percentage. If the resulting percentage is positive, we apply the ~~Interim~~applicable ~~Value Proration Factor ("IVPF") to the~~ prorated Crediting Method that you have elected (e.g. Cap Rate/Performance Trigger Rate/Performance Boost Rate/Performance ~~Trigger~~Boost ~~Plus~~Cap Rate). If the Index return is negative, we apply the ~~IVPF~~Floor toor ~~the~~ prorated Buffer Protection Option that you have elected. ~~(Buffer/~~Please note: neither the Floor) nor the Index Participation Rate are prorated as part of the Interim Value Calculation. This adjusted Index Return is then multiplied by the Index Account Option Value at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term (adjusted to reflect any withdrawals during the term) to determine the amount of Index Adjustment to credit. The Index Adjustment is then added to or subtracted from the Index Account Option Value at the beginning of the term (adjusted to reflect any withdrawals during the term) to calculate the current Interim Value. Please see Appendix A for examples of the calculation of Interim Value under different scenarios.

Interim Value Proration Factor. The Interim Value Proration Factor ("IVPF") is the percentage applied to the prorated Crediting Method and Protection Option, in the calculation of Interim Value. The IVPF is guaranteed to equal 100% during the first six Contract Years, after which the IVPF will be declared annually on the Index Account Option Anniversary. The IVPF is locked in at the beginning of each Index Account Option Term, and it does not apply to withdrawals made on any Index Account Option Term Anniversary. All Crediting Methods and Protection Option combinations are each subject to a unique IVPF. The IVPF will be determined by the Company and may vary by Crediting Method and Protection Option combination. Please see Appendix A for examples of the calculation of Interim Value using IVPF under different scenarios.

Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or transferred from an Index Account Option during the first six Contract Years, or on amounts allocated to an income option. The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since the beginning of the Index Account Option Term.

In order to determine whether there will be a Market Value Adjustment, we first compare the MVA reference rate on the Issue Date to the MVA reference rate on the date you are removing Contract Value. The MVA reference rate is Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity, expressed as a percentage. If the MVA reference rate is not published for a particular day, the MVA reference rate as of the prior business day will be used.

If the MVA reference rate at the time of your withdrawal (or Income Date if income payments begin during the first Contract Year) is higher than the MVA reference rate on your Issue Date, a downward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would reduce the amount paid or taken as income. If the MVA reference rate at the time of withdrawal is lower than the MVA reference rate declared on your Issue Date, an upward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would increase the amount paid or taken as income. There will be no Market Value Adjustment if the two rates are the same. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: death benefit payments; payments pursuant to a life contingent income option or an income option resulting in payments spread over at least five years if the Income Date is after the first completed Contract Year; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdrawal after the first six Contract Years, and withdrawals from a Fixed Account.

MVA Free Withdrawal. During each of the first six Contract Years, certain partial withdrawals from the Index Account Options will not incur a Market Value Adjustment. The amount of the MVA Free Withdrawal is 10% of the Contract Value during each Contract Year that would otherwise incur a Market Value Adjustment. The MVA Free Withdrawal may be taken once or through multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy a required minimum distribution reduces the amount of available MVA Free Withdrawal. No MVA Free Withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. Withdrawals during any contract year in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS

Indexes. When you allocate money to the Index Account, you are credited the Index Adjustment based upon the performance of your selected Index. You should discuss the available Indexes with your financial professional and obtain advice on which Index is best suited for your specific financial goals. Currently, we offer the following Indexes:

• S&P 500 Index: The S&P 500 Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

• Russell 2000 Index: The Russell 2000 Index is comprised of equity securities of small-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Small-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies.

• MSCI EAFE Index: The MSCI EAFE Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies and it is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, including countries in Europe, ~~Australia~~Australasia, and the Far East. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, and the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty).

• MSCI Emerging Markets Index: The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies in emerging markets. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, and the securities of larger companies. Mid-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). Those risks are typically more acute when issuers are located or operating in emerging markets. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience inflation, political turmoil, and rapid changes in economic conditions than developed markets. Emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable valuations, and greater risk associated with custody of securities than developed markets.17

• MSCI ~~KLD~~Emerging ~~400~~Markets ~~Social~~ Index: The MSCI ~~KLD~~Emerging ~~400~~Markets ~~Social~~ Index is comprised of equity securities ~~that~~of ~~provide~~large- ~~exposure~~and tomid-capitalization companies ~~with~~in ~~outstanding~~emerging ~~Environmental~~markets. In general, ~~Social~~large-capitalization ~~and~~companies ~~Governance~~may ~~(ESG)~~be ~~ratings~~unable ~~and~~to ~~excludes~~respond ~~companies~~quickly ~~whose~~to ~~products~~new ~~have~~competitive ~~negative~~challenges ~~social~~and ormay ~~environmental~~not ~~impacts.~~be ~~Since~~able to attain the ~~primary~~high ~~objective~~growth rate of ~~this~~successful ~~Index~~smaller iscompanies, toand ~~track~~the securities of larger companies. ~~with~~Mid-capitalization acompanies ~~positive~~are ~~social~~more orlikely ~~environmental~~to ~~impact,~~fail ~~this~~than ~~Index~~larger ~~may~~companies. ~~underperform~~Securities ~~the~~issued ~~market~~by asnon-U.S. acompanies ~~whole~~(including orrelated ~~other~~depositary ~~indexes~~receipts) ~~that~~are dosubject ~~not~~to ~~screen~~the ~~for~~risks ~~ESG~~related ~~standards.~~to ~~The~~investments ~~Index~~in ~~may~~foreign ~~include~~markets ~~large-~~(e.g., ~~mid-,~~increased ~~and~~price ~~small-capitalization~~volatility; ~~companies.~~changing Incurrency ~~general~~exchange rates; and greater political, ~~large~~regulatory, ~~capitalization~~and ~~companies~~economic ~~may~~uncertainty). beThose ~~unable~~risks toare ~~respond~~typically ~~quickly~~more toacute ~~new~~when ~~competitive~~issuers ~~challenges~~are ~~and~~located ~~may~~or ~~not~~operating bein ~~able~~emerging tomarkets. ~~attain~~Emerging ~~the~~markets ~~high~~may ~~growth~~be ~~rate~~more oflikely ~~other~~to ~~successful~~experience ~~smaller~~inflation, ~~companies~~political turmoil, and ~~the~~rapid ~~securities~~changes ofin ~~smaller~~economic ~~capitalization~~conditions ~~companies~~than ~~may~~developed bemarkets. ~~more~~Emerging ~~volatile~~markets ~~and~~often ~~may~~have ~~involve~~less ~~more~~uniformity ~~risk~~in ~~than~~accounting ~~the~~and ~~securities~~reporting ofrequirements, ~~larger~~less ~~companies.~~reliable ~~Smaller~~valuations, ~~companies~~and ~~are~~greater ~~more~~risk ~~likely~~associated towith ~~fail~~custody of securities than ~~larger~~developed ~~companies~~markets.

We•MSCI ~~reserve~~KLD ~~the~~400 ~~right~~Social Index: The MSCI KLD 400 Social Index is comprised of equity securities that provide exposure to ~~add~~companies with outstanding Environmental, ~~remove~~Social and Governance (ESG) ratings and excludes companies whose products have negative social or environmental impacts. Since the primary objective of this Index is to track companies with a positive social or environmental impact, this Index may underperform the market as a whole or ~~replace~~other ~~any~~indexes that do not screen for ESG standards. The Index may include large-, ~~Term~~mid-, ~~Crediting~~and ~~Method~~small-capitalization companies. In general, orlarge ~~Protection~~capitalization ~~Option~~companies inmay ~~the~~be ~~future,~~unable ~~subject~~to respond quickly to ~~necessary~~new ~~regulatory~~competitive ~~approvals. If~~challenges anand ~~Index~~may isnot ~~replaced~~be ~~during~~able anto ~~Index~~attain ~~Account~~the ~~Option~~high ~~Term~~growth rate of other successful smaller companies, ~~Index~~and ~~Return~~the ~~will~~securities of smaller capitalization companies may be ~~based~~more ~~upon~~volatile and may involve more risk than the ~~substituted~~securities ~~Index~~of larger companies. Smaller companies are more likely to fail than larger companies.

~~Replacing~~We anreserve the right to add, remove, or replace any Index, Term, Crediting Method, or Protection Option in the future, subject to necessary regulatory approvals. If Wean ~~may~~Index ~~replace~~is replaced during an Index ifAccount itOption isTerm, ~~discontinued~~the orIndex Return for the Index isAccount noOption ~~longer~~Term ~~available~~will tobe uscalculated orby ifadding the Index's ~~calculation~~Return ~~changes~~for ~~substantially. Additionally~~the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, weto ~~may~~the ~~replace~~Index anReturn from the substituted Index ifstarting ~~hedging~~on ~~instruments~~the ~~become~~date ~~difficult~~of toreplacement ~~acquire~~through orthe end of the Index Account Option Term.

14Replacing an Index. We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or the Index is no longer available to us or if the Index's calculation changes substantially. Additionally, we may replace an Index if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging related to such Index becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Index Account Option Term or during an Index Account Option Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return will be calculated by adding the Index Return for the original Index from the beginning of the term up until the date of replacement, to the Index Return from the substituted Index starting on the date of replacement through the end of the Index Account Option Term. A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length.

the cost of hedging related to such Index becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Index Account Option Term or during an Index Account Option Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index. If an Index is replaced during an Index Account Option Term, the Index Return will be based upon the substituted Index from the beginning of the Index Account Option Term until the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. A substitution of an Index during an Index Account Option Term will not cause a change in the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index Account Option Term length.

If we replace an Index, we will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. In making this evaluation, we will look at factors such as asset class; Index composition; strategy or methodology inherent to the Index; and Index liquidity.

Index Return. The Index Return for an Index Account Option is the percentage change in the Index value from the start of an Index Account Option Term to the end of the Index Account Option Term.

Example: Assume that you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index, Cap Crediting Method, and Buffer Protection Option. Between the beginning and end of the Index Account Option Term, the value of the S&P 500 Index increases by 5%. Thus, the Index Return for that Index Account would be 5%. If instead the S&P 500 Index decreased by 5%, the Index Return for that Index Account would be -5%.

Adjusted Index Return. After the Index Return is calculated at the end of the Index Account Option Term, we next calculate the Adjusted Index Return. The Adjusted Index Return reflects any applicable adjustments to the Index Return based on the Cap Rate, Index Participation Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, Performance Boost Rate, or Performance ~~Trigger~~Boost ~~Plus~~Cap Rate, if the Index Return is positive, or the Buffer or Floor, if the Index Return is negative. The Index Adjustment will be credited to the Index Account Option at a rate equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

Example: Assume, as above, that you allocate Contract Value to an Index Account Option with the S&P 500 Index, Cap Crediting Method, and Buffer Protection Option. Between the beginning and end of the Index Account Option Term, the value of the S&P 500 Index increases by 15%. Thus, the Index Return for that Index Account would be 15%. Assume now that your Index Account Option has aan ~~Cap~~Index Participation Rate of 10100%~~. Your~~, ~~Index~~and ~~Return~~a ~~of 15% would be adjusted to your maximum 10%~~ Cap Rate, ~~making~~of ~~your Adjusted Index Return~~ 10%.

Your Index Return of 15% would be multiplied by the 100% Index Participation Rate, and then adjusted to your maximum 10% Cap Rate, making your Adjusted Index Return 10%.

Protection Options. Your selected Protection Option will define the manner in which any (negative) Index Adjustments are credited to you if your selected Index performs negatively during your Index Account Option Term. When you allocate amounts to the Index Account, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the applicable Index. Because each Index is comprised or defined by a collection of equity securities, each Index is exposed to market fluctuations which may cause the value of a security to change, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Contract provides two options to provide some level of protection against the risk of loss of Index Account Value for any negative Index Return: Buffers and Floors.

Buffer. A Buffer is the amount of negative Index price change before a negative Index Adjustment is credited to the Index Account Option Value at the end of an Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. Put another way, a Buffer protects your Index Account Option Value from loss up to a specified amount (typically 10%, ~~20%,~~ or 3020%). Jackson protects you from any loss associated with Index decline up to your elected Buffer percentage. You only incur a loss if the Index has declined more than your elected Buffer percentage as of your Index Account Option Term Anniversary.

Withdrawals taken prior to the end of the Index Account Option Term will reduce the Index Account Option Value in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. The Interim Value reflects the application of a prorated Buffer based on the elapsed portion of the Index Account Option Term ~~and the Interim Value Proration Factor~~.

The available Buffer rates are the rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term. The Buffer rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Buffer rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Buffer rate be less than 5% or more than 50% during the life of your Contract. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will ~~provide~~send you ~~with~~ written notice advising you of how you may obtain the available Buffer rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

Floor. A Floor is the maximum loss that will be credited to the Index Account Option at the end of the Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. In contrast to the Buffer, a Floor protects your Index Account Option Value from loss greater than a specified amount (typically 10%~~, 20%, or 30%~~). This means that if the Index has declined as of your Index Account Option Term Anniversary, you will incur all of the loss up to your elected Floor percentage. Jackson will protect you from any Index decline greater than your elected Floor percentage.

15Withdrawals taken prior to the Index Account Option Term will reduce the Index Account Option Value in the same proportion as the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. The Interim Value reflects the application of the full-term Floor, which is not prorated at the time of the withdrawal.

The available Floor rates are the rates effective as of the first day of an Index Account Option Term. ~~Anniversary,~~The ~~you~~Floor ~~will~~rate ~~incur~~for ~~all~~a ofparticular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the ~~loss~~Floor uprate tofor ~~your~~previous ~~elected~~or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Floor ~~percentage~~rate be less than 5% or more than 50% during the life of your Contract. ~~Jackson~~At ~~will~~least ~~protect~~30 ~~you~~days ~~from~~prior to any Index ~~decline~~Account ~~greater~~Option ~~than~~Term ~~your~~Anniversary, ~~elected~~we will send you written notice advising you of how you may obtain the available Floor ~~percentage~~rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

~~Withdrawals~~Please ~~taken~~see ~~prior~~Appendix toA ~~the~~for ~~Index~~examples ~~Account~~of ~~Option~~how ~~Term will reduce~~ the ~~Index Account Option Value in the same proportion as the~~ Interim Value ~~was~~is ~~reduced~~calculated onwith ~~the date of the withdrawal. The Interim Value reflects the application of a~~ prorated ~~Floor based on the elapsed portion of the~~ Index ~~Account~~Adjustment ~~Option~~Factors ~~Term~~ and ~~the~~full-term ~~Interim~~Floors ~~Value~~under ~~Proration~~various ~~Factor~~scenarios.

~~The~~Crediting ~~available~~Methods. Your ~~Floor~~selected ~~rates~~Crediting ~~are~~Method ~~the~~will ~~rates~~dictate ~~effective as of~~ the ~~first~~manner ~~day~~in ofwhich anthe Index ~~Account~~Adjustment ~~Option~~is ~~Term.~~credited ~~The~~to ~~Floor~~you ~~rate~~if ~~for~~your aselected ~~particular~~ Index ~~Account~~performs ~~Option~~positively ~~Term~~during ~~may~~your ~~be higher or lower than the Floor rate for previous or future~~ Index Account Option ~~Terms~~Term. ~~In no event will a Floor rate be less than 5% or more than 50% during the life of your Contract.~~ AtCurrent ~~least~~Cap 30Rates, ~~days~~Index ~~prior~~Participation toRates, ~~any~~Performance ~~Index~~Trigger ~~Account~~Rates, ~~Option~~Performance ~~Term~~Boost ~~Anniversary~~Rates, weand ~~will~~Performance ~~provide~~Boost ~~you~~Cap ~~with~~Rates ~~written~~are ~~notice~~provided ~~advising~~at ~~you~~the time of ~~how~~application, ~~you~~and ~~may~~to ~~obtain~~existing ~~the~~owners ~~available~~and ~~Floor~~financial ~~rates~~professionals ~~for~~at ~~the~~any ~~next~~time, ~~Index~~upon ~~Account Option Term~~request.

Please see Appendix A for examples of how the Interim Value is calculated with prorated Index Adjustment Factors under various scenarios.

Crediting Methods. Your selected Crediting Method will dictate the manner in which the Index Adjustment is credited to you if your selected Index performs positively during your Index Account Option Term. Current Cap Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, and Performance Trigger Plus Rates are provided at the time of application, and to existing owners and financial professionals at any time, upon request.

To determine the Index Adjustment amount that will be credited to your Index Account Option Value at the end of each Index Account Option Term, we calculate the Adjusted Index Return for that Index Account Option. We calculate this Adjusted Index Return by applying the applicable Crediting Method. The Index Adjustment will be credited to the Index Account Option at a rate equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

Cap Crediting Method. When you elect a Cap Crediting Method as part of an Index Account Option, if the ~~maximum~~performance ~~amount~~ of ~~Index~~the ~~Adjustment that will be credited to your~~ Index ~~Account~~you ~~Option~~elect ~~Value when your Index Return~~ is positive ~~as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary will be limited by the elected Cap. The Cap, or "Cap Rate" is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option~~ at the end of ~~each~~your Index Account Option Term, ~~expressed~~your ~~as a percentage. The Cap Rate is declared at the beginning of the~~ Index Account Option ~~Term.~~Value ~~The Cap Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Cap Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event~~ will ~~a Cap Rate~~ be lower than 2% during the first six Contract years, or 1% thereafter. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Cap Rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Cap Crediting Method is currently available with either a Buffer or Floor, and for your choice of 1-year, 3-year, or 6-year Index Account Option Terms. The following examples will illustrate how the Cap Crediting Method operates with both the Buffer and Floor Protection Options. Each example assumes a 10% Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer or Floor.19

16credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate, limited by the Cap Rate. The maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to your Index Account Option Value when your Index Return is positive as of the Index Account Option Term Anniversary will be limited by the elected Cap.

There are two rates associated with the Cap Crediting Method: The Cap, or "Cap Rate", and the Index Participation Rate. The Cap Rate is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Index Participation Rate ("IPR") is the percentage applied to any positive Index Return in calculating the amount of Index Adjustment to be credited at the end of the Index Account Option Term. The Cap Rate and IPR are declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The Cap Rate and IPR for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Cap Rate and IPR for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Cap Rate be lower than 2% for a 6-year Index Account Option Term, 1.50% for a 3-year Index Account Option Term, or 1% for a 1-year Index Account Option Term. In no event will an Index Participation Rate be lower than 100%. Because the Index Participation Rate is guaranteed to be at least 100%, it will never serve to reduce an Index Adjustment. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Cap Rates and Index Participation Rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Cap Crediting Method is currently available with either a Buffer or Floor, and for your choice of 1-year, 3-year, or 6-year Index Account Option Terms. The Cap Rate for the 6-year term would be lower if measured on an annual basis. For Index Account Option Terms longer than one year, the Buffer for that term is a total Buffer for the duration of that Index Account Option Term. The following examples will illustrate how the Cap Crediting Method operates with both the Buffer and Floor Protection Options. Each example assumes a 10% Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer or Floor. The Index Participation Rate is indicated in each example.

Cap with Buffer.

When you elect the Cap Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment ~~may~~will beequal ~~limited~~Index Return multiplied by athe Index Participation Rate up to the stated Cap. Here are some examples of how aan Index Participation Rate, Cap and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary where the Index Participation Rate is 110%:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 20%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Index Return is 22%. Due to the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will be 10%.

~~Scenario 2: The Index Return is 6%. Since the Index has not out-performed the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Index Return, which is 6%.~~20

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 6%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 110%, the Adjusted Return is 6.60%. Since the Index has not out-performed the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Adjusted Index Return, which is 6.60%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was fully protected and experienced no loss.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the Index Return exceeded the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative performance, but still experienced a -2% loss.

Cap with Floor.

When you elect the Cap Crediting Method with Floor Protection Option, you are exposed to loss up to a certain point, but Jackson will protect you from any loss beyond that point. Any positive Index Adjustment ~~may~~will beequal ~~limited~~Index Return multiplied by the Index Participation Rate up to the stated Cap. Here are some examples of how aan Index Participation Rate, Cap, and Floor work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary where the Index Participation Rate is 100%:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 20%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 100%, the Adjusted Return is 20%. Due to the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will be 10%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 6%. After multiplying the positive Index Return by the Index Participation Rate of 100%, the Adjusted Return is 20%. Since the Index has not out-performed the 10% Cap, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value is equal to the Adjusted Index Return, which is 6%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return fell within the -10% Floor, your Index Account Option Value will experience the full loss of -8%.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -18%. Since the Index Return exceeded the -10% Floor, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative performance and experienced a -10% loss.

~~Please see Appendix A for examples of how the Interim Value is calculated with prorated Index Adjustment Factors under various scenarios.~~ 21

~~Performance~~Please ~~Trigger~~see ~~Crediting~~Appendix ~~Method. When~~A ~~you~~for ~~elect~~examples ~~a Performance Trigger Crediting Method, if the performance~~ of ~~the~~how ~~Index you elect is flat or positive at~~ the ~~end~~Interim ~~of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option~~ Value ~~will~~is becalculated ~~credited~~ with aprorated ~~positive~~ Index Adjustment ~~equal~~Factors toand ~~the~~full-term ~~Performance~~Floors ~~Trigger~~and ~~Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate is the amount of~~ Index ~~Adjustment~~Participation that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Performance Trigger Rate is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Trigger Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 2% during the first six Contract years, or 1% thereafter. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Performance Trigger Rates ~~for~~under ~~the~~various ~~next Index Account Option Term~~scenarios.

18Performance Trigger Crediting Method. When you elect a Performance Trigger Crediting Method, if the performance of the Index you elect is flat or positive at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate is the amount of Index Adjustment that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. The Performance Trigger Rate is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Trigger Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Performance Trigger Rate be lower than 1%. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Performance Trigger Rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Performance Trigger Crediting Method is currently available for renewable one year Index Account Option Terms, with your choice of a Buffer or Floor Protection Option. The following examples will illustrate how the Performance Trigger Crediting Method operates with both the Buffer and Floor Protection ~~Options~~Option. Each Example assumes a 5% Performance Trigger Rate and a 10% Buffer or Floor.

Performance Trigger with Buffer.

When you elect the Performance Trigger Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment will be equal to the stated Performance Trigger Rate. If the market is flat or positive over the end of the Index Account Option Term, the full Index Adjustment will equal the Performance Trigger Rate, regardless of how much the Index increased. Here are some examples of how the Performance Trigger rate and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 12%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 2%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was protected and experienced no loss.

Performance Trigger with Floor.

When you elect the Performance Trigger Crediting Method with Floor Protection Option, you experience loss up to a certain point, but Jackson will protect you from any loss beyond that point. Your positive Index Adjustment will be equal to the stated Performance Trigger Rate. If the market is flat or positive at the end of the Index Account Option Term, a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Rate will be credited, regardless of how much the Index increased. Here are some examples of how the Performance Trigger Rate and Floor work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 12%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 2%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Rate of 5%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. Since the Index Return fell within the -10% Floor, your Index Account Option Value will experience the full loss of -8%.

Please see Appendix A for examples of how the Interim Value is calculated with prorated Index Adjustment Factors and full-term Floors under various scenarios.

Performance Boost Crediting Method. The Performance Boost Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option. When you elect a Performance Boost Crediting Method, if the performance of the Index you elect is positive, flat or negative but not equal to or in excess of the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the Performance Boost Rate, limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate. If the performance of the Index you elect is negative but equal to the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value will be credited with an Index Adjustment equal to zero. If the performance of the Index you elect is negative in excess of the Buffer at the end of your Index Account Option Term, you will be credited with a negative Index Adjustment equal to the amount that the negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer.

There are two rates associated with the Performance Boost Crediting Method: the Performance Boost Rate, and the Performance Boost Cap Rate. The Performance Boost Rate is used to boost your Index Adjustment to a value higher than Index Return, and is equal to the Buffer percentage. The Performance Boost Cap Rate limits the amount of positive Index Adjustment you can receive, and is the maximum amount of Index Adjustment that could be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term, expressed as a percentage. Both the Performance Boost Rate and the Performance Boost Cap Rate are declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Boost Rate and the Performance Boost Cap Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Boost Rate and Performance Boost Cap Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Performance Boost Rate be lower than 5% or the Performance Boost Cap Rate be lower than 1%. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Performance Boost Rates and Performance Boost Cap Rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Performance Boost Crediting Method is available for renewable one-year, three-year, and six-year Index Account Option Terms with the Buffer Protection Option only. The following examples will illustrate how the Performance Boost Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. The Example assumes a 10% Performance Boost Rate, a 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate and a 10% Buffer.

Performance Boost with Buffer.

When you elect the Performance Boost Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are partially protected from downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment may be limited by the Performance Boost Cap Rate. If the market is positive, flat or negative but not in excess of the Buffer, you will receive an Index Adjustment equal to Index Return plus the Performance Boost Rate. If the Index Return is negative in excess of the Buffer, you will receive a negative Index Adjustment equal to the amount that negative Index Return exceeds the Buffer. Here are some examples of how the Performance Boost Rate, Performance Boost Cap Rate, and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 14%. Due to the 10% Performance Boost Cap Rate, the Index Adjustment will be 10%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 2%. The Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the 2% Index Return plus the 10% Performance Boost Rate (the Buffer percentage) up to the Performance Boost Cap Rate of 10%. In this case, the Index Adjustment will be 10%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -3%. The Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the -3% Index Return plus the 10% Performance Boost Rate (the Buffer percentage) up to the Performance Boost Cap Rate of 10%. In this case, the Index Adjustment will be 7%.

Scenario 4: The Index Return is -12%. Since the negative Index Return exceeded the 10% Buffer, your Index Account Option Value was partially protected from the negative return, but still experienced a -2% loss.

Please see Appendix A for examples of how the Interim Value is calculated with prorated Index Adjustment Factors under various scenarios.

Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method. The Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method is only available with the Buffer Protection Option. When you elect a Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method, if the performance of the Index you elect is flat or positive at the end of your Index Account Option Term, your Index Account Option Value can be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Plus Rate. In addition, if the performance of your elected Index is negative at the end of your Index Account Option Term, but does not exceed your elected Buffer, your Index

Account Option Value will be credited with a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Plus Rate. The Performance Trigger Plus Rate is the amount of positive Index Adjustment that will be credited to an Index Account Option at the end of each Index Account Option Term in which the performance criteria explained above are met, expressed as a percentage. The Performance Trigger Plus Rate is declared at the beginning of the Index Account Option Term. The Performance Trigger Plus Rate for a particular Index Account Option Term may be higher or lower than the Performance Trigger Plus Rate for previous or future Index Account Option Terms. In no event will a Performance Trigger Plus Rate be lower than 2% during the first six Contract years, or 1% thereafter. At least 30 days prior to any Index Account Option Term Anniversary, we will provide you with written notice advising you of how you may obtain the Performance Trigger Plus Rates for the next Index Account Option Term.

The Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method is available for renewable one-year Index Account Option Terms with the Buffer Protection Option only. The following examples will illustrate how the Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method operates with the Buffer Protection Option. The example assumes a 5% Performance Trigger Plus Rate and a 10% Buffer.

Performance Trigger Plus with Buffer.

When you elect the Performance Trigger Plus Crediting Method with Buffer Protection Option, you are protected from certain downside loss, and any positive Index Adjustment equal the stated Performance Trigger Rate. If the market is flat or positive over the course of the Index Account Option Term, the positive Index Adjustment credited will equal the Performance Trigger Plus Rate, regardless of how much the Index increased. Additionally, if the Index Return is negative but does not exceed the Buffer, the Index Adjustment credited will be positive and equal the Performance Trigger Plus Rate. Here are some examples of how the Performance Trigger Plus Rate and Buffer work in combination on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary:

Scenario 1: The Index Return is 12%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Plus Rate of 5%.

Scenario 2: The Index Return is 2%. Since the market was positive, the Index Adjustment credited to your Index Account Option Value will equal the Performance Trigger Plus Rate of 5%.

Scenario 3: The Index Return is -8%. However, since the Index Return was less than the -10% Buffer, a positive Index Adjustment equal to the Performance Trigger Plus Rate of 5% will be credited to your Index Account Option Value.

Please see Appendix A for examples of how the Interim Value is calculated with prorated Index Adjustment Factors under various scenarios.

TRANSFERS AND REALLOCATIONS

Transfer Requests. You may request a transfer to or from the Fixed Account and the Index Account Options, as well as among the Index Account Options.

Transfers may only occur on the Contract Anniversary, ~~or the following Business Day if the Contract Anniversary falls on a non-Business Day,~~ when transferring out of the Fixed Account, and only on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary when transferring out of an Index Account Option except in connection with an Intra-Term Performance Lock. You will ~~receive~~be sent a notice thirty (30) days prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. The notice will include information on the Index Account Options available to you on your Index Account Option Term Anniversary.

Unless specified otherwise, transfers will be taken from the Index Account Options and the Fixed Account in proportion to their current value. The Company reserves the right to restrict or prohibit transfers from the Index Account Options to the Fixed Account, at its discretion, on a nondiscriminatory basis, at any time.

Transfers into the Short Duration Fixed Account Option on a Contract Anniversary are not allowed. Amounts may only move from an Index Account Option to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option in connection with an Intra-Term Performance Lock.

Transfers from a Fixed Account will reduce the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into a Fixed Account will increase the Fixed Account Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers from an Index Account Option will reduce the Index Account Option Value by the transfer amount requested. Transfers into an Index Account Option will increase the Index Account Option Value by the transfer amount requested.

Transfers out of an Index Account Option during the first six Contract Years may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

Automatic Reallocation of Fixed Account Value. A request for a transfer must be received in Good Order prior to the Contract Anniversary for transfers out of the Fixed Account, or prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary for transfers out of an Index Account Option.

If no transfer request is received on or prior to the Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Fixed Account Value will remain in the Fixed Account and the Index Account Option Value(s) will be reallocated to the same Index Account Option(s) for the same term, Crediting Method and Index, if available.

Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account. If you do provide timely allocation instructions within thirty (30) days prior to the end of an expiring Index Account Option Term, we will proceed as follows:

• If the same Index Account Option is available at the time and its Term does not extend beyond the Income Date, we will renew the Index Account Option into the same Index Account Option Term.

• If the same Index Account Option is available at the time but its Term extends beyond the Income Date, if available, we will select an available Index Account Option with the same Crediting Method, Protection Option, and Index, but with the Term that ends closest to but before the Income Date.

• If the same Crediting Method, Downside Protection, and Index as the expiring Index Account Option are available at the time, but not with the same Term, we will select the available Index Account Option Term with the period closest to but less than the Index Account Option Term that just ended that will not extend beyond the Income Date.

If the Crediting Method, Protection Option, or Index you have elected is no longer available as of your Index Account Option Term Anniversary, the Index Account Option Value(s) will be reallocated to the Fixed Account until further instruction is received. No ~~Market Value Adjustments will apply to amounts automatically reallocated from Index Account Options to the Fixed Account.~~

Intra-Term Performance Lock. You may elect to lock in Interim Value during the Index Account Option Term on Index Account Options with certain Crediting Methods. This feature allows you to transfer the full Interim Value from your selected Index Account Option into the Short Duration Fixed Account Option, where it will earn the declared Short Duration Fixed Account rate of interest beginning on the Intra-Term Performance Lock Date until the next Contract Anniversary. An Intra-Term Performance Lock ends the Index Account Option Term for the Index Account Option out of which it is transferred, effectively terminating that Index Account Option. Once an Intra-Term Performance Lock has been processed, it is irrevocable. Intra-Term Performance Lock is not currently available with elections of the Performance Trigger Crediting Method.

On each Contract Anniversary, any amounts allocated to the Short Duration Fixed Account Option as part of an Intra-Term Performance Lock, including interest earned on those amounts, will be reallocated into a new Index Account Option identical to the one from which they were originally transferred, subject to availability requirements, unless new allocation instructions have been received by us in Good Order, and will begin a new Index Account Option Term. For more information on availability requirements, see "Automatic Reallocation of Index Account Option Value to a New Index Account Option or the Fixed Account" beginning on page 26.

End-Term Performance Lock. You may elect to automatically transfer any positive Index Adjustment from an Index Account Option to the Fixed Account on the Index Account Option Term Anniversary. Amounts transferred into the Fixed Account in connection with an End-Term Performance Lock will be unavailable to reallocate to an Index Account Option until the next Contract Anniversary.

You may not elect End-Term Performance Lock if you have elected Automatic Rebalancing.

You may cancel your End-Term Performance Lock program using whatever methods you use to change your allocation instructions. You should consult with your financial professional with respect to the current availability of End-Term Performance Lock.

Automatic Rebalancing. You may elect to automatically rebalance Contract Value between eligible Contract Options on the Contract Anniversary based upon the most recent allocation instructions received by the Company in Good Order. If this option is elected, we will apply any applicable Index Adjustment to the Index Account Option and credited interest to the Fixed Account Option prior to reallocating the Contract Value. An Index Account Option is only eligible for rebalancing on its Index Account Option Term Anniversary.

The percentage that will be allocated to each eligible Contract Option through the rebalancing transaction is equal to A divided by B, then multiplied by C, where:

A = the allocation percentage for the Contract Option found in the most recent allocation instructions received by the Company in Good Order;

B = 1 minus the sum of the allocation percentages of the ineligible Contract Options found in the most recent allocation instructions received by the Company in Good Order;

C = the sum of the Index Account Option Values and Fixed Account Option Values from Contract Options, including the Short Duration Fixed Account Option, that have reached the end of their crediting term on that Contract Anniversary.

You may not elect Automatic Rebalancing if you have elected End-Term Performance Lock.

You may cancel your Automatic Rebalancing program using whatever methods you use to change your allocation instructions. You should consult with your financial professional with respect to the current availability of Automatic Rebalancing.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You may access to the money in your Contract:

• by making a partial or full withdrawal,

• by electing the Automatic Withdrawal Program,

22•by establishing direct deduction of advisory fees under our administrative rules,

• by electing to receive income payments.

Your Beneficiary can have access to the money in your Contract when a death benefit is paid.

Withdrawals under the Contract may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. When you make a total withdrawal, you will receive the Withdrawal Value as of the end of the Business Day your request is received by us in Good Order. The Withdrawal Value is equal to the Contract Value reduced for any applicable taxes and adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment. ~~Your withdrawal request must be in writing.~~ We will ~~accept~~pay ~~withdrawal requests submitted via facsimile. There are risks associated with not requiring original signatures in order to disburse~~ the ~~money. To~~withdrawal ~~minimize the risks, the~~ proceeds ~~will~~within beseven ~~sent~~days toof ~~your~~receipt ~~last~~of ~~recorded~~a ~~address~~request in ~~our~~Good ~~records, so be sure to notify us, in writing, with an original signature of any address change~~Order. ~~We do not assume responsibility for improper disbursements if you have failed to provide us with the current address to which the proceeds should be sent.~~

~~Except~~Your inwithdrawal ~~connection~~request ~~with~~must ~~the~~generally ~~Automatic~~be ~~Withdrawal~~in ~~Program,~~writing. We ~~you~~will ~~must~~accept ~~withdraw~~withdrawal atrequests ~~least~~submitted ~~$500~~via ~~or,~~facsimile. We ifmay ~~less,~~accept ~~the~~withdrawal ~~entire~~requests ~~amount~~via inphone ~~the Fixed Account~~ or ~~Index~~web, ~~Account~~subject ~~Option~~to ~~from~~certain ~~which~~qualifying ~~you~~conditions, ~~are~~and ~~making~~subject ~~the~~to ~~withdrawal~~availability. IfThere ~~you~~ are risks associated with not ~~specific~~requiring original signatures in ~~your~~order ~~withdrawal~~to ~~request~~disburse the money. To minimize the risks, ~~your~~the ~~withdrawal~~proceeds will be ~~taken~~sent ~~from~~to your ~~allocations~~last torecorded ~~the~~address ~~Index~~in ~~Account~~our ~~Options~~records, ~~and~~so ~~Fixed~~be ~~Account~~sure ~~based~~to onnotify ~~the~~us, ~~proportion~~in ~~their~~writing, ~~respective~~with ~~values~~an ~~bear~~original tosignature ~~the~~of ~~Contract~~any ~~Value~~address change. AWe ~~withdrawal~~do ~~request~~not ~~that~~assume ~~would~~responsibility ~~reduce~~for ~~the~~improper ~~remaining~~disbursements ~~Contract~~if ~~Value~~you have failed to ~~less~~provide ~~than~~us ~~$2,000~~with ~~will~~the becurrent ~~treated~~address asto awhich ~~request~~the ~~for~~proceeds ashould ~~total~~be ~~withdrawal~~sent.

If you elect the Automatic Withdrawal Program, you may take automatic withdrawals of a specified dollar amount (of at least $50 per withdrawal) or a specified percentage of Contract Value on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. Automatic withdrawals are treated as partial withdrawals and will be counted in determining the amount taken as a free withdrawal in any Contract Year. Automatic withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal amount may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, the same as any other partial withdrawal. For more information about the free withdrawal amount, please see "MVA Free Withdrawal" in the section titled "Index Account" on page 14.27

Except in connection with the Automatic Withdrawal Program, you must withdraw at least $500 or, if less, the entire amount in the Fixed Account or Index Account Option from which you are making the withdrawal. If you are not specific in your withdrawal request, your withdrawal will be taken from your allocations to the Index Account Options and Fixed Account based on the proportion their respective values bear to the Contract Value. A withdrawal request that would reduce the remaining Contract Value to less than $2,000 will be treated as a request for a total withdrawal except in connection with Required Minimum Distributions or the Automatic Withdrawal Program. .

Partial withdrawals will reduce an Index Account Option's value at the beginning of the term in the same proportion that the Interim Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.

If you have an investment adviser who, for a fee, manages your Contract Value, you may authorize payment of the fee from the Contract by ~~requesting~~following aour ~~partial~~administrative ~~withdrawal~~rules for direct deduction of advisory fees from Contract Value (see below). There are conditions and limitations, so please contact our ~~Service~~Customer Care Center for more information. We neither endorse any investment advisers, nor make any representations as to their qualifications. The fee for this service would be covered in a separate agreement between the two of you, and would be in addition to the fees and expenses described in this prospectus. Any investment adviser fees withdrawn will betrigger ~~subject~~an toInterim aValue ~~Market~~adjustment ~~Value~~for ~~Adjustment,~~any asIndex ~~applicable,~~Account asOptions. You ~~well~~are asstrongly ~~trigger~~encouraged anto ~~Interim~~discuss the impact of deducting advisory fees directly from your Contract Value ~~calculation~~with ~~for~~your ~~any~~financial ~~Index~~professional ~~Account~~before ~~Options~~making any elections.

~~Income~~Under ~~taxes~~certain circumstances, ~~tax~~you ~~penalties~~may elect to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value and automatically transmitted to your third party financial professional, subject to certain ~~restrictions~~administrative ~~may~~rules. If ~~apply~~you do elect to pay your advisory fees via direct deductions under our rules, we will not treat such deductions as withdrawals in two specific ways: (i) we will not report them as taxable distributions under your Contracts; and (ii) any ~~withdrawal~~such ~~you~~deduction ~~make~~will not trigger a reduction in the return of premium benefit base of the basic death benefit, as applicable (Owners age 81 and older on the date the Contract is issued do not have a return of premium element in the basic death benefit). ~~There~~It is important to note that deductions to pay advisory fees will always reduce your Contract Value and the Contract Value portion of your basic death benefit, and they are ~~limitations~~otherwise onsubject ~~withdrawals~~to ~~from~~all ~~qualified~~contractual ~~plans~~provisions and other restrictions and penalties, including Interim Value adjustments and minimum withdrawal requirements. ~~For~~Because ~~more~~the ~~information~~deduction of advisory fees is subject to Interim Value adjustments, ~~please~~your ~~see~~Contract ~~“TAXES”~~Value ~~beginning~~may onbe ~~page~~reduced 27by more than the amount of the advisory fee if a deduction is taken at a point in time at which a negative Index Adjustment would occur.

Our Administrative Rules. In order to have advisory fees directly deducted from your Contract Value, you must submit written authorization on a form provided by us, authorizing us to accept and execute instructions from your third party financial professional to make withdrawals from your Contract to pay the advisory fees pursuant to a written agreement between you and your third party financial professional. Advisory fee withdrawals are processed as net withdrawals, pro-rata from the Contract Options in which you are currently allocated. Requests for withdrawal of advisory fees will be processed on the Business Day in which they are received by us in Good Order. Advisory fees generally may not exceed an amount equal to an annual rate of 1.50% of your Contract’s cash value, which is the amount you could receive upon total withdrawal after all fees and adjustments have been assessed. Please note: if your Contract has a return of premium element in the basic death benefit (applicable for Owners age 80 and younger on the date the Contract was issued), advisory fee deductions are capped at a lower annual rate than under our standard administrative rules, and will not be permitted to exceed an annual amount equal to an annual rate of 1.25% of Contract Value.

You may terminate authorization for the direct deduction of advisory fees at any time by providing us with written notice of such termination.

If you make a withdrawal to pay advisory fees without setting up direct deductions under our administrative rules, your withdrawal will be treated as a standard partial withdrawal under the Contract. This means, in addition to your Contract Value and basic death benefit being reduced, the withdrawal will be subject to Market Value Adjustments any applicable taxes and tax penalties.

Income taxes, tax penalties and certain restrictions may apply to any withdrawal you make. There are limitations on withdrawals from qualified plans. For more information, please see “TAXES” beginning on page 33.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

A Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") may apply to amounts withdrawn or annuitized from the Contract during the first six Contract Years. The Market Value Adjustment reflects changes in the level of interest rates since the beginning of the applicable Fixed Account term or Index Account Option Term.

In order to determine whether there will be a Market Value Adjustment, we first compare the MVA reference rate on the Issue Date to the MVA reference rate on the date you are removing Contract Value. The MVA reference rate is Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Corporate Bond Index Yield to Maturity, expressed as a percentage. If the MVA reference rate is not published for a particular day, the MVA reference rate as of the prior business day will be used.

If the MVA reference rate at the time of your withdrawal (or Income Date if income payments begin during the six Contract Year) is higher than the MVA reference rate on your Issue Date, a downward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would reduce the amount paid or taken as income. If the MVA reference rate at the time of withdrawal is lower than the MVA reference rate declared on your Issue Date, an upward adjustment to the amount withdrawn may apply, which would increase the amount paid or taken as income. There will be no Market Value Adjustment if the two rates are the same. A Market Value Adjustment will not otherwise affect the values under your Contract.

There is no Market Value Adjustment on: death benefit payments; payments pursuant to a life contingent income option or an income option resulting in payments spread over at least five years if the Income Date is after the six completed Contract Years; amounts withdrawn for Contract charges; amounts removed from any Index Account Option on the Latest Income Date, transfers among Contract Options, withdrawals taken under the MVA Free Withdrawal provision, withdrawals taken to satisfy a required minimum distribution ("RMD"), amounts you withdrawal after the first six Contract Years, earnings, and direct deductions of advisory fees made pursuant to our administrative rules.

For purposes of determining the MVA, the Contract Value is divided into earnings and Remaining Premium. Earnings are not subject to an MVA. For the sole purpose of determining the amount of the MVA, earnings are defined as any excess of the Contract Value over Remaining Premium. Withdrawals will be allocated first to earnings (which may be withdrawn free of any MVA), if any, and second to Remaining Premium. Any portion of the MVA that would reduce the Fixed Account below the Fixed Account Minimum Value will be waived.

Please note: in certain states we do not apply an MVA on any transaction. For more information including a list of states in which we do not apply an MVA, see "Appendix B: State Variations".

MVA Free Withdrawal. During each of the first six Contract Years, certain partial withdrawals from the Contract will not incur a Market Value Adjustment. The amount of the MVA Free Withdrawal is 10% of the Remaining Premium during each Contract Year that would otherwise incur a Market Value Adjustment, minus earnings. The MVA Free Withdrawal may be taken once or through multiple withdrawals throughout the Contract Year. Any amount withdrawn to satisfy a required minimum distribution reduces the amount of available MVA Free Withdrawal. No MVA Free Withdrawal may exceed the Withdrawal Value. Withdrawals during any contract year in excess of the MVA Free Withdrawal may be subject to any applicable MVA. The direct deduction of advisory fees pursuant to our administrative rules will not reduce the MVA Free Withdrawal amount.

INCOME PAYMENTS

The income phase of your Contract occurs when you begin receiving regular income payments from us. The Income Date is the day those payments begin. Once income payments begin, the Contract cannot be returned to the accumulation phase. You can choose the Income Date and an income option. All of the Contract Value must be annuitized. Amounts applied to income options from Index Account Options are subject to an Interim Value adjustment and may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The income options are described below.

If you do not select an Income Date, your income payments will begin on the Latest Income Date, which is the Contract Anniversary on which you will be 95 years old, or such ~~earlier~~ date asallowed ~~required~~ by anJackson ~~applicable~~on ~~qualified~~a ~~plan,~~non-discriminatory ~~law~~basis or ~~regulation. You~~required ~~may~~by ~~change the Income Date or income option at least seven days before the Income Date, but changes to the~~

2329

an applicable qualified plan, law or regulation. You may change the Income Date ~~must~~or beincome ~~for~~option aat ~~date~~least ~~not~~seven ~~later~~days ~~than~~before the ~~Latest~~ Income Date. You must give us written notice at least seven days before the scheduled Income Date.

Under a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity, required minimum distributions must begin in the calendar year in which you attain age 72 (70½ if you reached age 70½ before January 1, 2020) (or such other age as required by law). Distributions under qualified plans and Tax-Sheltered Annuities must begin by the later of the calendar year in which you attain age 72 (70½ if you reached age 70½ before January 1, 2020) or the calendar year in which you retire. You do not necessarily have to begin taking income payments from your Contract to meet the minimum distribution requirements for Individual Retirement Annuities, qualified plans, and Tax-Sheltered Annuities. Distributions from Roth IRAs are not required prior to your death.

On or before the Income Date, you may elect a single lump-sum payment, or you may choose to have income payments made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. A single lump-sum payment is considered a total withdrawal and terminates the Contract. If you have less than $2,000 to apply toward an income option and state law permits, we may provide your payment in a single lump sum, part of which may be taxable as Federal Income. Likewise, if your first income payment would be less than $20 and state law permits, we may set the frequency of payments so that the first payment would be at least $20.

If you do not choose an income option, we will assume that you selected option 3, which provides for life income with 120 months of guaranteed payments.

Income Options. The Annuitant is the person whose life we look to when we make income payments (each description assumes that you are both the Owner and Annuitant). The following income options may not be available in all states.

Option 1 - Life Income. This income option provides monthly payments for your life. No further payments are payable after your death. Thus, it is possible for you to receive only one payment if you died prior to the date the second payment was due. If you die after the Income Date but before the first monthly payment, the amount allocated to the income option will be paid to your Beneficiary.

Option 2 - Joint and Survivor. This income option provides monthly payments for your life and for the life of another person (usually your spouse) selected by you. Upon the death of either person, the monthly payments will continue during the lifetime of the survivor. No further payments are payable after the death of the survivor. If you and the person who is the joint life both die after the Income Date but before the first monthly payment, the amount allocated to the income option will be paid to your Beneficiary.

Option 3 - Life Income With at Least 120 or 240 Monthly Payments. This income option provides monthly payments for the Annuitant’s life, but with payments continuing to the Beneficiary for the remainder of 10 or 20 years (as you select) if the Annuitant dies before the end of the selected period. If the Beneficiary does not want to receive the remaining scheduled payments, a single lump sum may be requested, which will be equal to the present value of the remaining payments (as of the date of calculation) discounted at an interest rate that will be no more than 1% higher than the rate used to calculate the initial payment.

Option 4 - Income for a Specified Period. This income option provides monthly payments for any number of years from 5 to 30. If the Beneficiary does not want to receive the remaining scheduled payments, a single lump sum may be requested, which will be equal to the present value of the remaining payments (as of the date of calculation) discounted at an interest rate that will be no more than 1% higher than the rate used to calculate the initial payment.

Additional Options - We may make other income options available.

No withdrawals are permitted during the income phase under an income option that is life contingent.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, not all of these payment options will satisfy Required Minimum Distribution rules, particularly as those rules apply to your beneficiary after your death. Beginning with deaths happening on or after January 1, 2020, subject to certain exceptions most non-spouse beneficiaries must now complete death benefit distributions within ten years of the owner’s death in order to satisfy required minimum distribution rules. Consult a tax adviser before electing a payout option.

2430

DEATH BENEFIT

The Contract has a death benefit, which is payable during the accumulation phase, and in some circumstances even after you begin taking income payments. Amounts applied to death benefit payout options from Index Account Options are subject to an Interim Value adjustment. If you die before moving into the income phase, the death benefit equals the greater of:

• your Contract Value on the date we receive all required documentation from your Beneficiary; or

• the total Premium you have paid into the Contract reduced for prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.*

*For Owners age 7681 and older at the time the Contract is issued, the return of premium component of the death benefit is unavailable, and the death benefit will equal the current Contract Value.

If you begin taking income payments on the Latest Income Date, the death benefit amount is equal to the greater of zero or:

• the total Premium you have paid into the Contract, reduced for prior withdrawals (including any applicable charges and adjustments) incurred since the issuance of the Contract through the Latest Income Date, in the same proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of such withdrawals, less

• the Contract Value on the Latest Income Date.*

*For Owners age 7681 and older at the time the Contract is issued, the death benefit is not payable once you begin taking income from your Contract, regardless of the Income Date selected, and the death benefit terminates on the Income Date.

If the Contract is owned by joint Owners, the death benefit is due upon the death of the first joint Owner. If the Contract is owned by a legal entity, the death benefit is due upon the death of the Annuitant (in the case of joint Annuitants, the death benefit is payable upon the death of the first Annuitant).

The death benefit is due following our receipt of all required documentation in Good Order. Required documentation includes proof of death, a claim form, and any other documentation we reasonably require. If we have received proof of death and any other required documentation, we will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary of record using Contract values established at the close of business on the date we receive from that Beneficiary a claim form with a payment option elected. If we have not received proof of death or any other required documentation, we will calculate the share of the death benefit due to a Beneficiary of record using Contract values established at the close of business on the date we receive any remaining required documentation. As a result, based on the timing of a Beneficiary's claim submission, and the performance of the Index, Interim Value adjustments, and positive or negative Index ~~Adjustment~~Adjustments credited to Index Account Options may cause the calculation of a Beneficiary’s death benefit share to differ from the calculation of another Beneficiary’s death benefit share. We will pay interest on a Beneficiary’s death benefit share as required by law.

If you die before you begin taking income from the Contract, the person you have chosen as your Beneficiary will receive the death benefit. If you have a joint Owner, the death benefit will be paid when the first joint Owner dies. The surviving joint Owner will be treated as the Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designated will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. Only a spousal Beneficiary has the right to continue the Contract in force upon your death. If we do not receive a claim form and due proof of your death in Good Order from a surviving joint Owner during their lifetime, we will pay the death benefit in accordance with the last Beneficiary designation received by us in Good Order before the last joint Owner's death. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect, or the designated Beneficiary(ies) have not survived the Owner, or in the case of jointly owned Contracts, both joint Owners, the death benefit shall be paid to the Owner's estate, or in the case of jointly owned Contracts, the estate of the last joint Owner to die.

Payout Options. The death benefit can be paid under one of the following payout options:

• single lump-sum payment;

• payment of entire death benefit within 5 years of the date of death;

•on non-qualified contracts or for spousal Beneficiaries or Eligible Designated Beneficiaries on qualified contracts, payment of the entire death benefit under an income option over the Beneficiary’s lifetime ~~(on non-qualified contracts~~ or for ~~spousal Beneficiaries on qualified contracts) or for~~ a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy. Any portion of the death benefit not applied under an income option within one year of the Owner's death, however, must be paid within five years of the date of the Owner's death on non-qualified contracts; or

25•on qualified contracts, payment of the entire death benefit under an income option over a period not extending beyond ten (10) years, with distribution beginning within the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner's death.

the death benefit not applied under an income option within one year of the Owner's death, however, must be paid within five years of the date of the Owner's death; or

• payment of the entire death benefit under an income option over a period not extending beyond ten (10) years, with distribution beginning within one year of the date of the Owner's death. Any portion of the death benefit not applied under an income option within one year of the date of death, however, must be paid within five years of the date of death.

Under these payout options, the Beneficiary may also elect to receive additional lump sums at any time. The receipt of any additional lump sums will reduce the future income payments to the Beneficiary.

If the Beneficiary elects to receive the death benefit as an income option, the Beneficiary must make that payout option election within 60 days of the date we receive proof of death and payments of the death benefit must begin within one year of the date of death. If the Beneficiary chooses to receive some or all of the death benefit in a single sum and all the necessary requirements are met, we will pay the death benefit within seven days. If your Beneficiary is your spouse, he/she may elect to continue the Contract, at the current Contract Value, in his/her own name. If no payout option is selected, the entire death benefit will be paid within 5 years of the Owner’s date of death. For more information, please see “Spousal Continuation Option” below.

Pre-Selected Payout Options. As Owner, you may also make a predetermined selection of the death benefit payout option in the event your death occurs before the Income Date. However, at the time of your death, we may modify the death benefit option if the death benefit you selected exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. If this Pre-selected Death Benefit Option election is in force at the time of your death, the payment of the death benefit may not be postponed, nor can the Contract be continued under any other provisions of this Contract. This restriction applies even if the Beneficiary is your spouse, unless such restriction is prohibited by the Internal Revenue Code. If the Beneficiary does not submit the required documentation for the death benefit to us within one year of your death, however, the death benefit must be paid, in a single lump sum, within five years of your death. The Pre-selected Death Benefit Option may not be available in your state.

Spousal Continuation Option. If your spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract in his or her own name after your death, pursuant to the Spousal Continuation Option, no death benefit will be paid at that time. Moreover, except as described below, we will ~~contribute~~apply to the Contract a continuation adjustment, which is the amount by which the death benefit that would have been payable exceeds the Contract Value. We calculate the continuation adjustment amount using the Contract Value and death benefit as of the date we receive completed forms and due proof of death from the Beneficiary of record and the spousal Beneficiary’s written request to continue the Contract (the “Continuation Date”). We will add this amount to the Short Duration Fixed Account. On the next Contract Anniversary, the continuation adjustment will be reallocated to the 1-year Fixed Account Option unless you provide updated allocation instructions. The continuation adjustment will have no effect on the Fixed Account Minimum Value. The Spousal Continuation Option may not be available in your state. See your financial professional for information regarding the availability of the Spousal Continuation Option.

If your spouse continues the Contract in his/her own name under the Spousal Continuation Option, the new Contract Value will be considered the initial Premium for purposes of determining any future death benefit under the Contract.

The Spousal Continuation Option is available to elect one time on the Contract. However, if you have elected the Pre-selected Death Benefit Option the Contract cannot be continued under the Spousal Continuation Option, unless preventing continuation would be prohibited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Pre-selected Death Benefit Option may not be available in your state.

The Spousal Continuation Option is not available in the event of a change from the original Owner or an assignment of the Contract.

Death of Owner On or After the Income Date. On or after the Income Date, if you or a joint Owner die, and are not the Annuitant, any remaining payments under the income option elected will continue at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the date of death. If you die, the Beneficiary becomes the Owner. If the joint Owner dies, the surviving joint Owner, if any, will be the designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. A contingent Beneficiary is entitled to receive payment only after the Beneficiary dies.

Death of Annuitant. If the Annuitant is not an Owner or joint Owner and dies before the Income Date, you can name a new Annuitant, subject to our underwriting rules. If you do not name a new Annuitant within 30 days of the death of the Annuitant, you will become the Annuitant. However, if the Owner is a legal entity, then the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner, and a new Annuitant may not be named.

If the Annuitant dies on or after the Income Date, any remaining guaranteed payment will be paid to the Beneficiary as provided for in the income option selected. Any life-contingent Income Payments cease on the death of the ~~annuitant~~Annuitant.

Stretch Contracts. The beneficiary of death benefit proceeds from another company’s non-qualified annuity contract or the eligible designated beneficiary (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code and implementing regulations) of death benefit proceeds from another company’s tax-qualified annuity contract or plan, may use the death benefit proceeds to purchase a Contract (“Stretch Contract”) from us. The beneficiary of the prior contract or plan (“Beneficial Owner”) must begin taking distributions, or must have begun taking distributions under the prior contract or plan, within one year of the decedent’s death. The distributions must be taken over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficial Owner, and the distributions must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements resulting from the decedent’s death as defined by the Internal Revenue Code and implementing regulations. (See “Non-Qualified Contracts – Required Distributions” on page 2834.) Upon the Beneficial Owner’s death, under a tax-qualified Stretch Contract, the designated beneficiary must distribute the Contract Value on or before the end of the 10th year after the Beneficial Owner’s death. Upon the Beneficial Owner’s death, under a non-qualified Stretch Contract, the Stretch Contract terminates, and the designated beneficiary will receive a lump-sum distribution of the Contract Value. We will waive Market Value Adjustments on any withdrawal necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements. Withdrawals in excess of the minimum distribution requirements may be taken at any time, subject to applicable Market Value Adjustments. Non-qualified Stretch Contracts may not be available in all states.

The rights of Beneficial Owners are limited to those applicable to the distribution of the death benefit proceeds.

Special requirements apply to non-qualified Stretch Contracts. All Premium must be received in the form of a full or partial 1035 exchange of the death benefit proceeds from a non-qualified annuity contract and other forms of Premium payments are not permitted. Joint ownership is not permitted. The Beneficial Owner may not annuitize the Stretch Contract. The Stretch Contract terminates upon the Beneficial Owner’s death, and we will pay the Contract Value to the Beneficial Owner’s beneficiary(ies) in a lump-sum distribution. Please read the Contract and accompanying endorsement carefully for more information about these and other requirements.

TAXES

The following is only a general ~~information~~discussion of certain federal income tax issues and is not intended as tax advice to any individual. Jackson does not make any guarantee regarding the tax status of any contract or any transaction involving the contracts. It should be understood that the following discussion is not exhaustive and that other special rules may be applicable in certain situations. Moreover, no attempt has been made to consider any applicable state or other tax laws or to compare the tax treatment of the contracts to the tax treatment of any other investment. You are responsible for determining whether your purchase of a contract, withdrawals, income payments, and any other transactions under your contract satisfy applicable tax law. You should consult your own tax advisor as to how these general rules will apply to you if you purchase a Contract.

CONTRACT OWNER TAXATION

Tax-Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts. If you purchase your Contract as a part of a tax-qualified plan such as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA), Tax-Sheltered Annuity (sometimes referred to as a 403(b) Contract), or pension or profit-sharing plan (including a 401(k) Plan or H.R. 10 Plan) your Contract will be what is referred to as a tax-qualified contract. Tax deferral under a tax-qualified contract arises under the specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) governing the tax-qualified plan, so a tax-qualified contract should be purchased only for the features and benefits other than tax deferral that are available under a tax-qualified contract, and not for the purpose of obtaining tax deferral. You should consult your own advisor regarding these features and benefits of the Contract prior to purchasing a tax-qualified contract.

If you do not purchase your Contract as a part of any tax-qualified pension plan, specially sponsored program or an individual retirement annuity, your Contract will be what is referred to as a non-qualified contract.

The amount of your tax liability on the earnings under and the amounts received from either a tax-qualified or a non-qualified Contract will vary depending on the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.

Non-Qualified Contracts - General Taxation. Increases in the value of a non-qualified Contract attributable to undistributed earnings are generally not taxable to the Contract Owner or the Annuitant until a distribution (either a withdrawal or an income payment) is made from the Contract. This tax deferral is generally not available under a non-qualified Contract owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or certain other entities other than a trust holding the Contract as an agent for a natural person). Loans, assignments, or pledges based on a non-qualified Contract are treated as distributions.

27Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts. For purposes of determining the taxability of a withdrawal, the Code provides that all non-qualified contracts issued by us (or an affiliate) to you during any calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. Additional rules may be promulgated under this Code provision to prevent avoidance of its effect through the ownership of serial contracts or otherwise.

Non-Qualified Contracts - Aggregation of Contracts. For purposes of determining the taxability of a distribution, the Code provides that all non-qualified contracts issued by us (or an affiliate) to you during any calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. Additional rules may be promulgated under this Code provision to prevent avoidance of its effect through the ownership of serial contracts or otherwise.

Non-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments. Any withdrawal from a non-qualified Contract is taxable as ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed the accumulated earnings under the Contract. In contrast, a part of each income payment under a non-qualified Contract is generally treated as a non-taxable return of Premium. The balance of each income payment is taxable as ordinary income. The amounts of the taxable and non-taxable portions of each income payment are determined based on the amount of the investment in the Contract and the length of the period over which income payments are to be made. Income payments received after all of your investment in the Contract is recovered are fully taxable as ordinary income.

The Code also imposes a 10% penalty on certain taxable amounts received under a non-qualified Contract. This penalty tax will not apply to any amounts:

• paid on or after the date you reach age 59½;

• paid to your Beneficiary after you die;

• paid if you become totally disabled (as that term is defined in the Code);

• paid in a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually (or more frequently) for your life (or life expectancy) or for a period not exceeding the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your Beneficiary;

• paid under an immediate annuity; or

• which come from Premiums made prior to August 14, 1982.

The taxable portion of distributions from a non-qualified annuity Contract are considered investment income for purposes of the Medicare tax on investment income. As a result, a 3.8% tax will generally apply to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions to individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain threshold amounts. These levels are $200,000 in the case of single head of household taxpayers, $250,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing joint returns, $250,00000 in case of Qualifying ~~widower~~surviving spouse with dependent child, and $125,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing separately. Owners should consult their own tax advisors for more information.

Non-Qualified Contracts - Required Distributions. In order to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes, the Code requires any non-qualified contract issued after January 18, 1985 to provide that (a) if an owner dies on or after the annuity starting date but prior to the time the entire interest in the contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of that owner’s death; and (b) if an owner dies prior to the annuity starting date, the entire interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date of the owner’s death. If the owner is a legal entity, the death of any annuitant is treated as the death of the owner for this purpose.

The requirements of (b) above can be considered satisfied if any portion of the Owner’s interest which is payable to or for the benefit of a “designated beneficiary” is distributed over the life of such beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that beneficiary and such distributions begin within one year of that Owner’s death. The Owner’s “designated beneficiary,” who must be a natural person, is the person designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death. However, if the Owner’s “designated beneficiary” is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the new Owner.34

Non-Qualified Contracts - 1035 Exchanges. Under Section 1035 of the Code, you can purchase an annuity contract through a tax-free exchange of another annuity contract, or a life insurance or endowment contract. For the exchange to be tax-free under Section 1035, the owner and annuitant must be the same under the original annuity contract and the Contract issued to you in the exchange. If the original contract is a life insurance contract or endowment contract, the owner and the insured on the original contract must be the same as the owner and annuitant on the Contract issued to you in the exchange.

In accordance with Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS will consider a partial exchange of an annuity Contract for another annuity Contract valid if there is either no withdrawal from, or surrender of, either the surviving annuity contract or the new annuity contract within 180 days of the date of the partial exchange. Revenue Procedure 2011-38 also provides certain exceptions to the 180 day rule. Due to the complexity of these rules, owners are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers prior to entering into a partial exchange of an annuity Contract.

Tax-Qualified Contracts - Withdrawals and Income Payments. The Code imposes limits on loans, withdrawals, and income payments under tax-qualified Contracts. The Code also imposes required minimum distributions for tax-qualified Contracts and a 10% penalty on certain taxable amounts received prematurely under a tax-qualified Contract. You should discuss these limits, required minimum distributions, tax penalties and the tax computation rules with your tax adviser. Any withdrawals under a tax-qualified Contract will be taxable except to the extent they are allocable to an investment in the Contract (any after-tax contributions). In most cases, there will be little or no investment in the Contract for a tax-qualified Contract because contributions will have been made on a pre-tax or tax-deductible basis.

Withdrawals - Roth IRAs. Subject to certain limitations, individuals may also purchase a type of non-deductible IRA annuity known as a Roth IRA annuity. Qualified distributions from Roth IRA annuities are entirely federal income tax free. A qualified distribution requires that the individual has held the Roth IRA annuity for at least five years and, in addition, that the distribution is made either after the individual reaches age 59½, on account of the individual’s death or disability, or as a qualified first-time home purchase, subject to $10,000 lifetime maximum, for the individual, or for a spouse, child, grandchild or ancestor.

Constructive Withdrawals - Investment Adviser Fees. In ~~a series of Private Letter Rulings~~2019, ~~the~~we ~~Internal~~obtained ~~Revenue~~a ~~Service~~private ~~has~~letter ~~held~~ruling ~~that~~(“PLR”) ~~the payment of investment adviser fees~~ from athe ~~Contract~~Internal ~~need~~Revenue ~~not be considered a distribution for income tax purposes.~~Service ~~While~~recognizing aour ~~Private~~ability, ~~Letter~~in ~~Ruling~~specific ~~may~~circumstances, ~~provide insight as~~ to treat the ~~IRS~~payment ~~interpretation~~ of ~~tax~~investment ~~law,~~advisory itfees ~~can~~to ~~only~~an beinvestment ~~relied~~advisor ~~upon~~out byof ~~the~~nonqualified ~~taxpayer~~contracts ~~who~~as ~~requested~~non-taxable ~~it. We cannot guarantee that the IRS would take the same position with respect to similar~~ withdrawals ~~under~~from ~~this Contract. Under~~ the ~~facts in these Rulings:~~contracts.

•Pursuant ~~there~~to ~~was~~the aguidance ~~written~~provided ~~agreement~~by ~~providing~~the ~~for~~Internal ~~payments~~Revenue ofService, we only permit the ~~fees~~deduction ~~solely~~of investment adviser fees from a contract in the ~~annuity~~following ~~Contract,~~circumstances:

•The ~~the~~contract ~~Contract~~is ~~Owner~~an ~~had~~advisory nofee ~~liability for the fees, and~~product;

•A ~~the~~written ~~fees~~contract ~~were~~exists ~~paid~~between ~~solely from~~ the ~~annuity~~registered ~~Contract~~investment toadviser and the ~~adviser.~~contract owner;

•During the time that the contract owner authorizes us to deduct advisory fees directly from the contract and automatically transmit them to a registered investment adviser, the contract will be solely liable for the fees and the fees will not be paid directly by the owner;

•The fees are paid directly from the annuity contract to the registered investment adviser;

•The fees do not exceed an amount equal to an annual rate of 1.50% of the contract’s cash value

When these requirements are met, we will not treat such a deduction of fees as a taxable distribution. In order to prevent negative tax consequences, these deductions are only permitted if the above requirements are met. Any withdrawals taken by a contract owner in scenarios that do not conform to the above requirements will be treated as any other partial withdrawal from the contract, and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.

Death Benefits. None of the death benefits paid under the Contract to the Beneficiary will be tax-exempt life insurance benefits. The rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity Contract, as discussed above, generally apply to the payment of death benefits and depend on whether the death benefits are paid as a lump sum or as annuity payments. Estate or gift taxes may also apply.

Assignment. An assignment of your Contract will generally be a taxable event. Assignments of a tax-qualified Contract may also be limited by the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making any assignment of your Contract.

An assignment or pledge of all or any portion of the value of a Non-Qualified Contract is treated under Section 72 of the Code as an amount not received as an annuity. The total value of the Contract assigned or pledged that exceeds the aggregate Premiums paid will be included in the individual's gross income. In addition, the amount included in the individual's gross income could also be subject to the 10% penalty tax discussed in connection with Non-Qualified Contracts.

An assignment or pledge of all or any portion of the value of a Qualified Contract will disqualify the Qualified Contract. The Code requires the Qualified Contract to be nontransferable.

Withholding. In general, the income portion of distributions from a Contract are subject to 10% federal income tax withholding and the income portion of income payments are subject to withholding at the same rate as wages unless you elect not to have tax withheld. Some states have enacted similar rules. Different rules may apply to payments delivered outside the United States.

29The Code generally allows the rollover of most distributions to and from tax-qualified plans, tax-sheltered annuities, Individual Retirement Annuities and eligible deferred compensation plans of state or local governments. Distributions from other tax qualified plans which may not be rolled over are those which are:

~~The~~(a)one ~~Code~~of ~~generally~~a ~~allows~~series ~~the~~of ~~rollover~~substantially ofequal ~~most~~annual ~~distributions~~(or tomore ~~and~~frequent) ~~from~~payments ~~tax-qualified~~made ~~plans,~~(a) ~~tax-sheltered~~over ~~annuities~~the life or life expectancy of the employee, ~~Individual~~(b) ~~Retirement~~the ~~Annuities~~joint ~~and~~lives ~~eligible~~or ~~deferred~~joint ~~compensation~~life ~~plans~~expectancies of ~~state~~the oremployee ~~local~~and ~~governments. Distributions~~the ~~which~~employee’s ~~may~~beneficiary, ~~not~~or be(c) ~~rolled~~for ~~over~~a ~~are~~specified ~~those~~period ~~which~~of ~~are:~~ten years or more;

(~~a) one of a series of substantially equal annual (or more frequent) payments made (a) over the life or life expectancy of the employee, (~~b) ~~the joint lives or joint life expectancies of the employee and the employee’s beneficiary, or (c) for~~ a ~~specified~~required ~~period~~minimum ofdistribution; ~~ten years~~ or ~~more;~~

(bc) a ~~required~~hardship ~~minimum distribution; or~~withdrawal.

Eligible rollover distributions from tax qualified plans (cother than an IRA) are subject to mandatory 20% withholding unless they are transferred directly to an IRA or tax qualified plan. Jackson reserves the right to change tax reporting practices where it determines that a ~~hardship~~change ~~withdrawal~~is necessary to comply with federal or state tax rules (whether formal or informal).

Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations. The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence. Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S. state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity contract purchase.

Definition of Spouse. The Contract provides that upon your death, a surviving spouse may have certain continuation rights that he or she may elect to exercise for the Contract’s death benefit and any joint-life coverage under an optional living benefit. All Contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of “spouse” under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.

Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract. A transfer or assignment of ownership of a Contract, the designation of an annuitant other than the owner, the selection of certain maturity dates, or the exchange of a Contract may result in certain tax consequences to you that are not discussed herein. An owner contemplating any such transfer, assignment or exchange, should consult a tax advisor as to the tax consequences.

Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Contract could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to legislative developments and their effect on the Contract.

We have the right to modify the contract in response to legislative changes that could otherwise diminish the favorable tax treatment that annuity contract owners currently receive. We make no guarantee regarding the tax status of any contact and do not intend the above discussion as tax advice.

CARES Act Relief in 2020. On March 27, 2020 Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). Among other provision, the CARES Act includes temporary relief from certain tax rules applicable to qualified contracts.

Required Minimum Distributions. The CARES Act allows participants and beneficiaries in certain qualified plans and IRAs to suspend taking required minimum distributions in 2020, including any initial required minimum distributions for 2019 that would have been due by April 1, 2020. Additionally, the year 2020 will not be counted in measuring the five year post-death distribution period requirement. Any distributions made in 2020 that, but for the CARES Act, would have been a required minimum distribution will instead be eligible for rollover and will not be subject to the 20% mandatory withholding.

Retirement Plan Distribution Relief. Under the CARES Act, an “eligible participant” can withdraw up to a total of $100,000 from IRAs and certain qualified plans that adopt this provision, without being subject to the 10% additional tax on early distributions. The Federal income tax on these distributions can be spread ratably over three years and the distributions may be re-contributed during the three-year period following the distribution. For these purposes, eligible participants are participants who:

• have been diagnosed with COVID-19,

• have spouses or dependents diagnosed with COVID-19, or

• have experienced adverse financial consequences stemming from COVID-19 as a result of

◦ being quarantined, furloughed or laid off,

◦ having reduced work hours,

◦ being unable to work due to lack of child care,

◦ the closing or reduction of hours of a business owned or operated by the participant, or

◦ other factors determined by the Treasury Department.

JACKSON TAXATION

We reserve the right to deduct from the Contract Value any taxes attributed to the Contract and paid by us to any government entity (including, but not limited to, Premium Taxes, Federal, state and local withholding of income, estate, inheritance, other taxes required by law and any new or increased federal or state income taxes that may be enacted into law). Premium taxes generally range from 0.5% to 3.5%, which are applicable only in certain jurisdictions. We will determine when taxes relate to the Contract.

We may pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from the Contract Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not waive any right we may have to deduct amounts at a later date. We will withhold taxes required by law from any amounts payable from this Contract.

While we may consider company income tax liabilities and tax benefits when pricing our products, we do not currently include our income tax liabilities in the charges you pay under the Contract. We will periodically review the issue of charging for these taxes and may impose a charge in the future.

OTHER INFORMATION

General Account. The General Account is made up of all of Jackson's assets, including the Fixed Account and [Jackson National RILA Separate Account] I. Jackson exercises sole discretion over the investment of the General Account assets and bears the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. The General Account invests its assets in accordance with state insurance law. All of the assets of the General Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business.

Unregistered Separate Account. Except for Contracts issued in certain states, we hold certain investments supporting the assets that you allocate to the Index Account in a non-insulated unregistered Separate Account. We established the [Jackson National RILA Separate Account] I ("RILA Separate Account") on ~~[___]~~February 12, 2021, pursuant to the provisions of Michigan law. The [RILA Separate Account] is a separate account under state insurance law and is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. It is non-unitized, non-insulated, and was established under the laws of Michigan solely for the purpose of supporting our obligations under the Contract. Like our General Account, all of the assets of [the RILA Separate Account] are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business.

Changes to the Separate Account. Where permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the [RILA Separate Account]. We will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of any applicable state insurance department. We will notify you of any changes in writing. These changes may result from changes to or interpretations of applicable laws or regulations, or from business decisions we may make with regard to structure and operation of the [RILA Separate Account].

Distribution of Contracts. Jackson National Life Insurance Company (“Jackson”), located at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing MIMichigan, is the issuer for this contract. Jackson National Life Distributors LLC (“JNLD”), located at 300 Innovation Drive, Franklin, TNTennessee 37067, serves as the distributor of the Contracts. JNLD also serves as distributor of other variable insurance products issued by Jackson and its subsidiaries.

JNLD is a wholly owned subsidiary of Jackson National Life Insurance Company. JNLD is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). For more information on broker-dealers and their registered representatives, you may use the FINRA BrokerCheck program via telephone (1-800-289-9999) or the Internet (http://brokercheck.finra.org).

JNLD may distribute the Contracts directly and also enters into selling agreements with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that are unaffiliated with us ("Selling Firms"). The Contracts are offered to customers of Selling Firms. Selling Firms are responsible for delivery of various related disclosure documents and the accuracy of their oral description and appropriate recommendations of the purchase of the Contracts. Selling Firms do not have any legal responsibility to pay amounts that are owed under the Contracts. The obligations and guarantees under the Contracts are the sole responsibility of Jackson.

Selling Firms may also be registered as, affiliated with, or in a contractual relationship with an investment adviser and offer advisory services to Contract Owners. Selling Firms providing such advisory services are acting solely on your behalf. Neither Jackson nor JNLD offer advice on how to allocate your Contract Value and we are not responsible for any advice your investment adviser provides to you. Neither Jackson nor JNLD endorses any investment advisers nor makes any representations as to their qualifications.

Jackson nor JNLD offer advice on how to allocate your Contract Value and we are not responsible for any advice your investment adviser provides to you. Neither Jackson nor JNLD endorses any investment advisers nor makes any representations as to their qualifications.

Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms. No commissions are paid to Selling Firms that sell the Contracts. However, the Selling Firms or their representatives may charge you an investment advisory or similar fee under an agreement you have with them. The Selling Firms or their registered representatives/investment adviser representatives determine the amount of the fee that will be charged, and the amounts charged may vary. There may be tax and Contract implications, including adverse effects on Contract benefits, if you elect to have such fees withdrawn directly from the Contract.

JNLD and/or Jackson may make payments to Selling Firms in recognition of marketing, distribution, and/or administrative support provided by the Selling Firms. These payments may not be offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of these arrangements vary widely depending on, among other things, products offered; the level and type of marketing, distribution, and administrative support services provided; and the level of access we are provided to the registered representatives of the Selling Firms. Such payments may influence Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives to present the Contracts more favorably than other investment alternatives. Such compensation is subject to applicable state insurance law and regulation, FINRA rules of conduct and Department of Labor (“DOL”) rules and regulations. While such compensation may be significant, it will not result in any additional direct charge by us to you.

JNLD and/or Jackson may make marketing allowance payments and marketing support payments to the Selling Firms. Marketing allowance payments are payments that are designed as consideration for product placement and distribution, assets under management, and sales volume. Marketing allowance payments are generally based on a fixed percentage of annual product sales and generally range from 10 to 50 basis points (0.10% to 0.50%). Payments may also be based on a percentage of assets under management or paid as a specified dollar amount. Marketing support payments may be in the form of cash and/or non-cash compensation to or on behalf of Selling Firms and their registered representatives and are intended to provide us with exposure to registered representatives so that we may build relationships or educate them about product features and benefits. Examples of such payments include, but are not limited to, reimbursements for representative training or “due diligence” meetings (including travel and lodging expenses); client and prospecting events; speaker fees; business development and educational enhancement items (such as software packages containing information for broker use, or prospecting lists); sponsorship payments for participation at conferences and meetings; and other support services, including payments to third party vendors for such services. Payments or reimbursements for meetings and seminars are generally based on the anticipated level of participation and/or accessibility and the size of the audience. Subject to applicable laws and regulations including FINRA rules of conduct and DOL rules and regulations, we may also provide cash and/or non-cash compensation to registered representatives in the form of gifts, promotional items, occasional meals, and entertainment. Selling Firms may qualify for different levels of sales and service support depending on the volume of business that they do with us.

All of the compensation described here, and other compensation or benefits provided by JNLD and/or Jackson or our affiliates, may be greater or less than the total compensation on similar or other products. The amount or structure of the compensation can create a conflict of interest as it may influence your Selling Firm and financial professional to present this Contract over other investment alternatives. The variations in compensation, however, may also reflect differences in sales effort or ongoing customer services expected of the Selling Firm and financial professional. You may ask your financial professional about any variations and how he or she and his or her Selling Firm are compensated for selling the Contract.

Compensation to JNLD. We may use any of our corporate assets to cover the cost of distribution. Compensation is paid to employees of JNLD and/or Jackson who are responsible for providing services to Selling Firms. These employees are generally referred to as “wholesalers” and may meet with Selling Firms and/or their representatives to provide training and sales support. The compensation paid to the wholesalers may vary based on a number of factors, including Premium payments; types of Contracts or optional benefits (if any) sold by the Selling Firms that the wholesaler services; wholesaler performance; and overall company performance. The wholesaler may be required to achieve internally-assigned goals related to the same type of factors and may receive bonus payments for the achievement of individual and/or company-wide goals.

When a contract is offered to persons who are also customers of an Independent Registered Investment Advisor, JNLD may act in its capacity as a Selling Firm and be responsible for delivering disclosure documents and making recommendations that are in the best interest of the customer. Neither JNLD nor the Independent Registered Investment Advisors receive commission when one of their customers purchases a contract from JNLD. JNLD will not make marketing support payments to Independent Registered Investment Advisors if the payment or non-cash compensation is preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or on achievement of maintaining a level of premium with Jackson.

Compensation is paid to employees of JNLD who are responsible for making recommendations to persons who are also customers of Independent Registered Investment Advisors. These employees are generally referred to as “annuity support associates”. The compensation paid to annuity support associates is not based on commissions. We compensate our annuity support associates with a base salary and an annual discretionary bonus. The amount of the annual bonus is based on a percentage of the associate’s salary, varies by the associate’s title, and is tied to how well the associate performs his or her job.

Modification of Your Contract. Only our President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may approve a change to or waive a provision of your Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. We may change the terms of your Contract without your consent in order to comply with changes in any applicable state and federal regulations and law, including provisions or requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.

Confirmation of Transactions. We will send you a written statement confirming that a financial transaction, such as a withdrawal, or transfer has been completed. This confirmation statement will provide details about the transaction. It is possible that certain transactions, such as transfers, which may only be made on Contract Anniversaries or Index Account Option Term Anniversaries may be confirmed in an annual statement only.

It is important that you carefully review the information contained in the statements that confirm your transactions. If you believe an error has occurred, you must notify us in writing aspromptly ~~soon~~upon asreceipt ~~possible~~of ~~after receiving~~ the statement so we can make any appropriate adjustments. ~~If we do not receive notice of any such potential error, we may not be responsible for correcting the error.~~

State Variations. This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Certain provisions of the Contract may be different from the general description in this prospectus due to variations required by state law. These differences include, among other things, free look rights, issue age limitations, and the general availability of certain features. The state in which your Contract is issued also governs whether or not certain options, or charges are available or will vary under your Contract. Please see Appendix B for a listing of the state variations as well as your Contract for specific variations applicable to you.

Legal Proceedings. Jackson and its subsidiaries are defendants in ~~class actions and~~ a number of civil proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and otherwise. We are also, from time to time, the subject of regulatory inquiries and proceedings by certain governmental authorities. We do not believe at the present time that any pending action or proceeding, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon Jackson’s ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts. See “Risk Related to Our Business and Industry – Legal and Regulatory Risk – Legal and regulatory investigations and actions are increasingly common in our industry and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

JACKSON

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Michigan in June 1961. Our legal domicile and principal business address is 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951 and we maintain offices in Franklin, Tennessee and Chicago, Illinois. We are admitted to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District of Columbia and all states except New York. ~~Jackson~~We isare a wholly owned subsidiary of Jackson Financial Inc. ("JFI"), ~~which~~whose isClass aA ~~subsidiary~~common ofstock ~~Prudential plc. Prudential plc owns a majority interest in Jackson Financial Inc. and~~ is ~~a publicly~~ traded ~~company~~on ~~incorporated in~~ the ~~United~~New ~~Kingdom~~York ~~and~~Stock isExchange ~~not~~under ~~affiliated~~the insymbol ~~any~~"JXN." ~~manner~~Our ~~with~~website ~~Prudential~~is ~~Financial,~~located ~~Inc~~at www.,jackson.com. aInformation ~~company~~on ~~whose~~our ~~principal~~website ~~place of business~~ is innot ~~the~~part ~~United States~~ of ~~America~~, or ~~with The Prudential Assurance Company Ltd., a subsidiary of M&G plc, a company~~ incorporated inby ~~the~~reference ~~United Kingdom. Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd.~~into, athis ~~Bermuda Class C insurer under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978, owns a minority interest in Jackson Financial Inc~~prospectus. ~~Prudential~~ ~~plc~~JFI is also the ultimate parent of PPM America, Inc., a sub-adviser for certain ~~of the~~ Funds., ~~Jackson~~and ~~is the parent of~~ Jackson National Asset Management, LLC (“JNAM”), which provides certain administrative services with respect to ~~the~~certain ~~[RILA]~~of ~~Separate~~our ~~Account~~separate accounts, including separate account administration services and financial and accounting services. JNAM is located at 225 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, ILIllinois 60606.

We issue and administer the Contracts. We maintain records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number and other pertinent information for each Owner, the number and type of Contracts issued to each Owner and records with respect to the value of each Contract.

Jackson is relying on Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which exempts insurance companies from filing periodic reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.

33CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

~~OUR~~Certain ~~BUSINESS~~statements made in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”). A forward-looking statement is a statement that is not a historical fact and includes any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements. Forward-looking statements may contain words like: “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “shall,” “will” and other words or phrases with similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, trends in our businesses, prospective services or products, future performance or financial results and the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings.

~~[TO~~Forward-looking BEstatements ~~UPDATED~~are BYsubject ~~AMENDMENT]~~to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including:

~~REGULATION~~•conditions in the capital and credit markets and the economy which impact liquidity, investment performance and valuation, hedge program performance, interest rates and credit spreads;

~~[TO~~•Jackson BEFinancial’s ~~UPDATED~~dependence BYon ~~AMENDMENT]~~the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to meet Jackson Financial’s obligations and liquidity needs;

We•downgrade ~~are licensed and regulated~~ in ~~all~~our ~~states~~financial instrength ~~which~~or wecredit ~~conduct insurance business~~ratings, ~~and all forms and rates are filed for approval in states where required. In many instances, the laws and regulations originate from the NAIC,~~ which ~~provides~~impact standardized insurance industry model laws and regulations, and standardized accounting and reporting guidance. The extent of this regulation varies, but most states have broad administrative power dealing with many aspects of our business~~. These~~ ~~laws~~ and ~~regulations~~costs ~~govern the financial condition~~ of insurers, including standards of solvency, types and concentration of investments, establishment and maintenance of reserves, credit for reinsurance, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, mergers, and requirements of capital adequacy, and establish minimums for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts, corporate governance standards for insurers, and the business conduct of insurers, including risk management, marketing and sales practices, product designs, underwriting practices, privacy, agent appointments, and claims handling.financing;

~~State~~•changes ~~insurance~~in ~~departments~~laws ~~monitor~~and ~~our business by examining our policies~~regulations, ~~procedures~~which ~~and~~impact ~~practices~~how ~~from~~we ~~time to time through market~~ conduct ~~and~~our ~~financial~~business, ~~examinations;~~the byrelative ~~enacting~~appeal ~~and~~of ~~enforcing~~our ~~reporting~~products ~~obligations;~~versus ~~and~~those byfrom ~~conducting~~other ~~inquiries~~financial ~~and/or market analysis. In addition~~institutions, ~~statutes~~ and ~~regulations~~changes ~~usually~~in ~~require~~accounting ~~the licensing of insurers and their agents~~standards, ~~the~~which ~~approval~~impact ofhow ~~policy~~we ~~forms~~account ~~and~~for ~~related materials~~ and ~~the~~present ~~approval~~our ofresults ~~rates for certain lines~~ of ~~insurance.~~operations;

•operational failures, including failure of our information technology systems, failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information or proprietary business information, and disruptions from third party outsourcing partners;

•a failure to adequately describe and administer, or meet any of the complex product and regulatory requirements relating to, the many complex features and options contained in our annuities;

•adverse impacts on our results of operations and capitalization as a result of optional guaranteed benefits within certain of our annuities;

•models that rely on a number of estimates, assumptions, sensitivities and projections, which models inform our business decisions and strategy and which may contain misjudgments and errors and may not be as predictive as desired;

•risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, diseases, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19), malicious acts, cyberattacks, terrorist acts, civil unrest and climate change;

•inadequate reserves due to differences between our actual experience and management’s estimates and assumptions;

•changes in the levels of amortization of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”); and

•adverse outcomes of legal or regulatory actions.

The risks and uncertainties, including those listed above, are discussed more fully under “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below in this prospectus, which are incorporated herein by reference. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors.

Further, it is not possible to assess the effect of all risk factors on our businesses or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. In addition, we disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this prospectus, except as otherwise required by law.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

[TO BE UPDATED BY AMENDMENT]

~~MANAGEMENT'S~~Business ~~DISCUSSION~~and ~~AND~~Industry ~~ANALYSIS~~Risk Factor Summary

The following is a summary of the material risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should read this summary together with the more detailed description of each risk factor contained below.

Risks Related to Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy, primarily include:

•Equity market performance and its impact on asset and liability valuation, hedge program performance and fee revenue;

•Volatility in interest rates or prolonged periods of low interest rates and their impact on hedge program performance and income derived from our investments;

•Deterioration of the credit quality of, and defaults on, the securities and loans in our investment portfolio; and

•Impacts from climate change and the COVID-19 pandemic.

Risks Related to Financing and Liquidity, include:

•Dependence of our parent company, JFI, on cash made available to it by its operating subsidiaries and its ability to access the capital markets;

•A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings impacting our business and costs of financing;

•Liquidity risks associated with sourcing a large concentration of our funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLBI”); and

•Difficulty in selling certain investments, or to sell in significant amounts at acceptable prices, to generate cash to meet our needs.

Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters, include:

•Changes in accounting standards;

•Our businesses are heavily regulated and are impacted by changes in regulation;

•A decrease in the risk-based capital (RBC) ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory capital and surplus or increase in RBC requirements) could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies;

•Legal and regulatory investigations and actions;

•Our investment advisory agreements with clients, and our selling and distribution agreements with various financial intermediaries and consultants, are subject to termination or non-renewal on short notice;

•Changes in U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws could affect sales of our products and profitability;

•We may not be able to mitigate the reserve strain associated with Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX, potentially impacting our capital position; and

•Changes to comply with new and potential laws or regulations that impose fiduciary or best interest standards in connection with the sale of our products impacting our costs and sales.

Risks Related to the Products We Offer and Distribution, primarily include:

•A failure to accurately describe the many features and options of our annuities or to administer the many features and options consistent with their descriptions;

•Optional guaranteed benefits within certain of our annuities could decrease our earnings, decrease our capitalization, and could increase the volatility of our financial results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk; and

•The terms of our new registered index-linked annuities (RILAs) may not meet customer needs, and we may encounter delays and missed market opportunities if we need to revise those terms.

Risks Related to Models, Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations, primarily include:

•Model design and performance errors;

•Inability to adequately identify, monitor and manage risks;

•Possible significant deviations from our assumptions regarding the proportion of our annuity contracts that will remain in force from one period to the next should persistency or mortality rates differ significantly from our pricing expectations; and

•The subjective nature of some valuations and their impact on allowances and impairments taken on our investments and goodwill.

Risks Related to Counterparty Performance and Reinsurance, primarily relating to:

•Our use of financial derivative transactions to hedge, and reinsurance to mitigate, risks exposes us to counterparty credit risk.

Risks Related to Our Information Technology and Other Operational Matters, primarily include:

•Disruption in our operations, and those of our material outsourcing partners;

•Our information technology systems could fail, or their security could be compromised;

•Failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information or proprietary business information could adversely affect us and our reputation; and

•Inability to recruit and maintain key employees and experienced and productive employees.

General Risks We Face, primarily relating to:

•Our management discovered a material weakness in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, which resulted in a restatement of our previously issued annual financial statements; and

•Our efforts to meet Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) standards and to enhance the sustainability of our businesses may not meet investors’ or regulators’ expectations.

•Natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, diseases, epidemics, pandemics, malicious acts, terrorist acts, civil unrest, and climate change.

Business and Industry Risk Factors

You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, many of these risks are interrelated and could occur under similar business and economic conditions, and the occurrence of certain of them could in turn cause the emergence or exacerbate the effect of others. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below. See “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Relating to Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and Economy

General conditions in the global capital markets and the economy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Volatility in global capital markets and the global economy could have a material adverse impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, civil unrest, availability and cost of

credit, geopolitical issues and trade disputes have contributed to increased volatility in worldwide capital and equity markets. These global factors also could impact business and consumer confidence and may lead to economic uncertainty, stay-at-home orders, and business shutdowns, thereby causing a slowdown in economic activity.

An economic downturn could have an adverse effect on our business. Our customers may choose to defer paying premiums or stop paying premiums altogether, or simply allow policies to lapse. In addition, many state insurance departments, including the New York State Department of Financial Services, may require insurers to offer flexible premium payment plans, relax payment dates and waive late fees and penalties to avoid canceling or non-renewing policies. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we could encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If customer lapse rates significantly exceed our expectations, they could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Conversely, if our policyholder lapse rates are significantly lower than our expectations, the increased cost of providing guaranteed living benefits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Such events and conditions could also have an adverse effect on our sales of annuities, result in a decrease or halt in economic activity in large geographic areas, adversely affect our business within those geographic areas or the general economic climate, affect the availability and cost of reinsurance protections and could affect the availability and effectiveness of hedging instruments resulting in a material and adverse impact on our profitability.

Equity market declines and volatility could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our variable annuity business is highly sensitive to the condition of equity markets. Sustained decline, weakness or stagnation in equity markets would result in depressed variable annuity policyholder account balances and lower revenues and earnings, that is, fees and risk charges that are proportional to policyholder account balances. Lower variable annuity account balances also impact the likelihood of claims arising from guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits on many of our variable annuity policies, which may reduce the profitability of the business depending on the effectiveness of our hedge program.

Equity market declines and volatility could influence policyholder behavior, which could adversely impact the levels of full surrenders and/or partial withdrawals within annuity contracts or cause customers to reallocate a portion of their account balances to more conservative investment options (which generally have lower fees). These actions could negatively impact our profitability or increase the value of guaranteed benefit liabilities,, particularly if customers were to remain in such conservative investment options during an equity market increase. In addition, equity market volatility could lead to changes in estimates underlying our calculations of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) that, in turn, could accelerate our DAC amortization and reduce our current earnings and result in changes to the fair value of our optional guarantee benefit liabilities, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.

We face equity risk from our asset portfolio, our derivative hedging program, and the products we sell. Market volatility could increase our need for additional hedging and increase the costs of the derivatives we use for hedging. Our hedging program may be unable to mitigate effectively the equity market volatility of our liabilities, which could lead to economic losses or increased volatility in earnings. For example, we are exposed to basis risk, which results from our inability to purchase or sell hedge assets whose performance perfectly matches the performance of the funds into which policyholders allocate their assets. While mutual funds made available to variable annuity policyholders are those with historical performance, and we believe that we would be sufficiently matched with hedge assets, we anticipate some variance between the two. This variance may be exacerbated during periods of high volatility and could result in a loss of capital and/or reduced earnings. In addition, we may sometimes choose, based on economic considerations and other factors, not to fully mitigate the equity market volatility of our portfolio. For example, in periods of high market volatility or adverse conditions, we may experience a reduction in the availability, or an increase in the cost, of the derivatives we use to hedge market risk, making it either impossible or impractical to mitigate effectively the equity market volatility of our liabilities.

Volatility in interest rates or prolonged periods of low interest rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in interest rates and credit spreads could result in fluctuations in the income derived from our investments and could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. A significant proportion of our business is based upon the difference between the returns we earn on our assets and the interest and other benefits payable to our customers. A significant portion of our assets are invested in fixed income securities and our results are therefore affected by fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and credit spreads. Fixed annuities, variable annuities with a fixed fund option, and institutional products expose us to the risk that changes in interest rates, which are not fully reflected in the

interest rates credited to customers, will reduce spread and could reduce profitability of those businesses. Significant volatility in interest rates could have an adverse impact on highly structured or limited liquidity assets in our investment portfolio. Interest rate risk exposure for variable annuities increases when the present value of expected future benefit payments increases. The present value of expected future benefit payments increases due to factors including equity market underperformance, low interest rates, adverse policyholder behavior and increased longevity. As a result, lower interest rates increase our variable annuity exposure and generally lead to increased hedging needs and associated costs.

We are exposed primarily to the following risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates:

• the risk of mismatch between the expected duration of liabilities and investments;

• the reinvestment risk associated with accelerated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities and other fixed income securities in decreasing interest rate environments and delayed prepayments in increasing interest rate environments;

•risk associated with decreasing estimated fair values of the fixed income securities and mortgage loans that comprise a significant portion of our investment portfolio;

• the risk of increases in statutory reserve and capital requirements due to decreases in interest rates or changes in prescribed interest rates;

• the risk of increases in the costs of derivatives we use for hedging or increases in the volume of hedging we do as interest rates decrease;

• the risk of loss related to customer withdrawals following a sharp and sustained increase in interest rates as customers seek higher perceived returns;

• the risk of loss from reduced fee income, increased guaranteed benefit costs and accelerated deferred acquisition costs amortization arising from fluctuations in the variable annuity separate account values associated with fixed income investment options due to increased interest rates or credit spread widening;

• the risk of volatility in our U.S. GAAP results of operations driven by interest rate related components of liabilities; and

•the risk of reduced profitability on products where the interest rate credited to the policyholder increases faster than the corresponding yield of our investment portfolio.

Volatility in credit spreads could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in credit spreads affect the underlying market price of our fixed income securities. If credit spreads widen significantly, we could be exposed to higher levels of other-than-temporary impairments. If credit spreads tighten significantly, it could result in reduced net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturity securities.

Credit spreads also affect our variable annuity business. Widening credit spreads would reduce the value of bonds held within policyholder funds, decreasing the average account value of our annuity contracts, and negatively impacting the fee income we earn. Narrowing credit spreads would reduce the investment yields available on new asset purchases and the discount rates used in the principles-based statutory reserve calculation, potentially increasing statutory reserve requirements and, in turn, reducing statutory capital. Similarly, narrowing credit spreads would reduce the discount rates used in the GAAP embedded derivative reserves, potentially increasing GAAP reserve requirements. Although these effects on bond fund valuation, investment yields, and reserve discount rates run in offsetting directions for either credit spread widening or narrowing, it is possible for one of them to outweigh the other under certain market conditions. Any of these risks could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to the risk of deterioration of the credit quality of, and defaults on, the securities and loans in our investment portfolio, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to the risk that the insurers of our fixed maturity securities and other debt securities and borrowers on our commercial mortgages will default on principal and interest payments or be unable or unwilling to pay us in a timely manner, if

at all, due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening credit risk spreads or other events that adversely affect the insurers or guarantors of securities we own or the underlying collateral of structured securities we own could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio to decline and cause the default rate of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. Defaults by such issuers and borrowers t or performance of their obligations could reduce our investment income and investment gains or result in investment losses. Further, the value of any fixed maturity security is subject to impairment based on the expectations for repayment of the cash flows agreed under the obligation. Issuers of the fixed maturity securities that we own could experience performance deterioration that trigger rating agency downgrades. Even if the insurers have not defaulted on principal and interest payments with respect to these securities, we could still be required by regulators and rating agencies to hold more capital in support of these investments. As a result, we could experience a higher cost of capital and potential constraints on our ability to grow our business and maintain our own ratings. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the valuation of our securities investments.

Moreover, certain concentrations within the portfolio, such as an issuer and industry concentration in corporate bonds or geographic and property type concentrations in mortgage loans, could have adverse effects on our investment portfolio and consequently on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Events or developments that have a negative effect on any industry or geographic region could have a greater adverse effect on our investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated. Moreover, our ability to sell certain assets could be limited if other market participants are seeking to sell similar or related assets at the same time.

Deterioration in the credit quality of the fixed maturity securities, other debt securities, and mortgages in our investment portfolio, or an increase in the default rate of our mortgage loan investments caused by worsening economic conditions or otherwise, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our investment management business' revenues and results of operations depend on the market value and composition of our assets under management, which could fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including many factors outside our control.

Jackson National Asset Management, LLC ("JNAM"), our investment advisory subsidiary, manages our separate account assets. Most of our revenues are derived from management and administration fees, which typically are calculated as a percentage of the value of assets under management. The fees charged for these services vary with the type of service, the investment strategy and the amount of assets managed. The value and composition of our assets under management could be adversely affected by several facts, including:

•Market Factors. Market volatility and interest rates could adversely affect our assets under management and revenues.

•Client Preferences. Certain clients may withdraw their assets at any time and on short notice.

•Product Trends. Changing market dynamics, investment trends and material changes to variable annuity products may reduce interest in some of the investment products our investment advisory subsidiary offers, or clients and prospects may continue to seek investment products that our investment advisory subsidiary does not currently offer.

•Investment Performance. Our inability to achieve investment returns for clients that meet or exceed investment returns for comparable asset classes and competing investment services could result in clients withdrawing assets and in prospective clients choosing to invest elsewhere.

•Fee Changes. Our investment advisory subsidiary may be required to reduce fee levels, restructure the fees it charges or adjust the services it offers to its clients to remain competitive.

A decrease in the value of our assets under management or an adverse shift in the mix of those assets would adversely affect our investment management business' revenues. A reduction in revenues could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The failure to understand and respond effectively to the risks associated with global climate change could adverse affect our achievement of our long-term strategy.

Global climate change could pose a systemic risk to the financial system. Global climate change could increase the frequency and severity of weather-related disasters and pandemics. Efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and limit global warming

could impact global investment asset valuations. There is also a risk that some asset sectors could face significantly higher costs and an adjustment to asset values leading to an adverse impact on the value and future performance of investment assets as a result of global climate change and regulatory or other responses, including changing preferences of investment managers and investors and their evaluation of associated risk. Climate change could also impact other counterparties, including reinsurers and derivatives counterparties. A failure to identify and address these global climate issues could cause a material adverse effect on the achievement of our business objectives.

The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, development of variant strains of the virus, and actions taken by governmental authorities in response to the continued pandemic may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We continue to closely monitor developments related to COVID-19. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will depend on future developments, which remain uncertain, including the efficacy of vaccines and effective long-term treatments against variant strains of COVID-19. We are also unable to predict the duration and effectiveness of governmental and regulatory actions taken to contain the variant strains or the impact of future laws, regulations or restrictions on our business.

The risk management and contingency plans we have implemented may be inadequate to protect our business. Since fall of 2021, our employees have been working in an office-centric, hybrid approach, where weekly our employees combine in-office and remote work arrangements that can adjust according to fluctuations in contagion risk. Remote work arrangements continue to present operational risk, including cybersecurity risks. Our business operations could also be significantly disrupted if our critical workforce, key vendors, third-party suppliers, or counterparties with whom we transact are unable to work effectively because of illness, quarantines, and government actions in response to the variant strains of COVID-19. Any of these factors could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Financing and Liquidity

Our parent company, JFI, has incurred indebtedness that it will need to service and refinance, which will depend upon, among other things, cash its subsidiaries make available to it, and JFI's ability to access the capital markets.

JFI's ability to make payments on and to refinance its existing indebtedness, as well as any future indebtedness that JFI may incur, will depend on its ability to generate cash in the future from its subsidiaries' operations, its ability to access the capital markets for financing or refinancing, or asset sales. JFI's ability to generate cash to meet its debt obligations in the future is sensitive to capital market returns and interest rates, primarily due to our variable annuity business. Any such incurrence of additional indebtedness would increase the risks created by JFI's level of indebtedness.

Overall, JFI's ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial market, competitive, legislative, regulatory, client behavior and other factors that are beyond its control. JFI may not generate sufficient funds to service its debt and meet its business needs, such as funding working capital or the expansion of its operations. If JFI is not able to repay or refinance its debt as it becomes due, JFI could be forced to take unfavorable actions, including significant business and legal entity restructuring, limited new business investment, selling assets or dedicating an unsustainable level of its cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness. In the event JFI defaults, the lenders who hold its debt could also accelerate amounts due, which could potentially trigger a default or acceleration of the maturity of its other debt.

JFI's failure to comply with negative covenants contained in its current or future credit facilities could trigger prepayment obligations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

JFI's Revolving Facility and Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility ("DDTL") require it to comply with certain covenants, including requirements that it maintain a minimum adjusted consolidated net worth and a maximum ratio of its indebtedness to adjusted consolidated net worth.. Its failure to comply with these restrictive covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived within any applicable grace period, could result in the acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and of the DDTL Facility. In addition, if JFI defaults on certain other outstanding indebtedness or any swap contract, it will also be in default under the Revolving Facility and on the DDTL Facility. Any such default, and any resulting acceleration of its outstanding indebtedness, would have a material adverse effect on JFI's business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which could have a material adverse impact on Jackson.

JFI’s ability to refinance all or a portion its indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors outside its control, which could have an impact on our operations.

The DDTL Facility matures on February 22, 2023. The Revolving Facility matures on February 22, 2024, subject to customary terms and conditions for extensions. JFI may be unable to refinance its indebtedness, at maturity or otherwise, on terms acceptable to us or at all. Market disruptions, as well as JFI’s indebtedness levels, may increase its cost of borrowing or adversely affect its ability to refinance its obligations as they become due. If JFI is unable to refinance its indebtedness or access additional credit, or if short-term or long-term borrowing costs dramatically increase, its ability to meet its short-term and long-term obligations could be adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. This situation could materially impact Jackson and its business operations.

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings could result in a loss of business and cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Financial strength ratings, which various rating agencies publish as measures of an insurance company's ability to meet customer obligations, are important to maintaining public confidence in our products, the ability to distribute our products and our competitive position. Credit ratings are important to our ability to raise capital through the issuance of debt and the cost of such financing.

A ratings downgrade could occur for a variety of reasons specific to us or our performance, a more general reassessment of the risks and performance of the insurance industry or the broader financial services industry, or because of changes by rating agencies in their methodologies or rating criteria. In December 2021, S&P announced proposed changes to its rating methodologies. The proposed changes have not been finalized, so the impact, if any, these changes may have on our ratings is unknown.

A negative outlook on our ratings or a downgrade in any of our ratings, the announcement of a potential downgrade, or customer concerns about the possibility of a downgrade, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. These direct or indirect adverse effects could include impacts on:

•product sales;

•relationships with our sales force and independent sales intermediaries;

•the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by customers;

•our ability to obtain new reinsurance or obtain it on reasonable pricing terms;

•our ability to raise capital and its cost;

•liquidity through increased collateral required by counterparties;

•our ability to maintain existing derivative contracts or to purchase new derivatives contracts, on acceptable terms or at all;

•our ability to compete for attractive acquisition opportunities; and

•our cost of borrowing.

Adverse capital and credit market conditions could significantly affect our liquidity, access to capital and cost of capital, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

During periods of market upheaval and economic uncertainty, capital and credit markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers. Our parent, JFI, needs to access liquidity to pay operating expenses (including costs relating to our hedging program), policyholder benefits, interest expenses, dividends, or distributions on our common stock, and to capitalize Jackson.

JFI requires a significant amount of liquidity to support its hedging program, to satisfy variation margin requirements on futures positions or to cover the initial cost of equity and interest rate options. Volatile market environments have the potential to increase hedging related liquidity requirements, as the amount of cash JFI needs to pay out in variation margin each day is directly related to the magnitude of equity market and interest rate movements. Additionally, as JFI's over-the-counter bilateral hedging transactions become subject to initial margin requirements, it would need liquid assets of sufficient quality to satisfy those requirements. Without sufficient liquidity, it could be required to curtail or limit its operations and its hedging program,

which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which could have a material adverse effect on Jackson.

The level of cash and securities JFI maintains combined with expected cash inflows from investments and operations, may be inadequate to meet its short-term and long-term customer benefits and expense payout obligations. If market or other conditions have an adverse impact on JFI's capital and liquidity, it may have to seek additional financing, which may be unavailable due to adverse market conditions, restrictive regulatory considerations, overall lower availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, or a negative perception in the lender community of its long- or short-term financial prospectus if it incurs large investment losses or if the level of its business activity decreases due to a market downturn or recession. Similarly, JFI's access to funds could be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against it. Internal sources of liquidity could prove to be insufficient and, in such case, JFI would not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. If it is unable to access capital markets to issue new debt, refinance existing debt or sell additional equity as needed, or if it is unable to obtain financing on acceptable terms, JFI's business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted, which could adversely impact Jackson.

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in capital and credit markets could also limit our access to the capital required to operate JFI's business. Such market conditions would limit JFI's ability to replace maturing liabilities in a timely manner, satisfy statutory capital requirements, generate fee income and market-related revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow its business. As such, it would be forced to delay raising capital, could miss payments on its debt or reduce or eliminate dividends paid on its common stock, issue shorter term securities than it prefers or bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease profitability and significantly reduce financial flexibility.

Disruptions in markets could also limit JFI's access to capital markets required to purchase derivatives, limiting its ability to hedge according to its hedging strategy. As a result, disruptions in the financial markets could cause a material adverse effect on JFI's business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which could cause a material adverse effect on Jackson.

We are subject to liquidity risks associated with sourcing a large concentration of our funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLBI”).

We use institutional funding agreements originating from FHLBI, which from time to time serve as a significant source of our liquidity. Additionally, we also use short-term agreements with the FHLBI to meet near-term liquidity needs, augmenting our repurchase agreement capacity from other counterparties. If the FHLBI were to change its definition of eligible collateral, we could be required to post additional amounts of collateral in the form of cash or other assets. Or, if our creditworthiness falls below the FHLBI’s requirements or if legislative or other political actions cause changes to the FHLBI’s mandate or to the eligibility of life insurance companies to be members of the FHLBI system, we could be required to find other sources to replace this funding, which may prove difficult and increase our liquidity risk.

Some of our investments are relatively illiquid and could be difficult to sell, or to sell in significant amounts at acceptable prices, to generate cash to meet our needs.

We hold certain investments that are relatively illiquid, such as privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, certain asset backed securities and alternative investments. In the past, even some of our very high quality investments experienced reduced liquidity during periods of market volatility or disruption. If we were required to liquidate these investments on short notice, we could have difficulty doing so and could be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters

Changes in accounting standards could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the principles of which are revised from time to time. Accordingly, from time to time, we will be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"). FASB has issued several accounting standards updates which have resulted in significant changes in U.S. GAAP, including how we account for our financial instruments and how our financial statements are presented. Changes to U.S. GAAP could affect the way we account for and report significant areas of our business, impose special demands on us in the areas of governance, employee training, internal controls and disclosure and affect how we manage our business. In August 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-12, Financial

Services — Insurance (Topic 944), Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts, which applies to all insurance entities that issue long-duration contracts and revises elements of the measurement models for traditional nonparticipating long-duration and limited payment insurance liabilities, and recognizes and modifies the amortization model for DAC for most long-duration contracts. The new accounting standard also requires product features that have other-than-nominal credit risk, or market risk benefits, to be measured at fair value. In November 2020, ASU 2020-11 was issued which modified ASU 2018-12 to be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. At current market interest rate levels, ASU 2018-12 and ASU 2020-11 could ultimately result in a material decrease in our parent, JFI's shareholders' equity, which could cause a material adverse effect on JFI's leverage ratios and other rating agency metrics and could consequently adversely impact JFI's financial strength ratings and ability to incur new indebtedness or refinance its existing indebtedness, which could adversely impact Jackson. In addition, ASU 2018-12 and ASU 2020-11 could also result in increased market sensitivity of our financial statements and results of operations.

Jackson is also subject to statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by our state of domicile. Any changes in the method of calculating reserves for our products under statutory accounting practices could result in increased reserve requirements, and any movements in economic inputs, such as interest rates, under this framework could impact the volatility of our statutory surplus and required capital. The NAIC prescribes Economic Scenario Generators developed by the American Academy of Actuaries ("Academy") for use by the life insurance industry in calculations of life and annuity statutory reserves and statutory capital. Beginning in early 2017, the Academy notified the NAIC's Life Actuarial (A) Task Force that it did not have the resources to maintain the Economic Scenario Generators, except in their current form, and that a suitable replacement should be found. As a result, in October 2020, the NAIC selected Conning, Inc. ("Conning"), a global software and professional services firm, to provide an Economic Scenario Generators software platform for use in calculations of life and annuity reserves and capital under the NAIC risk-based capital requirements. Conning is expected to provide the NAIC with updated real-world scenarios modeling interest rates, equities, and other economic factors, and provide full documentation and training materials for regulators and insurers. Based on currently available information, the potential impact of any revisions to the Economic Scenario Generators is unclear at present. If these potential changes to Economic Scenario Generators are significant, there could be a material impact on the level and volatility of our statutory surplus and required statutory capital.

Our business is heavily regulated and changes in regulation could reduce our profitability and limit our growth.

Our business is subject to extensive and potentially conflicting state and federal tax, securities, insurance and employee benefit plan laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change, which could have an unknown or adverse impact on us. Moreover, these laws and regulations are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental and self-regulatory authorities, including state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority,, the U.S. Department of Labor, the United States Department of Justice, the U.S. Internal Revenue Services, and state attorneys general, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude. We are also subject to the laws and regulations from state insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, who regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. In some cases, these laws and regulations are designed to protect or benefit the interests of a specific constituency rather than a range of constituencies. For example, state insurance laws and regulations are generally intended to protect or benefit purchasers or users of insurance products, not investors. In addition, federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to certain of our insurance products that are considered “securities” under such laws, including our variable annuity contracts. In many respects, these laws and regulations limit our ability to grow and improve the profitability of our business.

Also, banking regulators across the globe have adopted rules that apply to certain qualified financial contracts, including many derivatives contracts, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements with certain banking institutions and certain of their affiliates. These rules generally require the banking institutions and their applicable affiliates to include contractual provisions in their qualified financial contracts that limit or delay certain rights of their counterparties, including counterparties' default rights (such as the right to terminate the contracts or foreclose on collateral) and restrictions on assignments and transfers of credit enhancements (such as guarantees) arising in connection with the banking institution or an applicable affiliate becoming subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, resolution or similar proceeding. Our qualified financial contracts are subject to these rules. As a result, we amended our existing qualified financial contracts with the relevant banking institutions and their affiliates by adhering to the various International Swaps and Derivatives Association Resolution Stay Protocols. If any of our counterparties became subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, resolution, or similar proceeding, the application of these rules could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are monitoring any regulatory action that could potentially impact our business. At this time, we cannot predict what form those regulations could take or their potential impact.

A decrease in the risk-based capital (RBC) ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory capital and surplus or increase in RBC requirements) could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies, which scrutiny could lead to corrective measures and ratings declines adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC")has established model regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements for insurance companies based on risk-based capital ("RBC") formulas. We are subject to RBC standards or other minimum statutory capital and surplus requirements imposed under the laws of our jurisdiction of domicile. A failure to meet these requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action imposed by insurance regulators, including limitations on our ability to write additional business, increased regulatory supervision, or seizure or liquidation. Any corrective action imposed could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. A decline in RBC ratio, whether or not it results in a failure to meet applicable RBC requirements, could limit our ability to make dividends or distributions to our parent, JFI, could result in a loss of customers or new business, or could influence ratings agencies to downgrade financial strength ratings, each of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In any particular year, total adjusted capital amounts and RBC ratios could change due to a variety of factors, including the amount of statutory earnings generated by Jackson, the amount of additional capital that Jackson must hold to support business growth, equity market and credit market conditions, the value and credit ratings of certain fixed income and equity securities in its investment portfolio, and the value of certain derivative instruments that do not receive hedge accounting, as well as changes to the RBC formulas and the interpretation of the NAIC’s instructions with respect to RBC calculation methodologies. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their own internal models, which differ from the RBC capital model, and that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of capital we should hold relative to the rating agencies’ expectations. Under stressed or stagnant capital market conditions and with the aging of existing insurance liabilities, without offsets from new business, the amount of additional statutory reserves that Jackson is required to hold could materially increase. These factors would decrease the total adjusted capital available for use in calculating our RBC ratio.

Legal and regulatory investigations and actions are increasingly common in our industry and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face a significant risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our business, including the risk of class action lawsuits, arbitration claims, government subpoenas, regulatory investigations and actions and other claims.

Our operations could become subject to individual lawsuits, class action lawsuits and regulatory actions relating, among other things, to sales or underwriting practices; payment of contingent or other sales commissions; claims payments, refunds, practices and procedures; product design; disclosure; administration; additional premium charges for premiums paid on a periodic basis; interest crediting practices; denial or delay of benefits; charging excessive or impermissible fees; alleged misconduct by our employees and agents; failure to properly supervise representatives with agents or other persons with whom we do business; and breaches of duties to customers.

We are also subject to a variety of complaints and investigations concerning employment matters. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive or non-economic compensatory and treble damages, which amounts could remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In some jurisdictions, juries, judges and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive or non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards also are subject to very limited appellate review.

The insurance industry has been the focus of increased scrutiny and class action lawsuits related to cost of insurance (“COI”) charges. These lawsuits allege that insurers have improperly included factors when calculating COI charges not authorized by the contract and that insurers have improperly failed to reduce COI charges to reflect improved mortality experience. In certain COI class action lawsuits, companies have made significant settlement payments or been held liable with significant monetary judgments. We have been subject to COI class action lawsuits in the past, and there can be no assurance we will not face scrutiny and class action lawsuits related to COI in the future. The insurance industry has also been subject to a variety of other actions, including cases challenging adherence to policy terms and marketing of policies. In addition, the Financial Industry and Regulatory Authority and state regulators have increasingly scrutinized annuity sales, and the alleged unsuitability of these sales to seniors.

We are subject to various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, subpoenas, market conduct exams and books and record examinations, from state and federal regulators and other authorities, which could result in fines, recommendations for corrective action or other regulatory actions. Federal and state regulators have focused on, and continue to devote substantial attention to, the mutual fund, variable annuity and insurance product industries, including the broker-dealer system. As a result of publicity relating to widespread perceptions of industry abuses, it is possible that legislative and regulatory reforms may impact our business.

Given the large or indeterminate amounts sometimes sought , and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is also possible that defense and settlement costs and the unfavorable resolution of one or more pending litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Current or future litigation or actions, inquiries or investigations by governmental authorities or regulators, including with respect to the matters discussed in this risk factor, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Litigation and actions, inquiries and investigations by governmental authorities and regulators are inherently unpredictable, and a substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us could be materials. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in any litigation or any action or investigation by governmental authorities or regulators, we could suffer significant reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Increased regulatory scrutiny and any resulting investigations or proceedings could result in new legal actions or precedents and industry-wide regulations or practices that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our investment management business is heavily regulated, and changes in regulation and in supervisory and enforcement policies could limit or delay our growth and cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Virtually all aspects of our investment management business is subject to federal and state laws and regulations, rules of securities regulators and exchanges, and laws and regulations in the foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. If we violate any of these laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil liability, criminal liability or sanction, including restriction or revocation of our professional licenses or registrations, restriction on the ability to collect fees for services provided, revocation of the licenses of our employees, censures, fines, or temporary suspension or permanent bar from conducting business. A regulatory proceeding, even if it does not result in a finding of wrongdoing or sanction, could require substantial expenditures of time and money and could potentially damage our reputation. Any such liability or sanction could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Increasingly, we must manage actual and potential conflicts of interest, including situations where our services to a particular client conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client. Failure to adequately address potential conflicts of interest could adversely affect our reputation and business prospectus and could give rise to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. We have procedures and controls that are designed to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest, including those designed to prevent the improper sharing of information. However, appropriately managing conflicts of interest is complex. Our reputation could be damaged and the willingness of clients to enter into transactions in which such a conflict may arise could be adversely affected if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with actual or perceived conflicts of interest.

Our investment advisory agreements with clients, and our selling and distribution agreements with various financial intermediaries and consultants, are subject to termination or non-renewal on short notice.

Our written investment management agreements with our clients are terminable without penalty at any time or upon relatively short notice by either party. Moreover, our investment management agreements with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission-registered investment companies (each, a “RIC”), including the RICs affiliated with us that serve as the sole investment options for our variable annuities, may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by the RIC’s board of trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the RIC on not more than 60 days’ notice. The investment management agreements pursuant to which we manage RICs must be renewed and approved by the RICs’ boards of trustees (including a majority of the independent trustees) annually. A significant majority of the trustees are independent. Consequently, the board of trustees of each RIC may not approve the investment management agreement each year, or may condition its approval on revised terms that are adverse to us.

Also, as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"), each investment advisory agreement with a RIC automatically terminates upon its assignment, although new investment advisory agreements may be approved by the RIC’s board of trustees and stockholders. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), also requires approval or consent of investment advisory agreements by clients in the event of an assignment of the agreement. An “assignment” for purposes of both the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers

Act includes a sale of a controlling block of the voting stock of the investment adviser or its parent company, or a change in control of the investment adviser. Consequently, clients may not approve and assignment of an investment advisory agreement, which event could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws could affect sales of our products and profitability.

The annuity products that we market generally provide the customer with certain federal income tax advantages. For example, federal income taxation on any increases in non-qualified annuity contract values (i.e. the “inside build-up”) is deferred until it is received by the customer. With other savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits are generally exempt from income tax.

From time to time, various tax law changes have been proposed that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including the elimination of all or a portion of the income tax advantages described above for annuities and life insurance. If legislation were enacted to eliminate the tax deferral for annuities, such a change would have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our annuities. Moreover, if the treatment of annuities was changed prospectively, and the tax-favored status of existing contracts was grandfathered, holders of existing contracts would be less likely to surrender or rollover their contracts, which could also adversely affect our business.

An increase in the U.S. corporate income tax rate and a minimum corporate tax based on book income could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to mitigate the reserve strain associated with Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX, potentially resulting in a negative impact on our capital position.

The model regulation of the NAIC entitled “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies,” commonly known as “Regulation XXX,” and supporting Guideline entitled “The Application of the Valuation of Life Insurance Policies,” commonly known as “Guideline AXXX,” require insurers to establish statutory reserves for certain term life insurance policies with long-term premium guarantees and for certain universal life policies with secondary guarantees that are consistent with the statutory reserves required for other individual life insurance policies with similar guarantees.

During 2014, the NAIC approved a new regulatory framework under Actuarial Guideline 48 ("AG 48"), applicable to the use of captive insurers in connection with Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX transactions. In December 2016, the NAIC adopted an update to AG 48 (“Updated AG 48”) and a model regulation (Term and Universal Life Insurance Reserve Financing Model Regulation) that contains the same substantive requirements as the Updated AG 48. The model regulation will replace AG 48 in a state upon the state’s adoption of the model regulation. Neither Michigan nor New York has adopted the model regulation to date, and Updated AG 48 will continue to apply to us until the model regulation is adopted. As a result of these regulatory changes, it will likely be difficult for us to establish new captive financing arrangements on a basis consistent with past practices. As a result of these restrictions on financing redundant reserves, the implementation of new captive structures in the future could be less capital-efficient, could lead to lower product returns or increased product pricing or could result in reduced sales of certain products.

As of year-end 2016, we completed a captive statutory reserve financing transaction covering substantially all of our existing Regulation XXX term life insurance business in conformity with Updated AG 48. As a result of such transaction, we were able to release approximately $300 million in Regulation XXX reserves. While we no longer write term life insurance business subject to Regulation XXX at this time, we may acquire Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX business in the future. In this connection, we may not be successful in implementing reinsurance, capital management or captive structures to mitigate any excessive levels of reserves, as a result of market conditions or otherwise, if the negative impact on our capital position was to reach a level where we desired to take such actions.

It is unclear what additional actions and regulatory changes will result from the continued scrutiny of captive reinsurers and reform efforts by the NAIC and other regulatory bodies. The NAIC is evaluating changes to accounting rules regarding surplus notes with linked assets, a structure used in certain captive reserve financing transactions, and we are monitoring for any changes that could impact our statutory financial statements. If state insurance regulators determine to restrict our use of captive reinsurers, it could require us to increase statutory reserves, incur higher operating or tax costs or reduce sales. If we are unsuccessful or unable to finance these non-economic reserves, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We are subject to U.S. federal, state and other securities and state insurance laws and regulations which, among other things, require that we distribute certain of our products through a registered broker-dealer; failure to comply with those laws, including a failure to have a registered broker-dealer, or changes in those laws could have a material adverse effect on our operations and our profitability.

Federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to insurance products that are also “securities” (including variable annuity contracts), to the separate accounts that issue them, and to certain fixed interest rate or index-linked contracts. Such laws and regulations require that we distribute these products through a broker-dealer that is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and certain state securities regulators and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Accordingly, our offering and selling of annuities, and in managing certain proprietary mutual funds associated with those products, are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state securities laws as well as FINRA rules. Costs related to compliance with these securities laws will be greater than costs for our unregistered products. Due to the increased operating and compliance costs, the profitability of issuing these products is uncertain. Moreover, changes in these laws and regulations could affect the way we conduct our business and the products we sell and could adversely impact our operations and profitability, including increasing the regulatory and compliance burden upon us, resulting in increased costs.

Changes to comply with new and potential laws or regulations which impose fiduciary or best interest standards in connection with the sale of our products could materially increase our costs, decrease our sales and result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulators continue to propose and adopt fiduciary rules, best interest standards and other similar laws and regulations applicable to the sale of annuities. These rules, standards, laws and regulations generally require advisers providing investment recommendations to act in the client’s best interest or put the client’s interest ahead of their own interest. We face uncertainty regarding the adoption of these rules and regulations, including that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor, and state insurance departments could adopt potentially conflicting or overlapping standards.

Changes in these standards, rules and laws could lead to changes to our compensation practices and product offerings and increase our litigation risk, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See "Our Business — Regulation — Federal Initiatives Impacting Insurance Companies."

Risks Related to the Products We Offer and Distribution

Our failure to accurately describe the many features and options of our annuities or to administer the many features and options consistent with their descriptions could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our annuities contain many options and features, and we rely on third-party distributors to describe and explain our products to investors and our customers. There is a risk that we and/or our distributors fail to describe every feature and option in contracts, forms, regulatory filing, marketing literature, and other written descriptions. Any such failure, or any other intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products in advertising materials or other external communications, or inappropriate activities by our personnel or third-party distributors, could adversely affect our reputation and business, as well as lead to potential regulatory actions or litigation.

Additionally, U.S. federal income tax law imposes requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, administration and investments that are conditions for beneficial tax treatment of such products under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). State and federal securities and insurance laws also impose requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, offering and distribution, and administration. Failure to administer product features in accordance with applicable law, or to meet any of these complex tax, securities or insurance requirements could subject us to administrative penalties imposed by a particular governmental or self-regulatory authority, unanticipated costs associated with remedying such failure or other claims, litigation, harm to our reputation or interruption of our operations. If this were to occur, it could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Optional guaranteed benefits within our annuities could decrease our earnings, decrease our capitalization, increase the volatility of our financial results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk.

Certain of the annuities we offer, certain in-force annuities we offered historically, and certain annuity risks we assumed historically through reinsurance, include optional guaranteed benefits. Optional guaranteed benefits are designed to offer protection to customers against changes in equity markets and interest rates. The value of these optional guaranteed benefits is

affected by market factors, including interest rates, equity values, bond spreads and realized volatility, and customer behavior. Changes in markets could result in the requirement to hold additional reserves with respect to these products, which could negatively impact our liquidity or require us to raise additional capital. An increase in these liabilities would result in a decrease in our net income and depending on the magnitude of any such increase, could cause a material adverse effect on our financial condition, including our capitalization, as well as the financial strength and credit ratings which are necessary to support our product sales.

Additionally, we make assumptions regarding customer behavior at the time of pricing and in selecting and using the optional guaranteed benefits within our products. An increase in the valuation of the liability related to these optional guaranteed benefits could result to the extent emerging and actual experience deviates from these customer option use assumptions. Annually, or as circumstances warrant, we conduct a comprehensive review of our actuarial assumptions, including those assumptions relating to customer behavior, and update assumptions when appropriate. If we update our assumptions based on our actuarial assumption review in future years, we could be required to increase the liabilities we record for future policy benefits and claims to a level that causes a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows which, in certain circumstances, could impair our solvency. In addition, we have in the past updated our assumptions on customer behavior, which has negatively impacted our net income, and we could be required to implement further updates in the future.

Our use of derivatives may not effectively address the costs of optional guaranteed benefits with the result that such benefits would adversely affect our results and financial position.

Our use of derivative instruments may not effectively offset the costs of optional guaranteed benefits offered within certain of our annuity products or may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our other obligations. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in securities markets, increased equity volatility, reduced interest rates, or deviations in expected customer behavior could increase the cost of executing hedges beyond what was anticipated in the pricing of the products being hedged and could produce economic losses not addressed by the risk management techniques employed. The way we hedge optional guaranteed benefits of our annuities could cause significant variability in our U.S. GAAP accounting results and could have adverse impacts on the level of statutory capital and Jackson's RBC ratio. These factors, individually or collectively, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The terms of our new registered index-linked annuities (RILAs) may not meet customer needs and we may encounter delays and missed market opportunities if we need to revise those terms, which could negatively affect our revenues, costs and results of operations.

Our registered index-linked annuity (RILA) intends to provide a product that meets the growing demand for RILA products. Creation of the product required the preparation, filing and effectiveness of this registration statement with the SEC. Changes to the product offering may require an amendment to this registration statement, or a new registration statement, which would entail analysis of the needed changes and their effects, a new product description and review by the SEC. Those steps could interrupt and delay the marketing of our product, which could decrease revenues, increase costs, and negatively impact our results of operations.

Competition could adversely affect our market share and financial results, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In some of our markets, we face competitors that are larger, have greater financial resources or greater market share, have better brand recognition, offer a broader range of products, or have higher crediting rates. Our competitors include major stock and mutual insurance companies, mutual fund organizations, banks, and other financial services companies. In recent years, substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the insurance and financial services industries resulted in increased competition from large, well-capitalized insurance and financial services firms that market products and services similar to ours. These competitors compete with us for customers, distribution partners (such as brokers and independent agents), and employees. Increased consolidation among banks and other financial services companies could create firms with even stronger competitive positions, negatively impact the insurance industry's sales, increase competition for access to third-party distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market our annuities to our current customer base or expand our customer base.

We depend on our network of financial advisors in the independent broker-dealer channel for a significant portion of the sales of our annuities. The market for these financial advisors is highly competitive. If our competitors offer annuities that are more attractive than ours, pay higher commission rates to financial advisors than we do or offer a better service experience than we do, these financial advisors may concentrate their efforts in selling our competitors' products instead of ours.

Some of our competitors may spread their operating costs over a larger in-force block and may absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength and credit ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively. Additionally, we are faced with competition from other products, including non-insurance products such as mutual funds, certificates of deposit and newly developed investment products. These competitive pressures could results in increased pricing pressures on our products and services and could harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. In addition, if our financial strength and credit ratings are lower than our competitors, we could experience increased surrenders or a significant decline in sales.

The competitive landscape in which we operate could be further affected by government sponsored programs or regulatory changes in the United States and similar governmental actions outside of the United States. Competitors that receive governmental financing, guarantees or other assistance, or that are not subject to the same regulatory constraints could have or obtain pricing or other competitive advantages.

We also face competition from new entrants into our markets or non-traditional or online competitors, many of whom are leveraging digital technology that could challenge the position of traditional financial service companies, including us, by providing new services or creating new distribution channels. We believe competition will intensify across all regions in response to consumer demand, digital and other technological advances, the need for economies of scale and the consequential impact of consolidation, regulatory actions, and other factors. Our ability to generate appropriate returns will depend significantly on our capacity to anticipate and respond appropriately to these competitive pressures. We may not continue to compete effectively, and competitive activity could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We could experience difficulty in marketing and distributing products.

We distribute our products through a variety of third-party distribution partners. Our agreements with third-party distributors are subject to termination by either party with or without cause. We periodically renegotiate the terms of these agreements, and such terms may not remain attractive or acceptable to us or such third parties. Our distributors could elect to suspend, alter, reduce or terminate their distribution relationships with us for various reasons, including changes in our distribution strategy, decisions to discontinue a product, failure to create new products, adverse developments in our business or products with features that do not meet minimum thresholds set by the distributor, or developments in laws or regulations that affect our products. If certain key distributors were to terminate their relationship with us or reduce the amount of sales that they produce for us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. Our key distribution partners could merge, consolidate, or change their business models in ways that affect how our products are sold or terminate their distribution contracts with us. New distribution channels could emerge and adversely impact the effectiveness of our distribution efforts. An increase in bank, wire house and broker-dealer consolidation activity could increase competition for access to distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market products through these channels.

Consolidation of distributors or other industry changes could also increase the likelihood that distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of any existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to us. Also, if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining key distribution associates, including wholesalers, our sales could decline, which could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Relating to Models, Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations

We rely on complex models to predict behavior, to identity potential risks and to estimate financial performance, which models may be ineffective due to incomplete or inaccurate assumptions or errors in data analysis or interpretation, which could result in materially inaccurate risk assessments and output.

We use complex models to predict customer behavior, to identify potential risks and to estimate financial performance, including market trends. Those models assist us in establishing reserves and derivative positions in respect of liabilities arising from our insurance policies and annuity contracts and to perform a range of operational functions including the calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements and determining hedging requirements. Some of these tools form an integral part of our information and decision-making framework.

No model is perfect, and each is highly dependent upon the assumptions used, which, in turn, are dependent upon the empirical and subjective analysis and evaluation of data with respect to customer behavior under different conditions, mortality, policy lapse or surrender, market trends, performance and volatility, and intervening factors, such as large scale disasters and pandemics. There is a significant risk that the underlying data may be incomplete, may contain errors due to the large volume of

information collected and processed or the limitations of the tools used in that processing, or be insufficiently predictive of future trends given its historical nature. Further, judgments applied in interpreting that data may be incorrect due to the significant subjective and complex judgments, estimates and assumptions that are involved. The failure of the model to predict trends or outcomes could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be adequate to anticipate, identify, monitor and manage developing risks, which could leave us exposed to those risks, thus negatively affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Many of our methods of managing risk and exposures are based upon our use of historical market and customer behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods will not predict infrequent or unexpected future exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical data indicate, such as the risk of terrorism or pandemics causing a large number of deaths or disruption to the financial markets or economy. Our hedging and reinsurance strategies also rely on assumptions and projections regarding our assets, liabilities, general market factors and the creditworthiness of our counterparties that could prove to be incorrect or prove to be inadequate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us, which may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Accordingly, our risk management policies and procedures may not adequately mitigate the risks to our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our analyses of scenarios and sensitivities that we utilize in connection with our variable annuity risk management strategies involve significant estimates based on assumptions and could therefore result in material differences from actual outcomes compared to the sensitivities calculated under such scenarios.

As part of our variable annuity exposure risk management program, we may, from time to time, estimate the impact of various market factors under certain scenarios on our variable annuity distributable earnings or our reserves (collectively, the “market sensitivities”), which are used to guide our assessment of investment and hedging strategies and capital reserves. Any such market sensitivities may use inputs which are difficult to approximate and could include estimates that differ materially from actual results. Any such estimates, or the absence thereof, could be associated with, among other things: (i) basis returns related to equity or fixed income indices, (ii) actuarial assumptions related to customer behavior and life expectancy and (iii) management actions, including changes in investment and hedging activities, that may occur in response to developing facts, circumstances and experience for which no estimates are made in any market sensitivities. Any such estimates, or the absence thereof, could produce sensitivities that could differ materially from actual outcomes and therefore affect our actions in connection with our exposure risk management program. Our liquidity, statutory capitalization, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by a broad range of capital market scenarios, which could materially affect our reserving requirements and, by extension, could materially affect the accuracy of estimates used in any market sensitivities.

If our reserves for future policy benefits and claims are not sufficient, we would be required to increase our reserve liabilities.

We calculate and maintain reserves for estimated future benefit payments to our customers. We release these reserves as those future obligations are extinguished. The reserves we establish necessarily reflect estimates and actuarial assumptions about our future experience. These estimates and actuarial assumptions include estimates and assumptions related to future mortality, longevity, interest rates, future equity performance, reinvestment rates, persistency, claims experience and customer elections (i.e., the exercise or non-exercise of rights by customers under the contracts). Examples of customer elections include lapses and surrenders, withdrawals and amounts of withdrawals, and contributions and the allocation thereof. The assumptions and estimates used in connection with the reserve estimation process are inherently uncertain and involve the exercise of significant judgment. Annually, or as circumstances warrant, we conduct a comprehensive review of the assumptions used in connection with the reserve estimation process. Based on this review, reserves may be adjusted with a corresponding benefit or charge to net income. Our future financial results depend upon the extent to which our actual future experience is consistent with the assumptions we have used in pricing our products and determining our reserves. Many factors affect future experience, including economic, political and social conditions, inflation, healthcare costs and changes in doctrines of legal liability and damage awards in litigation. The ultimate amounts we will pay for actual future benefits and the timing of those payments is uncertain.

We could face unanticipated losses if there are significant deviations from our assumptions regarding the persistency of our annuity contracts or if mortality rates differ significantly from our pricing expectations.

Our future profitability is based in part upon expected patterns of premiums, expenses and benefits using a number of assumptions, including those related to the probability that a policy or contract will remain in force from one period to the next, or persistency, or mortality. It is not possible to precisely predict persistency or mortality, and actual results could differ significantly from assumptions. The effect of persistency on profitability varies for different products. For certain products, actual persistency that is lower than assumptions could have an adverse impact on future profitability. In addition, we could also be forced to sell investments at a loss to fund withdrawals. For some life insurance and variable annuities, actual persistency in later policy durations that is higher than assumed persistency could also have a negative impact on profitability. If these policies remain in force longer than assumed, we could be required to make greater benefit payments than we had anticipated when we priced these products. In addition, we set prices and initial crediting rates for our annuities based upon expected claims and payment patterns, using assumptions for, among other factors, the persistency and mortality rates of our customers. Significant deviations in experience from assumptions regarding persistency and mortality rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The subjective determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The manner of determining the amount of allowances and impairments vary by investment type and is based upon our evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects changes in allowances and impairments in operations as such evaluations are revised. Management’s judgments, as reflected in our financial statements, may not be an accurate estimate of the actual and eventual diminution in realized value. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances. Furthermore, we may need to take additional impairments or provide for additional allowances in the future, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The returns that we expect to achieve on our investment portfolio may not be realized.

We make certain assumptions regarding our future financial performance which are embedded within our pricing process and other models upon which our financial reporting is based, including reserve and DAC related models. Included within these assumptions are estimates regarding the level of returns to be achieved on our investment portfolio. These returns are subject to market and other factors and may not ultimately be achieved. Actual results may differ, perhaps significantly, from our current expectations. To the extent that such differences occur, our future financial performance may be materially and adversely different than that communicated in this prospectus and elsewhere.

Risks Relating to Counterparty Performance and Reinsurance

Our use of financial derivative transactions to hedge risks associated with our operations exposes us to counterparty credit risk that could adversely affect us.

We use derivatives primarily as part of our variable and fixed index annuity financial risk management strategy, principally to manage the inherent equity market and interest rate risk associated with the optional guarantee benefits embedded in those products. Derivative contracts, primarily composed of futures and options on equity indices and interest rates, are an essential part of our program and are selected to provide a measure of economic protection. These transactions are designed to manage the risk of a change in the value, yield, price, cash flows or degree of exposure with respect to assets, liabilities or future cash flows which we have acquired or incurred. We manage the potential credit exposure for derivative contracts through evaluation of the credit worthiness of counterparties, the use of ISDA and collateral agreements, and master netting agreements. If our counterparties fail or refuse to honor their obligations under the derivative contracts, we may not be able to realize the full market value of the derivatives if that value exceeds the amount of collateral held at the time of failure. Any such failure or refusal could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our transactions with financial and other institutions generally specify the circumstances under which either party is required to pledge collateral related to any change in the market value of the derivatives contracts. The amount of collateral, or variation margin, we are required to post under these agreements could increase under certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity. We invest on a short-term basis the cash collateral pledged to us by our derivative counterparties in unsecured money market and prime funds, which exposes us to the credit risk of the financial institutions where we invest funds received as collateral. Additionally, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) and other regulations could increase the need for liquidity and for the amount of collateral assets in excess of current levels, further exacerbating these risks.

In a period of market or credit stress, derivative counterparties take a more conservative view of their acceptable credit exposure to us, resulting in reduced capacity to execute derivative-based hedges when we need it most. Similarly, a downgrade in our credit ratings could cause counterparties to limit or reduce their exposure to us and thus reduce our ability to manage our market risk exposures effectively during times of market stress.

Our use of reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face exposes us to counterparty credit risk and could adversely affect us.

We use reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face, principally in certain of our in-force annuity and life insurance products with regard to longevity and mortality risks, in certain of our annuities with regard to the GMIB features, and the in-force fixed annuities and fixed index annuities ceded to Athene. Under our reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of the obligation to pay claims and related expenses to which we are subject.

We remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks we reinsure and, therefore, are subject to the risk that a reinsurer is unable or unwilling to pay or reimburse claims at the time demand is made. Despite these measures, the inability or unwillingness of a reinsurer to meet its obligations to us, or the inability to collect under our reinsurance treaties for any other reason, could cause a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In connection with the Athene Reinsurance Transaction, Apollo Insurance Solutions, an affiliate of Athene, manages all of the assets held in the related funds withheld account. Since this arrangement with Athene involves reinsurance of substantially all of our in-force fixed annuities and fixed index annuities, it covers a larger volume of business than would a traditional reinsurance agreement, thereby exposing us to a large concentration of credit risk with respect to Athene.

The difficulties faced by other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Many of our transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, with respect to credit transactions in which we acquire a security interest in collateral owned by the borrower, our credit risk could be exacerbated when the collateral cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. We also have exposure to financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions, reinsurance and underwriting arrangements, unsecured money market and prime funds and equity investments. Losses or impairments to the carrying value of these assets could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, an insolvency of, or the appointment of a receiver to rehabilitate or liquidate, a significant competitor could negatively impact our business if such appointment were to impact consumer confidence in our products and services.

Risks Related to Our Information Technology and Other Operational Matters

Adverse outcomes from the operational risks inherent in our business, and those of our material outsourcing partners, could disrupt our business, and have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Operational risks are inherent to our business and include direct or indirect losses resulting from inadequate or failed internal and external processes, systems or deliberate human actions, inactions, or error. Our policies and procedures may not be fully effective in identifying, monitoring, or mitigating our risk exposure against all types of risk. We also face exposure from fraud, the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events (such as natural disasters, pandemics, cyber-attacks, acts of terrorism, civil unrest, and other catastrophes), and other external events. These risks could also adversely impact us through our distribution partners and our partners that provide outsourcing, policy administration, external technology, data hosting and other services.

Exposure to such events could impact our operational resilience and ability to perform necessary business functions by disrupting our systems, operations, new business sales and renewals, distribution channels and services to customers, or result in the loss of confidential or proprietary data. Such events, as well as any weaknesses in administration systems (such as those relating to customer records) or actuarial reserving and hedging processes, legal and regulatory sanctions, decreased profitability, financial loss, adverse changes in policyholder behavior, could damage our reputation and relationship with our customers and business partners.

We rely on the performance and operations of a number of third-party distribution, policy administration, outsourcing (including external technology and data hosting), and service partners. These include back office support functions, such as those relating to information technology infrastructure, development and support, and customer facing operations and services, such as product distribution and services (including through digital channels) and investment operations. This creates reliance upon the resilient operational performance of these partners and requires the implementation and oversight of policies and

procedures to ensure that we are not unduly subjected to reputational, financial, or other risks attributable to such third parties. Failure to adequately oversee our third-party partners, or the failure of a partner (or of its information technology and operational systems and processes) could result in significant disruption to business operations and customers and could have adverse reputational, regulatory and legal implications, and thus could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A failure to maintain high standards of corporate governance may adversely impact our business, customers, and employees, through poor decision-making or oversight of key risks. Poor governance may arise where key governance committees have a lack of diversity, skills, or experience in their members or unclear (or insufficient) oversight responsibilities and mandates. Further, a failure to manage the risks associated with environmental, social and governance matters may adversely impact our reputation and brand, ability to attract and retain customers and staff, to deliver on our long-term strategy and our results of operations and long-term financial success. See "Our Business — Environmental, Social and Governance."

Our information technology systems could fail, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business operations depend on the ability to process large numbers of transactions for numerous and diverse products, which requires the effective operation of our information technology systems. We employ a large number of complex and interconnected information technology and finance systems, models, and user developed applications in our processes to support our business operations. We also have arrangements in place with third-party suppliers and other service providers through which we share and receive information. The performance of our core business activities and the uninterrupted availability of services to customers rely significantly on, and require significant investment in, information technology infrastructure and security, system development, data governance and management, compliance, as well as other supporting operational systems, personnel, controls and processes.

We rely on these systems throughout our business for a variety of functions, including processing claims and applications, providing information to customers and distributors, performing actuarial analyses, and maintaining financial records. Our information technology systems, and those of our outside vendors and service providers, are vulnerable to physical or electronic intrusions, computer viruses, ransomware or other attacks, programming errors and disruption from similar events. The large number of transaction we process makes it highly likely that errors will occasionally occur. Furthermore, the failure of these systems for any reason could cause significant interruptions to our operations, make it difficult to recover critical services, damage assets, and compromise the integrity and security of data.

Our information technology systems, and those of our outside vendors and service providers, are vulnerable to physical or electronic intrusions, computer viruses, ransomware or other attacks, programming errors and disruption from similar events.

We are exposed to the increasing risks of attempts to disrupt the availability, confidentiality and integrity of our information technology systems, which could result in disruption to key operations. This could result in reputational damage and direct or indirect financial loss. The cybersecurity threat continues to evolve globally in sophistication, frequency of attacks and potential significance. Our market profile and growing customer interest in interacting with their financial services providers, through the internet and social media, could also increase the likelihood of us being a target by cyber criminals. We have been, and likely will continue to be, subject to potential damage from computer viruses, attempts to access confidential information, including customer data, and cybersecurity attacks such as "denial of service" attacks, phishing, sophisticated and automated attacks, and other disruptive software campaigns. Our security measures, including information security policies, administrative, technical, and physical controls, employee training and other preventative actions may not fully protect us from such events.

During times of significant change, the resilience and operational effectiveness of these systems and processes could be adversely impacted. In particular, we are increasing use of emerging technological tools and digital services and forming strategic partnerships with third parties to provide these capabilities. A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of the incremental operational risks from emerging technologies could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. New and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues could also arise from the increased use of emerging technology, data and digital services.

A material failure or breach of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party suppliers and other service providers, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as well as loss of trust from our customers and employees, reputational damage and potential legal and regulatory liability.

Increased cybersecurity threats and computer crime also pose a risk of litigation, regulatory investigations, and other penalties. Data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations regarding the handling of personal data. Any breach in the security of our information technology systems could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary business information, including sensitive customer, supplier, or employee information maintained in the ordinary course of our business. Any such event, or any failure to comply with these data privacy requirements or other laws in this area, could cause damage to our reputation, or loss of revenue and cause result in legal liability or penalties. In addition, we could incur large expenditures to investigate, remediate, and recover networks or information systems and protect against similar future events.

Failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information or proprietary business information could adversely affect our reputation and cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business and relationships with customers depend on our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our customers' proprietary business and confidential information (including customer transactional data and personal information about our distribution partners and customers). The risks of failing to secure data and misusing data are increased by the use of emerging technological tools that increase the volume of data that we collect and process.

Pursuant to federal laws, various federal agencies have established rules protecting the privacy and security of personal information. In addition, most states have enacted laws, which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, to safeguard the privacy and security of personal information. Any compromise of our information technology systems or of the third-party partners' systems that results in the unauthorized access or disclosure of nonpublic personally identifiable or proprietary business information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, deter investors from purchasing our products, subject us to civil liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses. New and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues could also arise from the increased use of emerging technology, data and digital services.

We retain confidential information in our information systems and in cloud-based systems (including customer transactional data and personal information about our distribution partners, customers, and our own employees). We rely on commercial technologies and third parties to maintain the security of those systems. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures and penetrate our information systems, or the cloud-based systems we use, could access, view, misappropriate, alter or delete any information in the systems, including personally identifiable customer information and proprietary business information. It is possible that an employee, contractor, or representative could, intentionally or unintentionally, disclose or misappropriate personal information or other confidential information. Our employees, distribution partners and other third-party partners use portable computers or mobile devices that could contain similar information to that in our information systems, and these devices have been and could be lost, stolen or damaged. Any compromise of the security of our information technology systems that results in the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, deter people from purchasing our products, subject us to civil and criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses, any of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our inability to recruit, motivate and retain key employees and experienced and productive employees could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business depends on our ability to attract, motivate, and retain highly skilled, and often highly specialized, technical, investment, actuarial, managerial, and executive personnel. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated abilities, and we may be unable to retain or hire such employees. For example, we rely upon the knowledge and experience of employees with technical expertise to provide sound operational controls for our overall enterprise, including the accurate and timely preparation of required regulatory filings and U.S. GAAP and statutory financial statements and operation of internal controls. Our success also depends on the continued service of our key senior management team, including executive officers and senior managers. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations due to their skills, knowledge of our business, their years of industry experience and the potential difficulty in promptly finding qualified replacement employees.

We depend on the ability of our employees, including senior management, to work together to accomplish the Company's business plans and strategic objectives. We may not have the resources we need or associates with the right skillsets and working relationships may not develop properly among existing employees and senior management, which may force us to supplement or replace personnel at inopportune times with possible disruption and additional costs.

We may be unable to retain key employees or identify and attract suitable replacements for various reasons, including if we do not maintain responsible, diverse, and inclusive working practices. Our succession plans may not operate effectively, and our compensation plans may not be effective in helping us retain our key employees, the loss of one or more of whom could cause a

material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Intense competition exists generally and among insurers and other financial services companies for highly skilled and experienced employees. Further, heightened competition for talent and skilled employees in localities in which we operate could limit our ability to grow our business in those localities as quickly as planned.

Misconduct by our employees or business partners could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

Past or future misconduct by our employees, agents, and intermediaries, representatives of our broker-dealer subsidiaries or employees of our distribution partners could result in violations of law by us or our subsidiaries, regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective. Actions taken by our employees outside of the scope of their employment and unrelated to our business could cause reputational harm to us.

This could include a failure to consider the rights, diversity and interests of the people and communities in which we or our business partners operate despite our robust controls and procedures. It is possible that our compensation policies and practices could inadvertently incentivize or fail to dis-incentivize excessive or inappropriate risk taking. If our employees take excessive or inappropriate risk, those risks could harm our reputation, subject us to significant civil or criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.

General Risk Factors

Our management discovered a material weakness in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting which resulted in a restatement of our previously issued 2020 annual financial statements.

Our parent, JFI, continues to prepare its compliance readiness for Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and will be required to provide management's report on internal control over financial reporting as of the filing of its second annual report currently expected in 2023. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard 2201 "An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements" states that the restatement of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of a material misstatement is an indicator of a material control weakness. We describe in Note 2 - Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, the background to the restatement of our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our management concluded that the restatement resulted from a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In addition, our management identified the need for stronger controls when assessing the accounting for significant and unusual transactions that involve a high degree of judgment and complexity, along with the need for additional technical U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) accounting expertise.

Although our management has taken significant steps to remediate this material weakness, our management can give no assurance yet that all the measures it has taken will on a permanent and sustainable basis remediate the material weakness in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting or that any other material weaknesses or restatement of financial results will not arise in the future. While we are taking the necessary steps to implement a robust Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) program in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act, if we are not able to implement these requirements in the stipulated timeframe, we will not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence.

Our historical growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth, and we may not be able to identify attractive growth opportunities.

Our historical growth rates may not reflect our future growth rates. Our future growth depends on our ability to continue to offer and sell products that investors and our distribution partners find attractive. We may not be able to identify opportunities to grow our business by developing new products and entering new markets. With future growth, our returns may not be as favorable as our historic returns. If we are unable to find profitable growth opportunities, it will be more difficult for us to continue to grow, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our efforts to meet Environmental, Social, and Governance ("ESG") standards and to enhance the sustainability of our business may not meet investors' or regulators' expectations. Some of our customers, prospective investors, or shareholders, or those considering such a relationship with us, may evaluate our business or other practices according to a variety of ESG standards and expectations.

Some of our regulators have proposed ESG rules or announced that they intend to review our practices against ESG standards; others may yet do so. Our investors or others may evaluate our practices by ESG criteria that are continually evolving and not always clear. These standards and expectations may also reflect contrasting or conflicting values or agendas. Our decisions or priorities must also necessarily and simultaneously, consider our business goals and interests. We define our own corporate purpose, in part, by the sustainability of our practices and our impact on all our stakeholders. Our practices may not change in the way or at the rate all or any stakeholders expect. As a result, our efforts to conduct our business in accordance with some or all these expectations may involve compromises, at least in the short run. We may fail to meet our ESG commitments or targets. Our policies and processes to evaluate and manage ESG standards in coordination with other business priorities may not be completely effective or satisfy investors, regulators, or other stakeholders. We may face adverse regulatory, investor, or other public stakeholder scrutiny resulting in business, reputational, or legal challenges.

We are exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, diseases, epidemics, pandemics, malicious acts, terrorist acts, civil unrest, and global climate change.

The risk of catastrophic mortality, such as from a pandemic, civil unrest, an act of terrorism, a natural disaster or other event that causes a large number of deaths or injuries. The likelihood, timing and severity of pandemics, significant epidemics, and outbreaks of disease cannot be predicted. Additionally, the impact of global climate change could cause changes in weather patterns, resulting in more severe and more frequent natural disasters, which could lead to unanticipated problems with our business continuity plans and thereby cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our ability to conduct business could be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our operations and the communities in which they are located. This could include a disruption involving electrical, communications, transportation, or other services we use or that third parties with whom we conduct business use, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans.

Lastly, catastrophic events could harm the financial condition of our reinsurers and thereby increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. As a result, our ability to write new business could also be affected. These events could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The insurance that we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures.

We maintain various insurance policies, but such insurance may not cover all risks associated with the operation of our business. Our coverage is subject to exclusions and limitations, including higher self-insured retentions or deductibles and maximum limits and liabilities covered. In addition, from time to time, various types of insurance may not be available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, at all. We are potentially at additional risk if we are unable to remain solvent, cannot fulfil our obligations, or fail. In the future, we may not be able to obtain coverage at current levels without a significant increase in premium, if at all. Certain claims may not be covered by our insurance policies or, if covered, could exceed the limits of available insurance coverage.

OUR BUSINESS

[TO BE UPDATED BY AMENDMENT]

34Overview

~~FINANCIAL~~Jackson ~~STATEMENTS~~National Life Insurance Company (“Jackson”) is a financial services company focused on helping Americans grow and protect their retirement savings and income to enable them to pursue financial freedom for life in the United States (“U.S.”). We believe we are well-positioned in our markets because of our differentiated products and our well-known brand among distributors and advisors. Our market position is supported by our efficient and scalable operating platform and industry-leading distribution network. We are confident these core strengths will enable us to grow as an aging U.S. population transitions into retirement. We refer to Jackson and its subsidiaries collectively as the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us.”

We offer a diverse suite of annuities to retail investors in the United States. Our variable annuities have been among the best-selling products of their kind in the U.S. primarily due to the differentiated features we offer as compared to our competitors, in particular the wider range of investment options and greater freedom to invest across multiple investment options. We also offer fixed-index, fixed, and immediate payout annuities. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we successfully launched Market Link ProSM and Market Link Pro AdvisorySM, our commission and advisory based suite of registered index-linked annuities, or RILAs. We also entered the defined contribution market in the fourth quarter of 2021, as a carrier in the AllianceBernstein Lifetime Income Strategy.

We sell our products through an industry-leading distribution network that includes independent broker-dealers, wirehouses, regional broker-dealers, banks, independent registered investment advisors, third-party platforms and insurance agents. We were the largest retail annuity company in the U.S. for 2021 and 2020, according to Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association ("LIMRA"), a worldwide research development and professional development not-for-profit trading association, as measured by sales, selling approximately $19.3 billion and $17.9 billion, respectively, in annuities.

Our operating platform is scalable and efficient. We administer approximately 77% of our in-force policies on our in-house policy administration platform. The remainder of our business is administered through established third-party arrangements. We believe our operating platform provides us with a competitive advantage by allowing us to grow efficiently and provide superior customer service while maintaining a combined statutory operating expense-to-asset ratio of 23 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021, which we believe is among the lowest in the life and annuity industry.

Our Product Offerings by Segment

We manage our business through three operating segments: Retail Annuities, Institutional Products, and Closed Life and Annuity Blocks. We report certain activities and items that are not included in these segments in Corporate and Other.

The following table presents our total operating revenues attributable to each segment and for Corporate and Other for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:


	Years Ended in December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Total Operating Revenues:
Retail Annuities	$	5,004	$	4,470	$	4,937
Institutional Products	257		356		450
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks	1,647		1,497		1,965
Corporate and Other1	83		(17)		(36)
	$	6,991	$	6,306	$	7,316

1. Corporate and Other includes the intersegment eliminations.

See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional financial information regarding our segments and Corporate and Other.

Retail Annuities

We are a leading provider of annuities in the U.S. retirement market. Our Retail Annuities segment includes our variable, fixed index, fixed, and immediate payout annuities as well as our RILAs, and our lifetime income solutions offering in the defined contribution market that started in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Our annuities are designed to offer customers investment opportunities to:

• grow their savings on a tax-deferred basis consistent with their objectives, ranging from annuities that offer full market participation to annuities that offer guaranteed fixed returns, including full or partial protection of principal;

• protect their assets using a variety of standard and optional guaranteed benefits and guaranteed minimum crediting rates; and

• provide a source of income in the form of minimum payments for life and minimum payments to beneficiaries upon death.

Variable Annuities

Our variable annuities offer our customers full participation in market returns through a broad selection of funds in a variety of investment styles, including equities and fixed income. Our customers have the freedom to allocate their savings across this wide range of investment options, even if an optional guaranteed benefit is elected. Our variable annuities offer a range of

benefits to meet our customers’ needs. Optional benefits offer the customer guaranteed minimum protection based on their eligible contributions, adjusted for withdrawals, which protects against market volatility and investment performance risk. The principal features of our variable annuity optional guaranteed benefits are:

•Guaranteed minimum payments for the customer’s lifetime based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base, referred to as Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits for Life, or GMWB for Life. As of December 31, 2021, 73% of our total variable annuity account value included a GMWB for Life optional guarantee benefit selection.

•Guaranteed minimum payments based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base, for at least the amount of the customer’s total eligible contributions, referred to as Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits, or GMWB. As of December 31, 2021, 3% of our total variable annuity account value included a GMWB optional guaranteed benefit selection.

•Death benefits that guarantee the annuity beneficiary will receive the higher of the current account value or the benefit base, which can be increased through roll-up and step-up features, referred to as an enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit, or enhanced GMDB. As of December 31, 2021, 12% of our total variable annuity account value included an enhanced GMDB selection.

The investment freedom and optional guaranteed benefits valued by our customers and distribution partners have remained generally consistent over our history. As a result, we have strong brand recognition with distributors and advisors, as demonstrated by the +54 Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) for our variable annuities, compared to an industry average NPS of +33, based on advisor surveys conducted by Advanis in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had variable annuity sales of $19 billion. As of December 31, 2021, we had variable annuity account value of $258 billion.

In addition, the results of our investment advisory subsidiary, Jackson National Asset Management, LLC ("JNAM"), are included within our Retail Annuities segment. The separate account assets associated with our variable annuities are managed by JNAM, a wholly-owned registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory, fund accounting and administration services to the funds offered within our variable annuities. JNAM selects, monitors and actively manages the investment advisors that manage the funds we offer within our variable annuities. JNAM also directly manages asset allocation for funds of funds offered within our variable annuities. As of December 31, 2021, JNAM managed $280 billion of assets.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, AllianceBernstein L.P. ("AllianceBernstein") announced that it has added us to its platform of insurers that provides guaranteed income in its Lifetime Income Strategy retirement solution for defined contribution plans. This addition enters us in the defined contribution market, helping ensure individuals have access to reliable retirement income generating a consistent, steady stream of lifetime income. Lifetime Income Strategy is offered to serve as a qualified default investment alternative. Similar to the GMWB options offered on our variable annuities, Lifetime Income Strategy is designed with a flexible guaranteed income option to offer plan participants control of their account, full access to their money and guaranteed income in retirement.

Fixed Index Annuities

Our fixed index annuities offer a guaranteed minimum crediting rate that may be lower than a traditional fixed annuity and allow the customer discretion in the allocation of assets to either fixed accounts (which offer a fixed interest rate that is similar to our fixed annuities regardless of market performance) or to indexed funds with the potential for additional growth based on the performance of a reference market index (generally, the S&P 500 or MSCI Europe, Australasia, and Far East index), subject to a cap. Our fixed index annuities also offer an optional guaranteed minimum payments for life benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had fixed index annuity sales of $115 million. As of December 31, 2021, we had fixed index annuity account value of $291 million, net of reinsurance.

Fixed Annuities

Our fixed annuities offer a guaranteed minimum crediting rate that is typically higher than the interest rates offered by bank savings accounts or money market funds. In addition to our traditional fixed annuities, in 2019, we launched a new multi-year guaranteed annuity with three different guaranteed crediting rate periods. Our fixed annuities do not offer guaranteed minimum payments for life benefits but can be annuitized or converted into a series of income payments that offers such benefits, such as payout annuities. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had fixed annuity sales of $29 million. As of December 31, 2021, we had fixed annuity account value of $858 million, net of reinsurance. Based on current market conditions, we expect sales of these products to remain at historically low levels in 2022.

RILA

The registered index-linked annuity market has been the fastest growing category for the annuity market over the last five years, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 81% from 2015 through 2020. Our RILA suite offers our customers exposure to market returns through market index-linked investment options, subject to a cap, and offers a variety of guarantees designed to modify or limit losses. Our RILA generally includes a guaranteed minimum payment to beneficiaries upon death. Our RILA offers a number of options for a customizable product including several combinations of crediting strategies, index options, term lengths, and levels of downside protection in the form of "floors" or "buffers". We believe the RILA market presents us with a compelling growth opportunity within our traditional channels with the potential to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our first RILA sale occurred in the fourth quarter of 2021, with a total of $108 million in sales for 2021.

Institutional Products

Our Institutional Products segment consist of traditional guaranteed investment contracts, funding agreements (including agreements issued in conjunction with our participation in the U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") program) and medium-term funding agreement-backed notes. Our institutional products provide us with an additional source of investment spread-based income, and generally guarantee purchasers of our products the payment of principal and interest at a fixed or floating rate over a term of two to ten years. This investment spread-based income is generated based on the difference between the rate of return we earn on the deposit and the interest payable to the purchasers of these products. We typically issue institutional products on an opportunistic basis depending on both the risk-adjusted return on investment opportunities available and the prevailing cost of funding required by purchasers of our institutional products. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had institutional product sales of $475 million. As of December 31, 2021, we had institutional product account value of $9 billion.

Closed Life and Annuity Blocks

Our Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment is primarily composed of blocks of business that have been acquired since 2004. The segment includes various protection products, primarily whole life, universal life, variable universal life, and term life insurance products, as well as fixed, fixed index, and payout annuities. The Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment also includes a block of group payout annuities that we assumed from John Hancock Life Insurance Company (USA) (“John Hancock”) and John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (“John Hancock NY”) through reinsurance transactions in 2018 and 2019, respectively.

We historically offered traditional and interest-sensitive life insurance products but discontinued new sales of life insurance products in 2012, as we believe opportunistically acquiring mature blocks of life insurance policies is a more efficient means of diversifying our in-force business than selling new life insurance products. As of December 31, 2021, we had more than 1.7 million policies in-force. At December 31, 2021, our Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment had $24 billion of total reserves.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other primarily consists of unallocated corporate income and expenses. It also includes certain eliminations and consolidation adjustments.

Distribution and Operations

Distribution Channels

As of December 31, 2021, our retail annuities are distributed through approximately 581 distribution partners and more than 135,000 licensed and appointed advisors across four channels:

•independent broker-dealers;

•banks and other financial institutions;

•wirehouses and regional broker-dealers; and

•independent registered investment advisors ("iRIAs"), third-party platforms and insurance agents (the “IPA channel”).

In addition, our subsidiary, Jackson National Life Distributors, LLC ("JNLD"), is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act, and is registered as a broker-dealer in all applicable states.

Our strong presence in multiple distribution channels has helped position us as a leading provider of retirement savings and income solutions. According to LIMRA, for 2021 we accounted for 15.2% of new sales in the U.S. retail variable annuity market and ranked #1 in variable annuity sales. Each of these channels is supported by our sizeable wholesaler field force, which is among the most productive in the annuity industry. According to the Market Metrics full year 2021 Sales, Staffing, and Productivity Report, our variable annuity sales per wholesaler are more than 16% higher than our nearest competitor. We are increasingly focused on growing sales through our IPA channel. We intend to facilitate the sale of annuities by registered investment advisors by offering them use of an insurance support desk that satisfies insurance-related licensing and regulatory requirements. We believe there is a significant long-term opportunity to grow annuity sales through registered investment advisors, who managed approximately $5.1 trillion in investor assets at the end of 2020, according to a report by Cerulli Associates.

We sell our institutional products through investment banks or other intermediaries to institutional and corporate investors, plan sponsors and other eligible purchasers.

Operating Platform

Our in-house policy administration platform gives us flexibility to administer multiple product types through a single platform. To date, we have converted more than 3.5 million life and annuity policies and currently administer approximately 77% of our in-force policies on this platform, eliminating the burdens, costs and inefficiencies that would be involved in maintaining multiple legacy administration systems. We also have scalable third-party administration agreements. Our ability to utilize both in-house and third-party administrative platforms gives us flexibility to convert and administer acquired business efficiently. We believe our operating platform provides a competitive advantage by allowing us to grow efficiently and provide superior customer service. We received the Contact Center of the Year award from Service Quality Management for 2019 and 2020, and finalist for the 2021 award. According to the Operations Managers’ Roundtable, we were the #2 overall operational ranking for 2020 and 2021 from our broker-dealer partners.

Jackson National Asset Management

The separate account assets associated with our variable annuities are managed by JNAM, a wholly-owned registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory, fund accounting and administration services to the funds offered within our variable annuities. JNAM selects, monitors and actively manages the investment advisors that manage the funds we offer within our variable annuities. Over the past 10 years, 57% of the assets under management in our actively-managed mutual funds outperformed their Morningstar® Category Average as of December 31, 2021. This relative outperformance benefits our clients, increases our fee income and decreases the liabilities associated with optional guarantee benefits, as the probability decreases that withdrawals will deplete the client’s account value. JNAM’s selection and monitoring process also enables us to focus on funds where we believe we can transact in highly correlated hedge assets. JNAM also directly manages asset allocation for funds of funds offered within our variable annuity policies. As of December 31, 2021, JNAM managed $280 billion of assets.

Fees on Variable Annuity Account Value and Benefit Base

We earn various types of fee income based on the account value or benefit base associated with our variable annuities. In general, optional guarantee benefit fees calculated based on the benefit base are more stable in market downturns compared to fees calculated based on the account value.

Mortality & Expense and Administrative Fees. We earn mortality and expense fees as well as administrative fees (referred to as “core contract charges”) on variable annuities. The mortality and expense fees are calculated based on the customer’s account value and are expressed as an annual percentage deducted daily. These fees are used to offset the insurance and operational expenses relating to our variable annuities. Additionally, the administrative fees are charged either based on the daily average of the net asset values in the applicable subaccounts or when contracts fall below minimum values based on a flat annual fee per contract.

Living Benefit Rider Fees. We may earn fees on guaranteed benefits, such as for any type of guaranteed living benefit (including GMWB and GMWB for Life). The fees earned vary by generation and rider type and are generally calculated based on the living benefit base until the account value is exhausted.

Investment Management and Administrative Fees. We charge investment management and administrative fees for the mutual funds managed by our subsidiary JNAM that are offered as investments under our variable annuities. JNAM acts as an investment advisor for every fund offered to our variable annuity customers. JNAM selects, monitors and actively manages the investment advisors that sub-advise the funds we offer within our variable annuities, and also provides other administrative services. Investment management and administrative fees differ by fund and may be waived for certain funds. Investment

management and administrative fees are presented net of fees paid to the investment advisors that sub-advise the funds we offer within our variable annuities.

12b-1 Fees and other revenue. 12b-1 fees are paid by the mutual funds in which our customers chose to invest and are calculated based on the net assets of the funds allocated to applicable subaccounts. These fees reduce the returns customers earn from these mutual funds.

Death Benefit Rider Fees. We may earn fees on guaranteed death benefits in addition to the core contract charges, and these benefits may be offered in conjunction with other benefits. The fees earned vary by generation and rider type. For some death benefits, such as, return of premium death benefits, the fees are calculated based on account value, but for enhanced death benefits, the fees are generally calculated based on the death benefit base.

Surrender Charges. Many, but not all, variable annuities may impose surrender charges on withdrawals for a period of time after the purchase and in certain products for a period of time after each subsequent contribution, also known as the surrender charge period. A surrender charge is calculated as a percentage of the contributions withdrawn. Surrender charges generally decline gradually over the surrender charge period, which can range up to eight years, depending on the product. Our variable annuities typically permit customers to withdraw up to 10% of their account value each year without any surrender charge, although their guaranteed benefits may be impacted by such withdrawals through the reduction of the benefit base. Our annuities may also specify circumstances when no surrender charges apply, for example, upon payment of a death benefit or due to terminal illness.

The table below presents a breakdown of our variable annuity fee income by type of fee:


	Years Ended in December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
	(in millions)
Mortality & Expense and Administrative Fees	$	2,726	$	2,218	$	2,154
Living Benefit Rider Fees	2,334		2,082		1,958
Investment Management and Administrative Fees	762		617		607
12b-1 Fees and other revenue	696		563		543
Death Benefit Rider Fees	532		440		432
Surrender Charges	50		53		67
Total	$	7,100	$	5,973	$	5,761

Risk Management

Enterprise Risk Management Framework

We have a strong risk management practice, with policies and procedures in place at multiple levels.

Our Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which supports the Board of Directors' and the JFI Finance and Risk Committee's oversight of our risk management, is based on a “three lines” model:

• Risk Ownership and Management: Our business functions have primary ownership of risk management relating to their area of expertise. These functions include Finance, Actuarial, Asset-liability Management, Operations, Information Technology, Information Security, Human Resources, Distribution and Asset Management.

• Risk Oversight and Challenge: Our Risk team manages all aspects of risk oversight and challenge relating to business- and operations-related risks. Our Compliance team manages all aspects of risk oversight and challenge relating to regulatory- and compliance-related risks.

• Independent Assurance: The primary objective of our Internal Audit team is to protect our assets, reputation, and sustainability through the independent, objective and risk-based assessment and reporting on the overall effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes across the organization.

Within this framework, we manage financial and non-financial risks as discussed below.

Financial Risk

We employ various financial risk management strategies, including hedging and third-party reinsurance. Key objectives of these strategies include limiting losses, managing exposures to significant risks within established risk limits and frameworks and providing additional capital capacity for future growth.

Hedging Program: Our hedging program seeks to balance three risk management objectives: protecting against the economic impact of adverse market conditions, protecting statutory capital, and stabilizing statutory distributable earnings throughout market cycles. Our core dynamic hedging program seeks to offset changes in economic liability associated with variable annuity guaranteed benefits due to market movements, while our macro hedging program seeks to protect statutory capital under a range of stress scenarios.

Our hedging strategy manages equity and interest rate risk within risk tolerances through a mix of equity and interest rate derivatives and fixed income assets. Developing an effective strategy for addressing these risks involves the exercise of significant subjective and complex judgments, and no strategy will completely insulate us from such risks. Our hedging program is based on economic cash flow models of our liabilities, rather than the U.S. GAAP accounting view of the embedded derivative liabilities. We do not directly seek to offset the movement in our U.S. GAAP liabilities through hedging as market conditions change from period to period, potentially resulting in U.S. GAAP net income volatility.

Third-Party Reinsurance: We utilize third-party reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face, principally in certain of our in-force annuity and life insurance products related to longevity and mortality risks and specific features of our variable annuities.

Pricing and Reserving: We set what we believe are appropriate mortality and policyholder behavior assumptions as part of our pricing and reserving practices. We monitor experience on an on-going basis, and we incorporate new experience data and emerging trends to ensure our actuarial assumptions and models are regularly updated and reflect the appropriate mix of all available information and expert judgment. Factors considered in product pricing primarily include expected investment returns, interest rates, market volatility, mortality, longevity, persistency, benefit utilization and operating expenses as well as other features of certain annuity products. Our product pricing models also take into account capital requirements, risk profile, target returns and operating expenses.

Equity Market Risk: Guaranteed benefits within the variable annuities that we sell expose us to equity market risk, as guaranteed benefits generally become more likely to result in a claim when equity markets decline and account values fall. We manage equity market risk by both holding sufficient capital and by using derivative-based hedges. We hedge the economic risk embedded within our products by using equity options and futures on a variety of indices that best represent the equity exposures inherent in the range of underlying investment options available on our variable annuities.

The financial performance of our hedging program could be impacted by large directional market movements or periods of high volatility. In particular, our hedges could be less effective in periods of large directional movements or we could experience more frequent and more costly rebalancing in periods of high volatility, which would lead to performance adverse to our hedge targets. Further, we are also exposed to basis risk, which results from our inability to purchase or sell hedge assets whose performance perfectly matches the performance of the mutual funds into which policyholders allocate their assets. The mutual funds are offered only to separate accounts of the Company and Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York to fund the benefits under certain variable insurance contracts and variable life insurance policies, to retirement plans and to other investment companies. Shares of the mutual funds are not available to the general public for direct purchase.

We make mutual funds available to policyholders that we believe are highly correlated to the hedge assets in which we transact, though we anticipate and price for some variance in the performance of our hedge assets and policyholder funds. This variance may result in our hedge assets outperforming or underperforming the customer assets they are intended to match. This variance may be exacerbated during periods of high volatility, leading to a mismatch in our derivative gain/loss relative to the change in our hedge targets.

To protect against environments where the cost of guaranteed benefits or guaranteed benefits-related hedging costs increase in an adverse manner, we have the contractual right to increase living benefit rider fees on our in-force variable annuity contracts, subject to certain conditions and a contractual maximum charge. The customer has the right to opt out of such living benefit rider fee increases, but in so doing the customer becomes ineligible for certain future guaranteed benefit increases, such as step-ups or deferral bonuses.

We have entered into reinsurance contracts to manage the full spectrum of risk exposure on certain blocks of business. The majority of our in-force Fixed Annuity and Fixed Indexed Annuity businesses as well as the legacy block of Variable Annuities

("VA") with Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits (GMIBs) has been ceded to highly-rated unaffiliated reinsurers. Regardless of the emerging experience or reserving methodology used, Jackson's net retained risk related to GMIBs is minimal.

Interest Rate Risk: Certain products and benefits also expose us to interest rate risk. We are exposed primarily to the following risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates:

• the risk of mismatch between the expected duration of liabilities and investments;

•the risk associated with decreasing estimated fair values of the fixed income securities and mortgage loans that comprise a significant portion of our investment portfolio;

• the risk of increases in statutory reserve and capital requirements due to decreases in interest rates or changes in prescribed interest rates;

• the risk of increases in the costs of derivatives we use for hedging or increases in the volume of hedging we do as interest rates decrease;

• the risk of loss related to customer withdrawals following a sharp and sustained increase in interest rates as customers seek higher perceived returns;

• the risk of loss from reduced fee income, increased guaranteed benefit costs and accelerated deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") amortization arising from fluctuations in the variable annuity account values associated with fixed income investment options due to increased interest rates or credit spread widening;

• the risk of volatility in our U.S. GAAP results of operations driven by interest rate related components of liabilities; and

• the risk of reduced profitability on products where the interest rate credited to the policyholder increases faster than the corresponding yield of our investment portfolio.

To manage interest rate risk, we employ product design, pricing and asset-liability management strategies designed to mitigate the potential effects of interest rate movements. Product design and pricing strategies include the use of surrender charges, market value adjustments, restrictions on withdrawals and the ability to reset crediting rates. Our asset-liability management strategies may include the use of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions (also known as a swap option) and Treasury futures, as well as fixed income assets. We manage interest risk in aggregate, contemplating natural offsets between products before pursuing hedging transactions.

We analyze interest rate risk using various models, including multi scenario cash flow projection models that forecast cash flows of our product and benefit liabilities and their supporting investments, including derivatives. These projections involve evaluating the potential gain or loss on our in-force business under various increasing and decreasing interest rate environments. State insurance regulations require that we perform some of these analyses annually as part of our review of the sufficiency of our regulatory reserves. We measure relative sensitivities of the value of our assets and liabilities to changes in key assumptions utilizing internal models. These models reflect specific product characteristics and include assumptions based on our expectations regarding lapse, mortality and crediting rates.

We also use common industry metrics, such as duration and convexity, to measure the relative sensitivity of asset and liability values to changes in interest rates. In computing the duration of liabilities, we consider all policyholder guarantees as well as non-guaranteed elements of policyholder liabilities.

Asset-Liability Management Risk: To determine whether obligations will be met when they become due, we use asset-liability cash flow management techniques that consider current and future investment returns, asset and liability durations, risk tolerance and cash flow requirements. We established an investment policy to maintain a desired spread between the yield on our investment portfolio and the crediting rate paid on our policyholder funds. If subsequent experience proves to be different from current assumptions, maturing liabilities and maturing investment assets may no longer be matched to the degree originally anticipated, placing unanticipated demands on cash flow and liquidity. We closely monitor our investment portfolio to assess our asset-liability position and to change investment strategies and rebalance the duration of our investment portfolio as deemed necessary. We analyze the adequacy of reserves annually, which includes dynamic cash flow testing of assets and liabilities by product under a variety of interest rate scenarios.

Counterparty Risk: The inability of a banking, derivative or reinsurance counterparty to satisfy its obligations could expose us to material risk. We have placed formal limits on the amount of exposure we are willing to accept with a given counterparty,

both in aggregate and by risk source (banking, derivatives, reinsurance). Counterparty risk is managed for the potential counterparty risk exposure for banking, reinsurance and derivative contracts through evaluation of the credit worthiness of counterparties. Derivative contracts are also governed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA"), the enforcement of which includes daily collateralization of our net positions with a given counterparty.

Non-Financial Risk

In addition to the financial risks noted above, our business inherently faces operational and regulatory risks, which can lead to financial loss, negative impacts to customers and stakeholders, and regulatory scrutiny. Examples of key “non-financial” risks include cyberattacks and information security breaches, failure of third parties to provide contracted services, fraud, model risk and conflicts of interest.

These “non-financial” risks can arise from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel or systems, and from external events, including employee error, model error, system failures, fraud and other events that disrupt business processes. We regularly assess and report on our key risks to the Finance and Risk Committee. Our policies, processes and controls (collectively, our internal control environment) are designed and implemented with a goal to minimize exposure to these risks and prevent material financial losses and operational events (direct or indirect) that adversely affect our ability to meet our commitments to customers. In addition, we have risk-specific response plans and processes in place to quickly identify and appropriately address control failures or other risk events when they occur. Our internal control environment, including compliance with internal policies, is regularly assessed for effectiveness, and oversight is provided by our Risk and Internal Audit teams. See "Risks Related to Our Business and Industry."

Reinsurance

Our third-party reinsurance strategy is designed to manage the risk exposure of our insurance subsidiaries against the severity of losses, improve the profitability of our business and optimize our capital requirements. Although reinsurance does not discharge us from our primary obligation to make payments to our customers in respect of their policy benefits, it does make the reinsurer liable to the ceding insurance company for the reinsured portion of the risk. We obtain reinsurance from a diverse group of well-capitalized and highly-rated third-party reinsurers. We regularly evaluate the financial condition of these third-party reinsurers and monitor concentration risk with our largest reinsurers at least annually. As part of this review, we consider financial strength ratings, statutory capital and surplus, risk-based capital ("RBC") and ERC, statutory earnings and fluctuations, current claims payment aging and our third-party reinsurers’ own reinsurers.

Regulation

Insurance companies are subject to extensive laws and regulations. We are subject to regulation as a result of JFI’s public company status and our ownership and operation of insurance companies, registered investment advisors and regulated broker-dealers. Further, we are subject to, or affected by, regulations regarding derivatives and advisory relationships with customers. These regulations affect, among other things, the manner in which we conduct business, our permitted investments and financial condition, marketing and investment disclosures, cybersecurity and privacy requirements, and applicable accounting standards.

These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change and are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental authorities. These authorities include state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), the United States Department of Labor (“DOL”), the United States Department of Justice ("DOJ"), and state attorneys general, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude. In some cases, these laws and regulations are designed to protect or benefit the interests of a specific constituency rather than a range of constituencies. For example, state insurance laws and regulations are generally intended to protect or benefit purchasers or users of insurance products.

We are organized under the laws of the State of Michigan and are subject to regulation and supervision by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services ("DIFS"), and by insurance regulatory authorities in other U.S. states in which Jackson is authorized to transact business. In addition, our subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York, is domiciled in the state of New York and is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Jackson National Asset Management LLC is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Jackson National Life Distributors LLC is formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, is a registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act and is also subject to regulation and supervision by FINRA.

State Insurance Regulation

State insurance laws establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative and supervisory powers related to granting and revoking licenses to transact business, regulating marketing and other trade practices, operating guaranty associations, licensing agents, prescribing and approving policy forms, regulating certain premium rates, regulating insurance holding company systems, establishing reserve requirements, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and reports, performing financial and other examinations, determining the reasonableness and adequacy of statutory capital and surplus, regulating the type and amount of investments permitted, limiting the amount of dividends that can be paid and the size of transactions that can be consummated without first obtaining regulatory approval, regulating standards of business conduct and other related matters. Certain information and reports that each of Brooke Life and the Company has filed with DIFS can be inspected during normal business hours at 530 W. Allegan Street, 7th Floor, Lansing, Michigan.

As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance regulators of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"). State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general also, from time to time, make inquiries and conduct examinations or investigations regarding our compliance with among other things, insurance laws and securities laws. We are currently going through the state insurance department examinations conducted for the three-year period ended December 31, 2021 and have not received any material adverse findings to date.

The insurance regulatory framework relating to insurance companies doing business in the U.S. has been placed under increased scrutiny by various states, the federal government and the NAIC. Various states have considered or enacted legislation that changes, and in many cases increases, the states’ authority to regulate insurance companies. Although the federal government does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas, including pension regulation, age and sex discrimination, financial services regulation, securities regulation and federal taxation, can significantly affect the insurance business. Legislation has been introduced from time to time in the U.S. Congress that could result in the U.S. federal government assuming a more expansive role in the regulation of insurance companies. The NAIC has approved and recommended to the states for adoption and implementation several regulatory initiatives designed to reduce the risk of insurance company insolvencies. These initiatives include investment reserve requirements, RBC standards, restrictions on an insurance company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders, and the adoption of model laws, including the Risk Management and the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act, and the Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure Model Act.

State insurance laws and regulations also include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of life and annuity insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, including illustrations, advertising, sales practices and complaint handling. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. Insurance regulators have given greater emphasis in recent years to the investigation of allegations of improper life insurance pricing and sales practices by life and annuity insurers, including race-based underwriting or sales practices, and misleading sales presentations by insurance agents, targeting the elderly and suitability of product for potential customers.

Annuity Suitability Regulation

The NAIC on February 13, 2020 approved revisions to the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (the "Annuity Suitability Model Regulation"). The revised model imposes a "best interest" standard of conduct and includes a "safe harbor" for fiduciary advisors who recommend annuities. Under the safe harbor, as it applies to the "care" elements of the Annuity Suitability Model Regulation, investment advisors offering annuities need only comply with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Advisers Act"). Each state chooses whether to implement the Annuity Suitability Model Regulation. If they choose to do so, they will either amend their current suitability regulations or adopt the new model. In addition, in July 2018, the New York State Department of Financial Services ("NYSDFS") issued the final version of an amended insurance regulation (Regulation 187, "Suitability and Best Interest in Life Insurance and Annuity Transactions"), which incorporates the "best interest" standard for the sale of annuities and expands the application of this standard beyond annuity transactions to include sales of life insurance policies to consumers. The amended regulation took effect on August 1, 2019 for annuities and became effective on February 1, 2020 for life insurance policies. In April 2021, the Appellate Division of the the New York State Supreme Court overturned Regulation 187 for being unconstitutionally vague. The NYDFS has filed a notice of appeal and the decision of the Appellate Division has been stayed pending the outcome of the appeal.

Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements

The jurisdictions where we are admitted to transact insurance business have laws requiring insurance companies doing business within their jurisdictions to participate in various types of guaranty associations or other similar arrangements. These associations and arrangements provide certain levels of protection to customers from losses under insurance policies issued by insurance companies that become impaired or insolvent. Typically, these associations levy assessments up to a prescribed limit on member insurers on a basis that is related to the member insurer's proportionate share of the business in the relevant jurisdiction of all member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired or insolvent insurer is engaged. Some jurisdictions permit member insurers to recover assessments that they paid through full or partial premium tax offsets, usually over a period of years. In none of the past three years have the aggregate assessments levied against us been material to our financial condition.

Regulation of Investments

We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment-grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, mortgages, other equity investments, foreign investments and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in most instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that our investments complied with such laws and regulations at December 31, 2021.

Surplus and Capital; RBC Requirements

The NAIC has developed RBC standards for life insurance companies as well as a model act for state legislatures to enact. The model act requires that life insurance companies report on a RBC formula standard calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and reserve items and separate model-based calculations of risk associated primarily with interest rate and market risks. The RBC formula takes into account the risk characteristics of a company, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk. The NAIC designed the formula as an early warning tool to identify potentially inadequately capitalized companies for purposes of initiating regulatory action.

Under RBC requirements, regulatory compliance is determined by the ratio (known as the RBC ratio) of a company's total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its company action level of RBC, also defined by the NAIC. Four levels of regulatory attention may be triggered if the RBC ratio is insufficient:

•"Company action level" - If the RBC ratio is between 75% and 100%, then the insurer must submit a plan to the regulator detailing corrective action it proposes to undertake;

•"Regulatory action level" - If the RBC ratio is between 50% and 75%, then the insurer must submit a plan, but a regulator may also issue a corrective order requiring the insurer to comply within a specified period;

•"Authorized control level" - If the RBC ratio is between 35% and 50%, then the regulatory response is the same as at the "Regulatory action level," but in addition, the regulator may take action to rehabilitate or liquidate the insurer; and

•"Mandatory control level" - If the RBC ratio is less than 35%, then the regulator must rehabilitate or liquidate the insurer.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company's and Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York's total adjusted capital and RBC minimum required levels under the NAIC's definition substantially exceeded the standards of its domicile state and the NAIC.

We believe that we will be able to maintain our RBC ratios in excess of “company action level” through appropriate claims handling, investing and capital management. However, no assurances can be given that developments affecting us or our insurance subsidiaries, many of which could be outside of our control, will not cause our RBC ratios to fall below our targeted levels. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters—A decrease in the RBC ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory capital and surplus or increase in RBC requirements) could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies, which scrutiny could lead to corrective measures and ratings declines adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

The NAIC has updated the risk-based capital framework to reflect more current modeling of asset risk (C-1 factors) effective at December 31, 2021. The Company adopted the updated factors, with minimal impact to the RBC ratio.

Statutory Financial Statements

The ability to carry on our business may also depend upon our continued registration under the applicable laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in which it does business. Each of Brooke Life and the Company submits on a quarterly basis to DIFS, and Jackson NY submits on a quarterly basis to NYSDFS, certain reports regarding its statutory financial condition (each, a “Statutory Statement” and, collectively, the “Statutory Statements”). Each Statutory Statement includes other supporting schedules as of the end of the period to which such Statutory Statement relates. The statutory basis financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by DIFS or NYSDFS, as applicable. Statutory accounting principles differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP; in some cases, such differences are material.

Federal Initiatives Impacting Insurance Companies

While the U.S. government does not directly regulate the insurance industry, federal initiatives can impact the insurance industry.

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted in response to the financial crisis that began in 2008, as well as similar laws passed in jurisdictions outside the United States, have significantly impacted the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives. In the United States, the regulation of swaps and other derivatives is divided between the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the SEC, with the CFTC having primary jurisdiction over swaps, which constitute the vast majority of the market and the SEC having primary jurisdiction over security-based swaps.

Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and similar regulations globally make it more costly for us to use derivatives and hedge investment exposures and may affect returns to us. It is possible that these regulations may impede our ability to utilize derivatives. Another factor that has driven up the cost for trading in both over-the- counter and exchange traded derivatives is the increased capital charges imposed on financial intermediaries, such as futures commission merchants and banks. As a result of these regulations, we expect costs to continue to rise, which could adversely impact our ability to implement our desired hedging strategies.

Since enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010, the CFTC has adopted a number of significant regulations that have changed the way swaps are traded in the United States. In addition to imposing registration requirements on swap dealers and large market participants, known as major swap participants, the CFTC regulations have subjected a significant portion of the interest rate swap market and some of the credit default swap index market to mandatory exchange or swap execution facility trading and central clearing requirements. The CFTC regulations have also imposed new regulatory requirements on swap transactions, including trade reporting and recordkeeping requirements, know-your-customer and other sales practices requirements, and documentation requirements that apply to swap transactions entered into with swap dealers and major swap participants.

Regulators around the world, including U.S. banking regulators and the CFTC, have implemented margin requirements for uncleared derivatives generally in accordance with the recommendations of the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision and International Organization of Securities Commissions. The variation margin requirements require us to exchange variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to required haircuts) when entering into uncleared swaps and security-based swaps with regulated entities. The initial margin requirements are being phased-in and may also ultimately require us to post initial margin when entering into such derivatives. We completed the required legal documentation and changes to our operational processes in 2021 to accommodate the exchange of initial margin with U.S. EU swap dealers, when necessary.

Also, banking regulators across the globe adopted rules that apply to certain qualified financial contracts, including many derivatives contracts, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements, with certain banking institutions and certain of their affiliates. These rules generally require the banking institutions and their applicable affiliates to include contractual provisions in their qualified financial contracts that limit or delay certain rights of their counterparties including counterparties’ default rights (such as the right to terminate the contracts or foreclose on collateral) and restrictions on assignments and transfers of credit enhancements (such as guarantees) arising in connection with the banking institution or an applicable affiliate becoming subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, resolution or similar proceeding. Our qualified financial contracts are subject to these rules. To ensure our counterparties’ compliance with these new rules, we amended our existing qualified financial contracts with the relevant banking institutions and their affiliates by adhering to the various ISDA Resolution Stay Protocols.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”). The FSOC has the ability to designate certain insurance companies and insurance holding companies that pose a systemic risk to the financial stability of the United States, in which case such companies would become subject to heightened prudential regulation by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Federal Reserve Board may limit such company’s ability to enter into merger transactions, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate one or more activities, or impose conditions on how it conducts activities. On December 4, 2019, the FSOC issued final guidance regarding the designation of nonbank financial companies as systemically important. The guidance provides that the FSOC will move from an “entity-based” designation approach towards an “activities-based” approach. This approach would eliminate the prior quantitative thresholds for designation as a systemically important entity in lieu of pursuing designations only if potential risks or threats cannot be addressed through an activities-based approach through the entities’ primary regulator and the potential risk is one that could be addressed through such designation process.

The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the Federal Insurance Office (the “FIO”) to assist the Secretary of the Treasury Department in negotiating covered agreements. A covered agreement is an agreement between the United States and one or more foreign governments, authorities or regulatory entities, regarding prudential measures with respect to insurance or reinsurance. The FIO is further charged with determining, in accordance with the procedures and standards established under the Dodd-Frank Act, whether state laws are preempted by a covered agreement. Pursuant to this authority, in September 2017, the United States and the European Union signed a covered agreement (the “EU Covered Agreement”) to address, among other things, reinsurance collateral requirements. In addition, on December 18, 2018, the Treasury Department and the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative signed a Bilateral Agreement between the United States and the United Kingdom on Prudential Measures Regarding Insurance and Reinsurance in anticipation of the United Kingdom’s potential exit from the European Union (the “UK Covered Agreement” and, together with the EU Covered Agreement, the “Covered Agreements”). U.S. state regulators have five years from the dates the Covered Agreements were signed to adopt reinsurance reforms removing reinsurance collateral requirements for EU and UK reinsurers that meet the prescribed minimum conditions set forth in the applicable Covered Agreement or else state laws imposing such reinsurance collateral requirements may be subject to federal preemption. On June 25, 2019, the NAIC adopted amendments to the credit for reinsurance model law and regulation to conform to the requirements of the Covered Agreements. As of May 2021, thirty states (including Michigan) had adopted these models.

On June 5, 2019, the SEC adopted a package of investment advice reforms designed to enhance investor protections while preserving retail investor access and choice. The most significant elements of the package are: (1) a rule (known as “Regulation Best Interest”) establishing a best interest standard of conduct for broker-dealers and their representatives when they make recommendations to retail investors; (2) a relationship summary form (“Form CRS”) that broker-dealers and registered investment advisers are required to provide to retail investors; and (3) an SEC interpretation of the Investment Advisers Act confirming that investment advisers owe a fiduciary duty to clients. The compliance date for Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS was June 30, 2020. Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS will impact the duties and disclosure requirements that apply to our broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries when they provide recommendations and investment advice to retail investors, as well as our representatives that provide such services. The reforms increase the regulatory burden on broker-dealers selling our products, but also provide a more consistent regulatory standard that could provide benefits to the overall insurance and investment market. Also, FINRA adopted rules to align to Regulation Best Interest and may enforce both the SEC regulations and its own rules relating to recommendations of investments to retail consumers.

The Department of Labor’s final prohibited transaction exemption on Improving Investment Advice for Workers and Retirees, PTE 2020-02 (the “Fiduciary Advice Rule”) became effective February 16, 2021. The Fiduciary Advice Rule reinstates the text of the DOL’s 1975 investment advice regulation defining what constitutes fiduciary “investment advice” to ERISA Plans and IRAs and provides guidance interpreting such regulation. The guidance provided by the DOL broadens the circumstances under which financial institutions, including insurance companies, could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Tax Code. In particular, the DOL states that a recommendation to “roll over” assets from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA, or from an IRA to another IRA, can be considered fiduciary investment advice if provided by someone with an existing relationship with the ERISA Plan or an IRA owner (or in anticipation of establishing such a relationship). This guidance reverses an earlier DOL interpretation suggesting that roll over advice did not constitute investment advice giving rise to a fiduciary relationship.

In connection with the Fiduciary Advice Rule, the DOL also issued an exemption that allows fiduciaries to receive compensation in connection with providing investment advice, including advice about roll overs, which would otherwise be prohibited as a result of their fiduciary relationship to the ERISA Plan or IRA. To be eligible for the exemption, among other conditions, the investment advice fiduciary is required to acknowledge its fiduciary status, refrain from putting its own interests ahead of the plan beneficiaries’ interests or making material misleading statements, act in accordance with ERISA’s “prudent person” standard of care, and receive no more than reasonable compensation for the advice.

Because our direct distribution of retail products is very limited, we believe that we will have limited exposure to the new Fiduciary Advice Rule. However, we continue to analyze the impact of the Fiduciary Advice Rule, and, while we cannot predict the rule’s impact, it could have an adverse effect on sales of annuities through our independent distribution partners, as a significant portion of our annuity sales are purchased within an IRA. The Fiduciary Advice Rule may also lead to changes to our compensation practices and product offerings and increased litigation risk, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We may also need to take certain additional actions in order to comply with, or assist our distributors in their compliance with, the Fiduciary Advice Rule. In addition, many industry and regulatory observers believe that the DOL will issue revised guidance or provisions within the scope of the Fiduciary Advice Rule in 2022 that could have an impact on sales of annuity and insurance products.

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 includes anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws as well as various regulations applicable to broker-dealers and other financial services companies, including insurance companies. Financial institutions are required to collect information regarding the identity of their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies and share information with other financial institutions. As a result, we are required to maintain certain internal compliance practices, procedures and controls.

Alternative Reference Rates

After the 2008 global financial crisis, regulators globally determined that existing interest rate benchmarks should be reformed based on concerns that the London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and other benchmark rates were susceptible to manipulation. Replacement rates that have been identified include the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), which is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR and measures the cost of overnight borrowings through repurchase agreement transactions collateralized with U.S. Treasury securities. After December 31, 2021 the interest rate derivatives' market transitioned to SOFR with sufficient liquidity for Jackson to execute new trades. Additionally, legacy LIBOR interest rate swaps would automatically switch to SOFR after June 30, 2021 as Jackson adhered to the ISDA IBOR Fallback Protocol. Given that the LIBOR transition does not impede the VA hedging program, it is no longer a material risk for Jackson.

Cybersecurity Regulations

Cybersecurity is subject to increased scrutiny by insurance regulators. The NYSDFS adopted 23 NYCRR 500 (the “NYSDFS Cybersecurity Regulation”) which requires covered businesses in New York to develop a comprehensive cybersecurity program that aligns to the NIST Cybersecurity Framework and requires adequate risk assessments, enhanced third-party vendor management, development of an incident response plan and data breach notifications within 72 hours. The NYSDFS has pursued enforcement actions and penalties for violations demonstrating the significant risk of noncompliance.

The NAIC has adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law, which established the standards for data security, investigation, and notification of a breach of data security for insurance companies. As of February 2022, eighteen states (including Michigan) had adopted the model. Importantly, the drafters of the Cybersecurity Model Law intend that a licensee’s compliance with New York’s cybersecurity regulation will constitute compliance with the Cybersecurity Model Law. We have taken the necessary steps to comply with this regulation. The Cybersecurity Model Law has been adopted in Michigan, effective January 1, 2021.

The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”) grants all California residents the right to know what information a business has collected from them and the sourcing and sharing of that information, as well as a right to have a business delete their personal information (with some exceptions). The CCPA’s definition of “personal information” is more expansive than those found in other privacy laws applicable to us in the United States. Failure to comply with the CCPA could result in regulatory fines, and the law grants a private right of action for any unauthorized disclosure of personal information as a result of failure to maintain reasonable security procedures. Additionally, on November 3, 2020, California voters passed a ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), that adjusts and in some respects expands consumer rights and business obligations created by the CCPA. The CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies that collect California residents’ personal information, including to provide a right to correct personal information, additional protections for certain uses of sensitive personal information, and certain limitations on data use and on data sharing that does not involve a sale. The CPRA also creates a new California Privacy Protection Agency which will be charged with enforcing both the CCPA and the CPRA. The CPRA will take effect on January 1, 2023. It may require additional compliance investment as well as changes to policies, procedures and operations.

Federal law and regulation require financial institutions to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information and to notify customers about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of customer information and their policies relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. Federal and state laws also regulate

disclosures of customer information. Congress and state legislatures are expected to consider additional regulation relating to privacy and other aspects of customer information.

On October 21, 2019, the NAIC formed a Privacy Protections Working Group to review state insurance privacy protections regarding the collection, use and disclosure of information gathered in connection with insurance transactions. During its meeting on July 30, 2020, the Privacy Protections Working Group indicated that it would begin a gap analysis of existing privacy protections in order to identify differences in coverage between different privacy regimes, focusing on consumer issues, industry obligations, and regulatory enforcement. The Privacy Protections Working Group continues to work on this gap analysis, which could result in recommended changes to certain NAIC model laws and regulations related to privacy.

The SEC continues to focus on cybersecurity in the asset management industry. On February 9, 2022 the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) released a proposed rule titled, Cybersecurity Risk Management for Investment Advisers, Registered Investment Companies, and Business Development Companies (“Cybersecurity Investment Company Rule”). The rule amends the Investment Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and relates to cybersecurity risk management, incident reporting, and disclosure for investment advisers and funds. The proposed rule would impose significant new requirements on registered investment advisers and funds and are generally consistent with cybersecurity requirements imposed on other companies by New York’s Part 500 Cybersecurity Regulation.

As currently drafted, the proposed rule would significantly increase the cybersecurity obligations of SEC-registered investment advisers and companies, including SEC-registered separate accounts of insurance companies. Specifically, amendments would require advisers and funds to; (1) implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to address cybersecurity risks, and (2) maintain, make, and retain certain cybersecurity-related books and records. Additionally, advisers would be required to report significant cybersecurity incidents to the SEC and enhance adviser and fund disclosures related to cybersecurity risks and incidents.

Additionally, on March 9, 2022 the SEC proposed additional amendments to its rules, titled Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, Governance, and Incident Disclosure (“Cybersecurity Public Company Disclosure Rule”) to enhance and standardize disclosures regarding cybersecurity risk management, strategy, governance, and incident reporting by public companies. The amendments would require, among other things, current reporting about material cybersecurity incidents and periodic reporting to provide updates about previously reported cybersecurity incidents. The proposal also would require periodic reporting about a registrant’s policies and procedures to identify and manage cybersecurity risks; the registrant’s board of directors' oversight of cybersecurity risk; and management’s role and expertise in assessing and managing cybersecurity risk and implementing cybersecurity policies and procedures. The proposal further would require annual reporting or certain proxy disclosure about the board of directors’ cybersecurity expertise, if any.

These proposed rules reflect the SEC’s intense attention to cybersecurity risk and its willingness to deploy the full scope of its regulatory authority to promulgate standards that address this risk.

The SEC has published periodic guidance on the topic, recommending periodic assessments of information, how it is stored and how vulnerable it is, as well as strategies to prevent, detect and respond to cyber threats, including access controls, governance and risk assessments, training, data encryption, restrictions on removable storage media, robust backup procedures, incident response plans and routine testing. Further investment advisers to fund complexes must also focus on their growing network of third-party service providers. The SEC's Division of Examinations (the "Division of Examinations") issued examination observations in January 2020 related to cybersecurity and operational resiliency practices taken by market participants. The observations highlight certain approaches taken by market participants in the areas of governance and risk management, access rights and controls, data loss prevention, mobile security, incident response and resiliency, vendor management, and training and awareness. In its observations, Division of Examinations highlights specific examples of cybersecurity and operational resiliency practices and controls that organizations have taken to potentially safeguard against threats and respond in the event of an incident. In July 2020, Division of Examinations issued a Risk Alert noting the increasing sophistication of ransomware attacks on SEC registrants and service providers to SEC registrants. The Risk Alert reiterates Division of Examinations January 2020 observations and provides enhanced specificity to assist market participants on ways to enhance cybersecurity preparedness and operational resiliency.

Holding Company Regulation

We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. The insurance holding company laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require each controlled insurance company to register with state regulatory authorities and to file with those authorities certain reports, including information concerning their capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations.

Insurance holding company regulations generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our insurance subsidiaries, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. The state insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of voting securities.

Broker-Dealer, Investment Adviser, Mutual Fund and Securities Regulation

We and certain policies and contracts offered by us are subject to regulation under the federal and state securities laws and regulations. Regulators administering these laws and regulations may conduct examinations of our operations and make requests for information. The primary intent of these laws and regulations is to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply.

JNLD is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act, and is registered as a broker-dealer in all applicable states. JNLD is also a member of, and subject to regulation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"), a self-regulatory organization subject to SEC oversight. The SEC and FINRA also regulate the sales practices of broker-dealers. In recent years, they have intensified their scrutiny of sales practices relating to variable annuities and variable life insurance. In addition, broker-dealers are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business, who may also conduct examinations and direct inquiries to broker-dealers.

JNAM is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Advisers Act"). The investment companies (mutual funds) for which JNAM serves as an investment adviser are subject to SEC registration and regulation pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The mutual funds advised by JNAM underlie variable products offered by us. In addition, each variable annuity and variable life product sponsored by us is subject to SEC registration and regulation.

The business of JNAM will be impacted by SEC regulatory initiatives with respect to the investment management business. In addition to rules discussed elsewhere, the SEC has adopted rules that include (i) new monthly and annual reporting requirements for certain U.S. registered funds; (ii) enhanced reporting regimes for investment advisers; (iii) implementing liquidity risk management programs for exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and open-end funds, other than money market funds; (iv) reforms relating to money market funds that require institutional and prime money market funds to use a floating NAV, and permit money market funds to impose liquidity fees and redemption gates; (v) significant amendments to rules regarding advertisements by investment advisers; and (vi) significant changes to the regulations applicable to the use of derivatives by U.S. registered funds. The SEC has also recently proposed comprehensive reforms to improve cybersecurity risk management for registered investment advisers and registered funds. These rules increased the reporting and disclosure requirements for JNAM. These increased regulatory and compliance burdens could be costly and may impede the growth of JNAM.

The SEC, beginning in late 2020, instituted a comprehensive regulatory agenda focusing on Environmental, Social, and Governance ("ESG") issues. The SEC commissioners and staff announced a number of actions, including forming an enforcement task force designed to harmonize the efforts of the SEC’s divisions and offices, considering potential comprehensive changes to ESG disclosure guidance, announcing ESG as an examination priority, addressing shareholder rights and creating accountability in statements and conduct, and soliciting comments to potential changes to the “names rule” under the Investment Company Act to reflect the effect of ESG factors on a fund’s investment objectives and performance. The Division of Examinations subsequently issued a risk alert highlighting ESG deficiencies, internal control weaknesses and effective practices identified during recent examinations of investment advisers, registered investment companies and private funds. If the SEC implements any of these initiatives, we expect to incur increased regulatory and compliance burdens that could be costly and may impede the growth of our investment advisory business.

JNAM is registered as a “commodity pool operator” with the National Futures Association (“NFA”) pursuant to Commodity Futures Trade Commission (“CFTC”) regulations and is acting as a commodity pool operator with respect to the operation of certain of the mutual funds. The CFTC is a federal independent agency that is responsible for, among other things, the regulation of commodity interests and enforcement of the Commodity Exchange Act. The NFA is a self-regulatory organization to which the CFTC has delegated, among other things, the administration and enforcement of commodity regulatory registration requirements and the regulation of its members. JNAM and the mutual funds have incurred additional regulatory compliance and reporting expenses as a result, which could reduce investment returns or harm a mutual fund’s ability to implement its investment strategy.

Governmental regulatory authorities may institute administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, trading prohibitions, the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or member, its officers, registered representatives or employees or other similar sanctions.

Environmental, Social and Governance

We take a balanced, long-term approach to serving all our stakeholders, including our customers, advisors, shareholders, distribution partners, employees, the communities where we work, and our regulators.

Environmental

We are committed to reducing our climate impact and doing our part to help create a more environmentally sustainable future for us all. To that end, we are taking thoughtful steps to reduce our footprint, consume energy more efficiently, and use natural resources in innovative and impactful ways that result in reduced greenhouse gas ("GHG") emissions. We are excited to be building an on-site solar farm at our home office in Lansing, Michigan, to generate renewable energy and reduce our need for traditional power generation.

Social

We demonstrate our commitment to corporate social responsibility locally through our corporate giving programs and nationally via Jackson Charitable Foundation with three main goals: (i) generating impact, (ii) engaging employees in a culture of philanthropy, and (iii) growing awareness for our commitment to being a good corporate neighbor. We believe our community partnerships create shared value for Jackson, our employees and the communities in which we operate. We have a passionate and committed workforce that engages with the community and is generous with their time and resources. Jackson encourages community engagement by providing employees with paid time off for volunteering, nonprofit board training and placement, and donation matching. We remain committed to empowering people and communities and continue to invest in building relationships that serve the greater good.

Governance

We are committed to governance policies and practices that serve the interest of the Company and its stakeholders. Our Company has an ownership culture that focuses on providing exceptional value to advisors, policyholders, and shareholder. Jackson also has a risk management framework embedded across the Company, supporting the effectiveness of risk management and the control environment. We believe our long-term focus produces sustainable, competitive returns for our shareholder. The internal portfolio management team at our affiliate, PPM America, Inc. ("PPM"), considers the sustainability factors of the underlying enterprises in which they invest for our general account, including environmental, political, and social factors, as well as governance models. In furtherance of our commitment to sustainability, PPM has been a signatory to the United Nations–supported Principles for Responsible Investment since 2018. Our internal asset management team at JNAM oversees external managers on our variable annuity platform, performing a robust due diligence process that includes analysis of ESG philosophy and processes.

Human Capital Resources

Our strength lies in the people we employ and communities we serve. Our workplace culture is designed to offer significant career opportunities, competitive merit-based compensation, inclusive practices, world-class facilities, and the ability to work for a purpose-driven organization. Our Company's four corporate values — Empower, Respect, Execute and Create — guide our employee practices and decisions.

We had approximately 3,300 employees as of December 31, 2021, comprised of approximately 2,600 full-time employees and approximately 700 part time employees, inclusive of our Strategic Support Program associates (a flexible, cost-efficient, part-time workforce providing us with just-in-time scale). Each of our associates play an important role in delivering on our brand promise of clarity for a more confident future. That’s why we make it our priority to offer opportunities for personal growth, talent development, and rewarding career paths for all Jackson team members. We believe our collaborative culture is one of our greatest strengths and is a significant factor in our ability to continue to be an industry leader.

Talent Development, Diversity and Inclusion

We have an established history of developing talent from within. Our senior management team has an average tenure at Jackson of over 20 years. We also recruit talent from outside the organization, as we seek to cultivate an inclusive workplace where different ideas and opinions are heard and respected and where people of different backgrounds can come together to accomplish great things as a team. Through learning and development programs, succession and talent management processes, and competitive rewards and recognition, our diverse and high-performing associates are empowered to innovate and challenge one another to be their best selves. In 2021, 98% or over 3,200 of our employees have completed diversity and inclusion training.

In 2021, Jackson launched a mentoring program to support the long-term career growth of all associates, with particular focus on development opportunities for diverse associates and emerging leaders. Four programs were offered during 2021, including two pilot programs and two sessions of the Career Management program that led in 2021 to the following results:

•More than 600 mentor pairings across all four programs;

•More than 3,300 hours of mentoring reported by participants; and

•4.2 out of 5 rating in overall program satisfaction

Our strategic approach to Diversity and Inclusion focuses on ways to attract and retain highly talented people and cultivates an environment where our associates are encouraged to bring our best selves to work every day. Our Diversity and Inclusion Advisory Council (the "Advisory Council") was established in 2018 to identify opportunities for advancing our diverse and inclusive work environment. The Advisory Council developed a framework and strategy for long-term sustainability including awareness training, a targeted recruitment strategy, and a charter for establishing employee-led Business Resource Associate Groups ("BRAGs"). The Advisory Council continues to evaluate all aspects of the organization and suggest strategies that will make us more diverse and inclusive.

We recognize the diversity of our employees and the broad spectrum of backgrounds and cultures in our workplace through our voluntary, employee-led resource groups. Supported by executive leadership and aligned with our mission and core values, our nine BRAGs provide opportunities to empower all associates to share their unique and diverse talents with each other.

We have acted in several ways to improve inclusion in our recruiting process, including how we approach job postings, develop position requirements, conduct interviews, and evaluate candidates. We also value our strong partnerships with the many organizations that help us diversify and strengthen our talent pool. Through these partnerships, we are building our recruiting pipeline and are developing stronger leaders who support innovative thought and promote an inclusive and an equitable culture. These organizations include:

•Lee Hecht Harrison: accelerating development of more than 40 women leaders at Jackson through participation in the Elevating Women in Leadership program

•Odyssey Media: ongoing learning and development opportunities for 20 multicultural women at Jackson in the past three years

•The Association for Wholesaling Diversity, The Coalition for Equity in Wholesaling, and The Financial Pipeline Initiative: creating opportunities to build, attract and recruit African American talent to Jackson

•Urban League of Middle Tennessee and 9 Paths: leadership and cultural development for executives and high-potential black associates in a 12-month program called Equity in Action.

As of December 31, 2021, within Jackson’s workforce, approximately 48.8% of our associates were women and approximately 16.9% of our associates were racially and ethnically diverse.

Benefits and Rewards

We recognize the contributions our associates make to our future and their futures by offering competitive salaries, wages, and benefits. Our comprehensive benefits package includes medical, dental, vision, and paid time off along with more innovative benefits including associate and dependent tuition reimbursement programs, paid parental leave, adoption assistance, paid time off to volunteer, and associate charitable gift matching. Our associates are compensated based on their job performance. This performance-driven structure aligns performance incentives with our business productivity strategy, serving to both encourage our employees and satisfy our other key stakeholders. To ensure fair pay, we work actively with a third-party consultant to conduct pay equity studies related to race, ethnicity, and gender. We also have rigorous governance processes in place to ensure

that we promote equitable pay practices, reinforce strong risk management, and maintain independent oversight of our executive compensation.

Employee Health and Well-Being

We believe it is important to support our employees and are committed to providing a safe and healthy workplace. Our "Living Life Well" program helps ensure that Jackson associates are provided supportive health, safety and financial wellness resources both at work and at home. These efforts cultivate a supportive and well-balanced corporate culture and help define the future of our success.

The health and safety of our associates is a top priority. To help support overall well-being and slow the spread of the COVID-19 virus, many associates are now working remotely on a hybrid schedule, and the Company has provided additional tools and technology to support these arrangements. Our ergonomics program supports employee wellness by promoting evidence-based ergonomic principles for associates working remotely or at our offices. At the office, associates also have access to a complete training system and highly qualified team of experts to help associates achieve their personal fitness, nutritional and lifestyle goals. We currently operate 21 Occupational, Health and Safety Administration ("OSHA") related programs, in addition to our standard air and water quality programs, in a comprehensive corporate health and safety effort to meet OSHA and American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") Z10-02019 standards.

We offer a variety of programs to support the mental health of associates, including confidential support for more serious issues involving emotional stress and well-being. Our Employee Assistance Program, "Life Balance," offers a variety of online tools, as well as master's-level professionals available for confidential support around the clock. The financial health of our associates is an equally important part of their well-being. We offer a variety of programs and educational tools to support their long-term financial wellness. These efforts help our associates build a more confident future for themselves, as well as for the long-term success of our Company and for our shareholder.

Properties

We are headquartered in Lansing, Michigan and maintain offices in Franklin, Tennessee and Chicago, Illinois. We currently own and occupy the buildings comprising our corporate headquarters campus and related properties in Lansing, Michigan as well as our regional headquarters in Franklin, Tennessee. We also have leases for the following offices:

•District of Columbia under a lease that expires in 2029;

•Chicago, Illinois under a lease that in expires in 2029;

•Schaumburg, Illinois under a lease that expires in 2025; and

•East Lansing, Michigan under a lease that expires in 2024.

Our offices in Franklin, Tennessee support our subsidiary Jackson National Life Distributors, LLC (“JNLD”), the distributor of the Contracts and other variable insurance products issued by us and our affiliates. Our offices in Chicago, Illinois support JNAM, which provides certain administrative services with respect to the RILA Separate Account, including separate account administration services and financial and accounting services.

We believe our properties are adequate and suitable for our business as currently conducted and are adequately maintained. All of our offices include operations across all of our reporting segments.

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of January 1, 2022. The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of January 1, 2022.

Name

Age

Position

Laura Prieskorn

Director, Chief Executive Officer, and President

Carrie Chelko

Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

Michael Costello

Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Don Cummings

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Devkumar Ganguly

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Bradley Harris

Director, Executive Vice President, and Chief Risk Officer

Chad Myers*

Vice Chairman, Jackson Holdings LLC

Stacey Schabel

Senior Vice President and Chief Audit Executive

Marcia Wadsten

Director, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer

*Chad Myers has informed the company of his intention to retire in the fourth quarter of 2022.

Directors

Brad Harris has been Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since July 2020. Mr. Harris has been a member of the Jackson Board of Directors and Chief Risk Officer since December 2015. Prior to this role, Mr. Harris served as Chief Actuary of Prudential Corporation Asia, responsible for the actuarial functions throughout Prudential’s life insurance operations across 13 markets in Asia. He joined Prudential Corporation Asia in 2007 and served as its Chief Product Officer overseeing product strategy, development and innovation across Asia. Mr. Harris is responsible for leading our risk management strategy and oversight. He earned a bachelor of mathematics from the University of Kentucky. He is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

Laura Prieskorn has been a director and our Chief Executive Officer and President since February 2021. Prior to this role, Ms. Prieskorn served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2020 and Chief Operating Officer since April 2019. Ms. Prieskorn joined Jackson in 1988 and has served in a number of leadership roles, including as Senior Vice President and Chief Administration Officer. She earned a bachelor’s degree from Central Michigan University in business administration.

Ms. Prieskorn brings to the board her extensive experience and leadership skills, developed from more than three decades of experience at the Company, including development of the Company’s industry-leading operating platform.

Marcia Wadsten has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2021. Ms. Wadsten has over 30 years of experience at Jackson, and previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary from 2016 to 2021. During her career at Jackson, Ms. Wadsten has played a key role in financial modeling, product design, pricing and risk management. Ms. Wadsten holds a bachelor of science in mathematics from Valparaiso University and a master’s degree in applied mathematics from Purdue University. She is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

Non-Director Executive Officers

Carrie Chelko has been Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2021. Ms. Chelko, an industry veteran with more than 20 years of securities experience, joins Jackson from Fidelity Investments where she served as Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer and led regulatory compliance for businesses within Fidelity Personal Investing. Prior to Fidelity, Ms. Chelko served as Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel for Lincoln Financial Network, Lincoln’s retail wealth management business, and Lincoln Financial Distributors, the wholesale distributor of Lincoln’s manufactured annuities, insurance and retirement plan products. Ms. Chelko holds a bachelor’s degree from Grove City College, her juris doctorate from Temple University, and is a graduate of The Wharton School.

Michael Costello has been Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Jackson since March 2013. Mr. Costello joined Jackson in 2004 from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. As Treasurer, he is responsible for monitoring and maintaining our liquidity, banking

relationships and overseeing our debt related capital markets activities. Mr. Costello received a bachelor’s degree and master’s degree in business administration from the University of Michigan.

Don Cummings has been Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since September 2021. Mr. Cummings joined Jackson as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller in December 2020. Prior to this role Mr. Cummings served as Interim Chief Financial Officer at Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd, a subsidiary of AIG, since 2019 and previously held various finance roles at AIG including Global Corporate Controller. Mr. Cummings is responsible for providing leadership, strategic direction and functional expertise to all aspects of the financial reporting, accounting and operational control processes. He holds a bachelor of business administration degree from Morehead State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Devkumar Ganguly has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2021. Mr. Ganguly has over 20 years of experience at Jackson and has held a variety of roles in the IT group, including serving as Chief Information Officer from 2018 to 2021. Mr. Ganguly oversees the Company’s Operations, Enterprise Technology, Digital, Data and Information Security functions. He is also an executive sponsor of the Company’s Diversity and Inclusion program. Mr. Ganguly joined Jackson in April 2000 from global software firm Infosys. Mr. Ganguly holds a bachelors of engineering in electronics and power from the National Institute of Technology in India.

Chad Myers has been Vice Chairman, Jackson Holdings LLC since February 2020. In this role, he oversees our subsidiaries that provide asset management services. Previously, Mr. Myers served as Chief Financial Officer of Jackson from February 2011 until February 2020. He joined Jackson in 1995 and served in a number of leadership roles, including Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President of ALM. He earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Claremont-McKenna College and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Stacey Schabel is the Senior Vice President and Chief Audit Executive at Jackson. She has led the internal audit function at Jackson since January 2013. Ms. Schabel has years of audit and risk management experience, is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Michigan Association of Certified Public Accountants and Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA). She also serves on the IIA’s Global Financial Services Guidance Committee. Ms. Schabel earned a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Central Michigan University with majors in accounting and information systems. She is a certified internal auditor, a certified public accountant and holds her FINRA Series 6 registration.

Corporate Governance - Board Composition and Committees

Our Board has three directors. Directors are elected annually and serve for one year terms and until their successors are elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Vacancies in the board of directors occurring by reason of death, resignation, removal, increase in the number of directors, or otherwise shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the board of directors, unless filled by proper action of the Company’s shareholder. The Board has a regular quarterly meeting cycle and holds special meetings as necessary.

Our Board maintains the following committees:

•Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes, the audits of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.

•Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for reviewing and approving all forms of compensation to be provided to, and employment agreements with, the executive officers and directors of our company.

•Retirement Plan Committee

Our Retirement Plan Committee oversees Jackson’s 401k plan and other qualified and non-qualified employee retirement plans.

•Risk Committee

Our Risk Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for overseeing the governance of significant risk throughout the Company and the establishment and ongoing monitoring of the Company’s risk profile and risk appetite.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This compensation discussion and analysis provides information about the material elements of compensation provided to our “named executive officers,” also referred to as “NEOs,” for 2021. Prior to the demerger on September 13, 2021, compensation for our NEOs and other employees was determined by the various compensation committees of, and overseen by, Prudential. Following the demerger of our parent company, Jackson Financial Inc. ("JFI"), from Prudential, compensation decisions were made by the JFI Board and the Board Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”).

While the Compensation Committee performed a comprehensive review of our NEOs’ total compensation upon appointment in September 2021, most elements of 2021 pay for our currently employed NEOs were previously approved and implemented by Prudential. Upon its review, the Compensation Committee prioritized the need to transition our NEOs’ compensation packages to a typical U.S. public company approach, which reflects a substantial shift from cash to equity-based compensation. These changes have been implemented for the 2022 compensation year, and further details on these changes are provided in later sections of this compensation discussion and analysis.

We also note that the significant leadership changes in early 2021 have resulted in this year’s expanded NEO reporting population. Importantly, compensation paid to former executives, including separation payments, were finalized and approved by Prudential in early 2021 prior to the demerger and prior to the establishment and appointment of the Compensation Committee.

Our NEOs for 2021 are as follows:

NAME

TITLE

Currently Employed NEOs

Laura L. Prieskorn 1

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Marcia L. Wadsten 1

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

P. Chadwick Myers

Vice Chair of Jackson Holdings LLC

Scott E. Romine 2

President, Jackson National Life Distributors LLC

Devkumar D. Ganguly 3

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

Former NEOs

Michael I. Falcon 4

Former Chief Executive Officer

Andrew J. Bowden 4

Former Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Axel P. André 4

Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Kenneth H. Stewart 4

Executive Vice President, Corporate Development

1. Promoted to this position on February 10, 2021.

2. Promoted to this position on December 13, 2021.

3. Promoted to this position on February 11, 2021.

4. Messrs. Falcon, Bowden, André and Stewart ceased employment with Jackson on February 10, 2021. These former executives are included as NEOs pursuant to SEC rules.

Compensation Decisions of Prudential

Most of the decisions regarding 2021 compensation for our currently employed NEOs were made in the first half of 2021 by Prudential and were designed to align the business incentives of JFI with the interests of Prudential.

The compensation committees of Prudential (referred to collectively as the “Prudential Compensation Committee”) set 2021 base salaries and the short-term incentive awards for our currently employed NEOs. These compensation levels for Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers, Mr. Romine (before his December 13, 2021 promotion referenced above) and Mr. Ganguly were developed based on survey data provided by Mercer. This data included broad financial services industry data from the Willis Towers Watson U.S. Financial Services Survey, Mercer Executive Benchmark Database, and the Life Office Management Association (“LOMA”) U.S. Executive Insurance Survey. The Prudential Compensation Committee generally provided for base salaries that were below the median level of the industry survey data and annual short-term incentive awards, tied to achieving performance criteria, that were above median levels. The Prudential Compensation Committee also determined Ms. Prieskorn’s compensation arrangements in connection with her promotion to Chief Executive Officer in February 2021. Deloitte LLP advised the Prudential Compensation Committee, which also referred to the Willis Towers Watson and the LOMA surveys when determining Ms. Prieskorn’s total direct compensation (“TDC”) for 2021.

In addition, 2021 remuneration, including separation payments, for Mr. Falcon, Mr. André, Mr. Bowden and Mr. Stewart were set and approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee. Please see Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control— Separation Agreements for a discussion of the separation agreements entered into with Mr. Falcon and Mr. Bowden on April 5, 2021, with Mr. André on March 31, 2021 and with Mr. Stewart on April 1, 2021.

Executive Summary

An Unparalleled Year of Transformation and Exceptional Performance

2021 was a historic year for JFI as it completed its separation from Prudential in September 2021. It was a year of transformation for Jackson in many respects, as our management team, directors and associates focused on navigating the transition and establishing JFI, our parent company, as an independent public company.

The year began with an unprecedented degree of management change, as Prudential installed a new leadership team at Jackson to execute on the demerger and deliver optimal outcomes to all stakeholders. Prudential appointed longstanding and well-respected leaders, Ms. Prieskorn and Ms. Wadsten, to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, respectively. In addition, given his depth and knowledge of the business, the continued service and strategic leadership of Mr. Myers was critical to the successful transition of Ms. Prieskorn and Ms. Wadsten into their roles and ultimately to the execution of our strategy and the demerger.

In normal years, Jackson’s 2021 achievements would be deemed exceptional, but 2021 was not a normal year. Rather, in light of the confluence of events and during an unprecedented time of change, uncertainty and complexity, management performed exceptionally and achieved solid financial results. In addition, we successfully executed key aspects of establishing JFI as a public company, including listing our parent company's class A common stock on the NYSE and appointing a seasoned and diverse Board of Directors to the JFI Board. We also continued to successfully navigate the challenges of a global pandemic by prioritizing safety for our employees while executing our business strategies, delivering on our commitments to customers, associates and partners and creating value for shareholders.

Here are some examples of our management team’s exceptional performance and execution of the 2021 financial and strategic plans:

Financial and Capital Strength. In addition to our operational accomplishments in navigating the transition to an independent public company, our management team delivered solid financial results in 2021. Some fiscal performance highlights of JFI, our parent company, include:

•Both net income and adjusted operating earnings1 reached a three-year high, increasing to $3.2 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. Essential to our earnings growth was the performance of our Retail Annuities segment. At the conclusion of 2021, annuity account values reached $259 billion, up nearly 13% from 2020.

•JFI's holding company cash position at the end of the fourth quarter of 2021 was over $600 million, exceeding our minimum target of $250 million.

•The strength of our business, combined with effective risk management, resulted in healthy statutory capital generation. We ended 2021 with total adjusted capital of $6.6 billion and a risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratio of 580%, well ahead of our targeted capital levels of a 500-525% adjusted RBC.

•JFI's total financial leverage ratio at the end of the fourth quarter of 2021 was 22.9%, well in line with its target range of 20-25%. JFI closed a $1.6 billion senior debt offering in 2021 with the intention to complete the stand-alone capital structure in the first half of 2022, subject to market conditions.

•In line with its commitments, JFI returned $261 million to shareholders in the fourth quarter of 2021, with $211 million of repurchases and a $50 million dividend. JFI ended 2021 on pace to reach its 12 month $325-$425 million capital return target ahead of schedule. In 2022, JFI shifted its capital return target to a calendar year and increased our target to $425-$525 million.

1.Please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of “Adjusted Pre-tax Operating Earnings” and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to our results as reported under GAAP.

Products, Sales, and Service. Jackson maintained a leading market position in 2021, exceeding $19 billion in annuity sales through a network of over 580 distribution partners. Jackson continued to diversify and strengthen our leading portfolio by entering the fast-growing registered index-linked annuity (“RILA”) market with the successful launch of a suite of RILA products. Jackson was also recognized by Service Quality Measurement Group, Inc. for excellence in contact center service, including the “Highest Customer Service – Financial Industry” award for achieving the highest first call resolution score in the market.

ESG Initiatives. JFI is committed to the principles of corporate social responsibility and being stewards of the communities where we live, work, and serve. Our ESG efforts reflect our commitment to a more positive future for all. We are taking meaningful and impactful steps to protect our environment by reducing our carbon footprint, limiting greenhouse gas emissions, consuming energy more efficiently and using natural resources in innovative and impactful ways. Our passionate and committed workforce contributed over 11,500 volunteer hours to our local communities in 2021. From our nine BRAGs that foster diverse associate perspectives and talents, to local and national-level corporate giving programs such as the Jackson Charitable Foundation, we invest in building relationships that serve the greater good. To ensure transparency of our ESG initiatives, we align our disclosure with the SASB standards, utilizing the financial sector standards that most closely aligned with our insurance business.

Continued Successful Navigation Through COVID-19 Pandemic. Throughout the pandemic, management has ensured that the company was able to successfully adjust to changing environments resulting from the COVID-19 virus and its variants. In 2021, Jackson gradually and carefully re-opened its offices for associates, implemented daily health screens, workplace guidelines for associate safety, training plans, reduced touch points and increased building preparedness, which included additional cleaning and sanitizing protocols. With the health and safety of our community and workforce as a primary focus, we established three priorities during this challenge:

•continue to serve our customers well;

•support associates by providing a safe environment and job continuity; and

•preserve a strong financial and liquidity position to execute business plans and remain positioned to succeed beyond this pandemic.

Compensation Philosophy

At its first meeting in September 2021, the Compensation Committee designed and approved our new executive compensation approach and reaffirmed the pay-for-performance philosophy. Our philosophy is intended to align the interests and incentives of our NEOs with those of our long-term shareholders by linking a substantial portion of each NEO’s compensation to achievement of performance metrics aligned with our strategy and includes the following general principles and objectives:

PAYING FOR PERFORMANCE

A significant percentage of executive compensation is in the form of at-risk incentive elements that are based on company and individual performance against preset goals that are aligned with our long-term goals and drive increases in shareholder value

PROVIDING COMPETITIVE TARGET TOTAL DIRECT COMPENSATION ("TDC") OPPORTUNITIES

We aim to offer competitive compensation that enables us to attract, motivate and retain high-performing executives

ALIGNING EXECUTIVES' INTERESTS WITH SHAREHOLDER INTERESTS

A significant portion of our NEO's Target TDC is delivered in the form of stock-based incentives

ENCOURAGING LONG-TERM DECISION-MAKING

Our long-term incentive compensation program includes awards with multi-year overlapping performance or restriction periods

REINFORCING STRONG RISK MANAGEMENT

Our compensation program is designed to incentivize actions that create sustainable shareholder value thereby minimizing excessive or inappropriate risk-taking

MAINTAINING STRONG GOVERNANCE

The Compensation Committee provides direct oversight to ensure rigorous plan design, goal-setting, risk mitigation, and appropriate benchmarking

Our Compensation and Governance Practices

Our compensation program is generally comprised of three core elements:

•base salary;

•annual incentive bonus; and

•long-term incentive (“LTI”) awards

Collectively, these elements of compensation comprise our TDC and are designed to further the goals set forth in our compensation principles and align with the governance practices.

WHAT WE DO

WHAT WE DON'T DO

☑ Pay-for-performance compensation philosophy

☒ No hedging or pledging of JFI stock by executive officers or directors

☑ Significant majority of executive compensation in the form of at-risk, performance-based pay

☒ No "single-trigger" or excessive change-of-control severance benefits

☑ Annual incentive linked to ESG performance

☒ No golden parachute excise tax gross-ups in connection with a change of control

☑ Multi-year vesting and performance periods for equity grants

☒ No repricing of options permitted in the Jackson Financial Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan ("JFI OIP")

☑ Multiple performance metrics deter excessive focus on a singular performance goal

☒ No evergreen provision in the JFI OIP

☑ "Clawback" in the event of an accounting restatement, breach of law or misconduct during the performance period

☒ No payout of dividend equivalents accrued on equity awards unless and until award vests

☑ Robust stock ownership guidelines

☑ Annual assessment of compensation risks

☑ Limited perquisites

☑ Independent compensation consultant

Pay Mix of Our NEOs

The illustrations below compare the 2021 and 2022 pay mix for our CEO and other currently employed NEOs. The pay mix from 2021 reflects decisions made by the Prudential Compensation Committee. Following the demerger, the Compensation Committee approved changes in the pay mix for the 2022 compensation year to align with our peer group and industry pay practices. This new pay mix strengthens our emphasis on long-term equity incentive compensation rather than the annual incentive bonus, maintains an appropriate level of at-risk compensation, and further aligns the interests of our NEOs with long-term shareholders.

CEO Pay Mix

2021

2022

Market

Fixed - 9%

Base Salary

Fixed - 11%

Base Salary

11%

Fixed - 11%

Base Salary

11%

At-Risk - 91%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

56%

At-Risk - 89%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

22%

At-Risk - 89%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

21%

Target Long-Term Incentive

35%

Target Long-Term Incentive

67%

Target Long-Term Incentive

68%

All Other NEO Pay Mix

2021

2022

Market

Fixed - 13%

Base Salary

13%

Fixed - 18%

Base Salary

18%

Fixed - 22%

Base Salary

22%

At-Risk - 87%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

42%

At-Risk - 82%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

28%

At-Risk - 78%

Target Annual Cash Bonus

27%

Target Long-Term Incentive

45%

Target Long-Term Incentive

54%

Target Long-Term Incentive

51%

Role of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is tasked with discharging the JFI Board’s responsibilities relating to executive compensation. The Compensation Committee is currently responsible for:

•Establishing and periodically reviewing the company’s general compensation philosophy, strategy and principles, and in consultation with senior management and taking into account shareholder feedback (including the results of our Say-on-Pay vote), overseeing the development and implementation of compensation programs in accordance with those principles.

•Annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the CEO’s total compensation, evaluating the CEO’s performance, and recommending for approval by the independent directors of the JFI Board the CEO’s total compensation level based on such evaluation.

•Annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the company’s other NEOs; with input from the CEO, evaluating the performance of these executive officers; reporting the results to the JFI Board; and reviewing and approving incentive compensation levels for NEOs other than the CEO.

•Reviewing and approving all compensation arrangements with executive officers other than the CEO, including employment, consulting, retirement, severance, and change-in control agreements.

•Reviewing and making recommendations to the JFI Board with respect to JFI’s equity-based compensation programs.

•Reviewing and overseeing compliance with JFI's executive officer stock ownership guidelines, hedging, pledging, and clawback policies.

•Overseeing management’s efforts to ensure the company’s compensation programs do not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk-taking.

The Role of Our CEO

Ms. Prieskorn, as part of her responsibilities as our CEO, evaluates each executive officer’s performance and makes recommendations regarding the executive officer’s compensation to the Compensation Committee.

The Role of the Committee’s Advisors

In preparation for the demerger, Mercer worked closely with the independent JFI Board Chair to review the then- existing compensation program and recommend changes that could be implemented by JFI as a newly public company. After the demerger, the Compensation Committee continued utilizing Mercer as its independent consultant. Mercer provides research, analysis, and independent advice, on topics such as the compensation of our NEOs, executive compensation trends, and peer companies that may be utilized for comparative purposes.

Mercer reports directly to the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee may replace the firm or hire additional consultants or advisors at any time. The Compensation Committee and the JFI Board are ultimately responsible for making decisions regarding the compensation arrangements and levels of our executive officers after considering input from their consultants. The Compensation Committee has assessed the independence of Mercer based on New York Stock Exchange listing standards and applicable SEC regulations and concluded that Mercer’s engagement does not raise any conflicts of interest.

2021 Compensation Decisions

Before the demerger, Mercer provided a review and analysis of the company’s then-existing executive compensation program, as well as observations and recommendations of potential changes designed in order to ensure our compensation programs were aligned with common peer practices within our industry. The Compensation Committee reviewed these recommendations and concluded that the elements of the executive compensation program (i.e., base salary, annual incentive bonus, LTI) were appropriate for a new public company, that the mix of these elements needed adjustment, but given the timing of the demerger at the end of the third quarter of 2021, the pay mix changes would be made for the 2022 compensation year. For 2021, the Compensation Committee (i) updated the 2021 annual incentive program in which Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers, Mr. Romine and Mr. Ganguly participate so that the terms established by Prudential before the demerger applied for the first nine months of 2021 and the new JFI metrics applied for the remaining three months of 2021, (ii) adopted a new equity-based long-term incentive program, (iii) granted new equity-based long-term incentive awards (including 2021 annual awards as well as the founders and celebration awards made in connection with our demerger from Prudential), (iv) converted outstanding Prudential long-term incentive awards, and (v) established new stock ownership guidelines for our executives. The Compensation Committee also approved the compensation package, which was developed based on survey data of similar roles at external companies and awarded to Mr. Romine upon his promotion in December 2021.

Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

Overview

For 2021, the compensation program for our NEOs consisted of salary, short-term cash-based annual incentive bonus, long-term incentives, certain benefits, and limited perquisites and was designed by Prudential. The compensation packages in place for our NEOs at demerger included a strong weighting toward at-risk pay versus fixed pay but reflected higher cash compensation than equity compensation.

Importantly, our NEOs’ compensation and pay mix for 2022 will differ substantially from the 2021 figures described in this compensation discussion and analysis and related tables. Specifically, the Compensation Committee has reset each element of our NEOs’ compensation for 2022 to ensure appropriate alignment with shareholder interests and with peer and U.S. public company norms. The changes made for 2022 reflect our strong cultural orientation toward performance-based compensation and include higher equity-based compensation than cash compensation.

Set forth below is a discussion of each element of compensation, the reason that we provide each element, and how that element fits into our overall compensation philosophy. Where changes have been made to better align with our parent company's new U.S. public company status, additional detail is provided below and in the Pay Mix of our NEOs section of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Base Salary

Jackson provides base salaries that are reflective of the responsibilities of each role while being competitive in the markets in which we compete for talent. Consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, base salary comprises not just the smallest percentage of our executives’ total compensation but also the only fixed pay element. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and, if appropriate, adjusts each NEO’s base salary. For the base salary of our Chief Executive Officer, the

Compensation Committee recommends any such adjustment for approval by our parent company's independent directors. Executive officers receive base salary increases less frequently than other associates and the Compensation Committee considers several factors when determining if a base salary adjustment is warranted. These factors include company performance against business objectives, changes in individual levels of responsibility, individual performance and experience, market data regarding similar positions in the financial sector, salaries of other similar internal roles, knowledge of our unique business and relationships, and general economic conditions. While the Compensation Committee considers these factors to guide their decisions, it does not rely on them exclusively. The Compensation Committee exercises business judgment based on a thorough assessment of compensation levels and alignment with our compensation philosophy and pay strategy.

The table below sets forth the annualized base salaries of our currently employed NEOs as of December 31, 2021. For NEOs other than Mr. Romine, these base salaries were approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee. Due to his promotion in December, Mr. Romine’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee.


NAME						ANNUALIZED 2021 SALARY (AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2021)

Laura L. Prieskorn						$800,000
Marcia L. Wadsten						$600,000
P. Chadwick Myers						$680,000
Scott E. Romine						$500,000
Devkumar Ganguly						$400,000

Short-Term Incentives for 2021

An important element of NEO compensation is the annual bonus program. The annual incentive focuses executives on the achievement of organizational and individual results within a performance year by providing variable compensation that is largely determined by performance measures on a company-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions or affiliates, and on individual performance. The preset performance objectives are intended both to achieve our strategic goals while representing challenging standards of performance, and also to be within reach if such efforts are made.

Performance metrics for the 2021 annual bonus program were approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee and applied to performance for the first nine months of the year. After the demerger, the Compensation Committee approved performance metrics for the remaining three months of 2021. Overall funding for the annual bonus pool in which each such NEO participated was based (i) 75% on the achievement of the pre-demerger performance metrics and (ii) 25% on the achievement of the post-demerger performance metrics. The performance metrics are generally structured to be based on the performance of the consolidated JFI business.

2021 SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Goal

Weighting

Threshold 1

Target 1

Maximum 1

Q1 - Q3 2021
PRE-DEMERGER (75%)

RBC Position 2

55%

460%

490% - 510%

540%

Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings 3

35%

$906m

$1,133m

$1,360m

Other Key Objectives

10%

See description below

Q4 2021
POST-DEMERGER (25%)

Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings 3

35%

$302m

$378m

$454m

Excess Capital Generation 4

35%

$-121m

$4m

$129m

Key Strategic Objectives

30%

See description below

1.If actual performance is below the threshold level for a performance measure, then there will be 0% payout for such measure. If actual performance for a performance measure is between the threshold and target levels, or the target and maximum levels, then straight-line interpolation will be used to determine the payout percentage.

2.RBC measured as of 9/30/2021 and adjusted to include cash and cash investments at JFI in excess of the target minimum cash and cash equivalents at JFI.

3.Please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of “Adjusted Pre-tax Operating Earnings” and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to our results as reported under GAAP.

4.Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of how "Excess Capital Generation" is calculated.

Pre-Demerger Performance Measures. The performance measures that applied to the first nine months of fiscal year 2021 included JFI's RBC position measured as of September 30, 2021, JFI's pre-tax adjusted operating earnings for the first nine months of fiscal year 2021, and the achievement of certain other financial, strategic, and risk objectives that were established by the Prudential Compensation Committee. The key objectives, together with the weighting of each category, are set forth in the following table.

FINANCIAL OBJECTIVES (5%)

Target financial performance, including:

•Achieve target 2021 expense savings;

•Maintain target ratings;

•Finalize capital management and debt activities planned for 2021; and

•Achieve standalone valuation of >$3bn within target timeframe.

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES (5%)

Actively engage and collaborate with Prudential to deliver strategic objectives, including:

•Maintain a strong balance sheet by remaining disciplined on product profitability and capital consumption, including target return of capital (between $325m and $425m) to JFI's shareholders within 12 months of demerger;

•Broaden portfolio of retail annuities, including launching a Registered Index-Linked Annuity ("RILA") product and a fee-based variable annuity product targeted at Independent Registered Investment Advisors ("iRIAs");

•Leverage and expand Jackson's distribution network through new partnerships, accelerating sales of fee-based annuities by iRIAs and investment advisors, and providing access to the company's or third-parties' insurance support desks; and

•Expand the market for retirement products by partnering with wealth management solution providers.

RISK OBJECTIVES

Core expectations; not factored into weights. Demonstrate appropriate risk-focused behaviors, including:

•Ensure that Jackson meets the requirements of the risk mandate and complies with the risk framework;

•Ensure that risk considerations are embedded as part of business decision-making;

•Manage financial and non-financial risks, including demerger execution risks;

•Respond promptly to regulatory queries;

•Establish a stand-alone risk governance, framework and function;

•Support transition of business services shared by Prudential and Jackson; and

•Deliver the agreed actions from the 2020 Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Consent Decree.

Post-Demerger Performance Measures. The post-demerger performance measures, which were measured over the final three months of fiscal year 2021 (except for the key strategic objectives, which were measured over the full year), were selected by the Compensation Committee and included:

•Profitability, as measured by pre-tax adjusted operating earnings;

•Excess capital generation, focused on building capital to support deleveraging and returning capital to JFI's shareholders in the future; and

•Key strategic objectives, reflected by a number of actions including the successful completion of key activities relating to JFI becoming a public company and achievement of customer service objectives, product and distribution strategy and, as well as ESG initiatives.

The specific objectives that comprise the key strategic objectives included in the post-demerger performance measures, together with the weighting of each category, are set forth in the following table.

GOING PUBLIC (15%)

•Successful execution of all key aspects of JFI becoming a new public company (e.g., governance process, public filings, investor relations, etc.)

•Reduced Total Financial Leverage, focused on a debt/(debt+capital) ratio at or below 30% at the time of the demerger, with a long-term goal of 20% to 25%.

•Complete the debt placement and recapitalization of Jackson National Life Insurance Company.

PRODUCTS AND DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY (5%)

Broaden product offerings, including the successful launch of RILA and further expand distribution relationships, including partnerships with wealth management solution providers; successful execution of all key aspects of distribution strategy.

CUSTOMER SERVICE (5%)

Maintain a customer service focus measured by key criteria including complaint ratios relative to industry standards and breach/data/privacy protection monitored relative to key statistical measures.

ESG (5%)

Develop a strong ESG framework including operational efficiencies, green power strategies, waste and renewables, employee safety, an inclusive work environment and overall governance structures.

The table below sets forth the threshold, target, and maximum payout levels for each of the performance measures, the actual achievement and payout percentage for each such measure, and the overall weighted average payout percentages.


	2021 SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE METRIC RESULTS
			Payout Scale			Actual	Payout
	Goal	Weighting	Threshold 1	Target 1	Maximum 1	Performance	Percentage
Q1-Q3 2021 PRE-DEMERGER (75%)	RBC Position 2	55%	50%	80%	150%	609%	150%
	Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings 3	35%	0%	100%	200%	$1,965	200%
	Other Key Objectives	10%	0%	100%	200%	100%	100%
	Weighted Payout Percentage						162.5%

Q4 2021 POST-DEMERGER (25%)	Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings 3	35%	50%	100%	200%	$816m	200%
	Excess Capital Generation 4	35%	50%	100%	200%	$76m	157.6%
	Key Strategic Objectives	30%	50%	100%	200%	150%	150%
	Weighted Payout Percentage						170.2%
	Overall Weighted Payout Percentage						164.4%

1.If actual performance is below the threshold level for a performance measure, then there is a 0% payout for such measure. If actual performance for a performance measure is between the threshold and target levels, or the target and maximum levels, then straight-line interpolation is used to determine the payout percentage.

2.RBC measured as of 9/30/2021 and adjusted to include cash and cash investments at JFI in excess of the target minimum cash and cash equivalents at JFI. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of "RBC Position" and the adjustments made.

3.Please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of "Pre-tax Adjusted Operating Earnings" and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure to our results as reported under GAAP.

4.Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for an explanation of how "Excess Capital Generation" is calculated.

Annual Bonus Amounts for Fiscal Year 2021

2021 BASE SALARY

ANNUAL BONUS TARGET

APPROVED PAYOUT PERCENT

ANNUAL BONUS AMOUNT

In order to receive an annual bonus, a NEO must remain employed by Jackson on the payment date, except in cases of termination on account of death, “disability” or “retirement” (each as defined in the JFI OIP), in which case the executive will be paid a pro-rated bonus based on the proportion of the performance year worked.

The table below sets forth the target bonuses and actual bonus amounts earned for 2021 for each of Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Romine, Mr. Myers and Mr. Ganguly. The cash bonuses earned by these executives are reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Compensation” column of our 2021 Summary Compensation Table.

While the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may vary individual bonus percentage payouts based on an individual executive’s performance, the Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate to award a cash bonus based on the full bonus pool funding level of 164.4% for Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Romine, Mr. Myers and Mr. Ganguly in consideration of their extraordinary performance in achieving the company’s strategic goals in 2021.


	2021 SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PROGRAM AWARDS
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER	Target Bonus	Approved Payout Percentage	Annual Bonus Amount
Laura L. Prieskorn	$5,000,000 (625% of Base Salary)	164.4%	$8,220,000
Marcia L. Wadsten	$1,800,000 (300% of Base Salary)	164.4%	$2,959,200
P. Chadwick Myers	$4,080,000 (600% of Base Salary)	164.4%	$6,707,500
Scott E. Romine	$873,151 (pro-rated based on job change)	164.4%	$1,435,500
Devkumar Ganguly	$900,000 (225% of Base Salary)	164.4%	$1,479,600

Long-Term Incentives for 2021

The long-term incentive (“LTI”) program is designed as a key tool for attraction and retention of senior-level talent and rewards participants based on longer-term business outcomes to align our NEOs’ interests with the interests of our parent company's shareholders. The LTI program is designed to incentivize the delivery of longer-term business plans, sustainable long-term returns for shareholders, and strategic priorities. In line with our pay-for-performance philosophy, long-term incentive compensation forms a meaningful part of the compensation of our NEOs.

No equity awards were granted to the NEOs by Prudential during the usual grant cycle in the first half of 2021, as Prudential intended that grants be made in JFI common stock instead of Prudential stock, which would be subject to a conversion. However, the demerger, which was originally scheduled for the first half of 2021, was delayed, resulting in a delay of equity award grants. As such, following the demerger and because of the delay in the equity award grant, the Compensation Committee prioritized granting long-term incentive awards generally consistent with the values set by the Prudential Compensation Committee, to our currently employed NEOs and converting previously granted Prudential equity awards to JFI common stock.

Each of our currently employed NEOs was granted an award of performance share units (“PSUs”) and restricted share units (“RSUs”) in October 2021 under the LTI program. Each executive’s aggregate target LTI award for 2021 was granted 60% in the form of PSUs and 40% in the form of RSUs. The number of units granted to each executive was determined by dividing the dollar value of the executive’s target award by JFI’s 10-day average closing price prior to the grant date, which was October 4, 2021. Due to the timing of the demerger, these 2021 awards were granted approximately six months later than the time at which annual LTI awards normally would have been granted. Accordingly, these 2021 awards provide for vesting to occur over a 30-month period rather than the normal 36 months. Any PSUs and RSUs that vest will be settled in shares of JFI's common stock.

PSUs. The PSUs granted in 2021 may be earned based on JFI's achievement of certain financial performance measures over a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2021 and ending on December 31, 2023. PSUs may vest between 0% and 200% of the target award based on the achievement of the performance measures. The performance measures used for the PSUs focus on critical measures as a U.S. public company and provide a balance between cash flow generation and return on equity. The performance measures are as follows:

•Generation of Net Cash Flow Available to JFI, which supports facilitation of deleveraging and shareholder capital return; and

•Adjusted Operating Return on Equity (“ROE”), which helps ensure the quality of profits.

The weight and the threshold, target, and maximum performance goals for each of the two performance measures are set forth in the following table.

2021 - 2023 GOALS 1

Performance Measure

Weight

Threshold
(50% Payout)

Target
(100% Payout)

Maximum
(200% Payout)

Generation of Net Cash Flow Available to JFI 2

60%

$1,559m

$2,059m

$2,559m

Adjusted Operating ROE 2

40%

15.0%

18.7%

22.4%

1.If performance is below the threshold level for a performance measure, then the payout percentage will be 0% for that measure. If performance is achieved between the threshold and target levels, or between the target and maximum levels, then the payout percentage will be determined by straight-line interpolation.

2.This is a non-GAAP measure. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Any PSUs that become earned based on the achievement of the performance measures will vest on April 4, 2024. The table below sets forth the target number of PSUs granted to our NEOs in 2021 under the LTI program, together with the grant date value of such PSUs based on the closing price of JFI's common stock on the grant date of $26.41.


NEO	PSUs (#)	GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn	72,018	1,901,995
Marcia L. Wadsten	45,011	1,188,741
P. Chadwick Myers	81,020	2,139,738
Scott E. Romine 1	28,152	918,197
Devkumar D. Ganguly	22,505	594,357

1.Mr. Romine was granted two PSU awards in 2021, an initial grant of 15,753 PSUs on October 4, 2021, and a second grant of 12,399 PSUs on December 27, 2021 in connection with his promotion to President of Jackson National Life Distributors LLC. The amounts in the table for Mr. Romine include both grants. The second grant of PSUs has the same performance measures and vesting terms as the PSUs described above, except that they vest on June 27, 2024. The grant date value of the second grant was determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date of $40.50.

RSUs. The RSUs granted in 2021 will vest as follows: (i) one-third of the RSUs will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date; (ii) one-third of the RSUs will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date; and (iii) one-third of the RSUs will vest on the thirty-month anniversary of the grant date. The table below sets forth the number of RSUs granted to our NEOs in 2021 under the LTI program, together with the grant date value of such RSUs based on closing price of JFI's common stock on the grant date of $26.41.


NEO	RSUs (#)	GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn	48,012	1,267,997
Marcia L. Wadsten	30,007	792,485
P. Chadwick Myers	54,013	1,426,483
Scott E. Romine 1	18,768	612,131
Devkumar D. Ganguly	15,003	396,229

1.Mr. Romine was granted two RSU awards in 2021, an initial grant of 10,502 RSUs on October 4, 2021, and a second grant of 8,266 RSUs on December 27, 2021 in connection with his promotion to President of Jackson National Life Distributors LLC. The amounts in the table for Mr. Romine include both grants. The second grant of RSUs has the same vesting terms as the RSUs described above, except that one-third of the RSUs will vest on each of December 27, 2022, December 27, 2023, and June 27, 2024. The grant date value of the second grant was determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date of $40.50.

If JFI declares and pays a cash dividend or distribution on its common shares, a dividend equivalent equal to such dividend or distribution will be credited on then outstanding PSU and RSU awards. A dividend equivalent will be deemed reinvested in additional PSUs or RSUs, as applicable, and will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the underlying PSU or RSU awards. A dividend equivalent will not be payable unless and until the related PSU or RSU award vests and is paid.

The terms of the PSUs and RSUs state that vesting of such awards is subject to the executive’s continued employment through the vesting date. However, if the executive departs Jackson due to a qualifying retirement, all PSUs and RSUs granted at least six months prior to the retirement will become vested on the applicable vesting date, subject to the executive signing a release of claims in favor of JFI and its subsidiaries. Each of our current NEOs, other than Mr. Ganguly, currently meets the age and service requirements to be eligible for a qualifying retirement under the terms of the JFI OIP.

The treatment of outstanding PSU and RSU awards upon a termination of the executive’s employment and/or a change in control of JFI is described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Founders/Celebration Awards. In October 2021, we granted one-time celebration awards to our regular employees, including our currently employed NEOs, and one-time founders awards to a focused group of employees, including Ms. Prieskorn and Ms. Wadsten.

The purpose of the celebration and founders awards was to reward performance in conjunction with the preparation and successful completion of the demerger, to enhance engagement and encourage retention during and after the demerger, to help employees establish a meaningful stake in the new public company, and to align the interests of recipients with shareholders. The celebration and founders awards were granted in the form of RSUs under the JFI OIP. The celebration and founders RSU awards have the same terms and conditions as the LTI program RSUs discussed above, except that the celebration RSUs vest after one year and the founders RSUs vest ratably over two years, and the celebration RSUs do not contain the termination without cause (or for good reason) special vesting provisions contained in the LTI program RSUs. The table below sets forth the number of celebration and/or founders RSUs granted to our NEOs in 2021, together with the grant date value of such RSUs based on closing price of JFI's common stock on the October 4, 2021, grant date of $26.41.


NEO	FOUNDERS RSUs (#)	GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE ($)	CELEBRATION RSUs (#)	GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn	75,018	1,981,225	5,626	148,583
Marcia L. Wadsten	46,886	1,238,259	5,626	148,583
P. Chadwick Myers	-	-	5,626	148,583
Scott E. Romine	-	-	1,875	49,519
Devkumar D. Ganguly	-	-	5,626	148,583

Share Ownership Guidelines

The Compensation Committee adopted share ownership guidelines for our parent company's common stock applicable to senior executives of JFI. The material terms of the share ownership guidelines are as follows:


TITLE			REQUIRED HOLDINGS
CEO			7 x annual base salary
Executive Committee members			4 x annual base salary
Senior Vice Presidents (and equivalent)			1 x annual base salary

Each covered executive is required to achieve the applicable share ownership level within five years after becoming subject to it. For purposes of determining ownership levels, shares held outright, vested shares held in deferred accounts, shares held in retirement accounts, and unvested stock-RSUs granted under the JFI OIP are counted. Unvested PSUs and unexercised stock options will not count toward determining ownership levels. If a covered executive fails to meet the guidelines within five years, a mandatory deferral of all or a portion of the annual bonus payment into RSUs will be applied.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

Jackson National Life Insurance Company Management Deferred Income Plan (“MDIP”). All NEOs are eligible to participate in the MDIP, an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, including the NEOs. Participation in the MDIP is voluntary and provides participants the opportunity to defer income until a later date. Participants may elect to defer a portion of their salary, annual incentive bonus, and/or special compensation during an open enrollment period prior to the year in which the compensation is earned. Amounts deferred are credited to a bookkeeping account and are always 100% vested. A participant may direct the deemed investment of his or her account among the notional investment options available. A participant can elect to receive payment of deferred amounts upon termination of employment or after a specified calendar year. Payment options include a single lump sum or annual installments not to exceed 25 years.

For more information on the deferred compensation plans, see the Fiscal Year 2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans table.

Tax Implications

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the deductibility, for federal income tax purposes, of compensation paid to certain executives of publicly held companies to $1 million per person per year. As a publicly held company, our parent company is subject to the Section 162(m) compensation deduction limits. However, the Compensation Committee has the ability to authorize compensation payments that are not deductible for federal income tax purposes when the Committee believes that such payments are appropriate to attract, retain and incentivize executive talent.

Limited Perquisites and Other Benefits

Jackson provides limited perquisites to employees, including the NEOs, to facilitate the performance of their management responsibilities.

We maintain corporate aircraft that are used primarily for business travel by our executive officers. In order to provide the CEO and certain direct reports of the CEO with a secure and private environment in which to work while they travel, and to promote the efficient and effective use of their time, these NEOs and their guests may occasionally use our corporate aircraft for non-business purposes, subject to approval on a case-by-case basis and the availability of planes and crews. Our NEOs incur taxable income, calculated in accordance with the Standard Industry Fare Level rates, for personal use of our corporate aircraft. We do not grant bonuses to cover, reimburse, or otherwise “gross-up” any income tax owed for personal travel on our corporate aircraft.

Under the terms of her offer letter, Prudential provided Ms. Prieskorn with an allowance equal to 13% of her base salary, in lieu of the pension contribution generally available to Prudential employees located in the UK, less any discretionary profit-sharing contribution received under Jackson National Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Retirement Plan (“DCRP”). This benefit was payable in biweekly cash installments and treated as taxable compensation.

Retirement Plans

All NEOs participate in JFI's DCRP, in which all U.S. based employees are generally eligible to participate. Under the DCRP, a 401(k) plan, employees are permitted to contribute their annual eligible compensation, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the plan. Jackson matches 100% of the first six percent of eligible compensation contributed and may make a discretionary profit-sharing contribution. We do not provide or maintain any defined benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement plans that cover our NEOs.

Clawback Policy

JFI maintains a Compensation Clawback Policy, which provides the Compensation Committee the ability to recover long- term and/or short-term incentive compensation from executives, including our NEOs, in the event of fraud, malfeasance and/or a financial restatement. JFI will seek to recover any incentive compensation where (i) the incentive compensation was predicated on achieving certain financial results that are subsequently the subject of a substantial restatement of JFI's filed financial statements and the Compensation Committee determines that the executive engaged in intentional misconduct that caused or substantially caused the need for a substantial or material restatement or a lower or no payment or award would have been made or granted to the executive based on the restated financial results; and/or (ii) the Compensation Committee concludes that the executive engaged in fraud, embezzlement, or a violation of his or her employment agreement including violation of JFI’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics or misconduct that either results or could reasonably be expected to result in material reputational or other harm to JFI.

Summary Compensation Table

The following Summary Compensation Table and accompanying footnotes present important information regarding compensation for each of our NEOs. Additional information regarding the elements of compensation approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee and the elements approved by the Compensation Committee, including the refined Jackson compensation program which shifted a higher percentage of incentive compensation from cash to equity-based compensation, are detailed in the compensation discussion and analysis above.


Name and principal position	Year	Salary ($)1	Bonus ($)2	Stock Awards ($)3	Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)4	Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings ($)5	All other compen-sation ($)6	Total compen-sation ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn Chief Executive Officer	2021	768,846	268	5,299,800	8,220,000	42,855	122,406	14,454,175
	2020	469,231	268	1,797,134	824,890	37,705	84,329	3,213,557
Marcia L. Wadsten Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	2021	576,635	3,844	3,368,068	2,959,200	89,783	34,800	7,032,330
	2020	368,846	210	1,557,353	1,132,463	79,228	69,167	3,207,267
P. Chadwick Myers Vice Chair of Jackson Holdings LLC	2021	680,000	266	3,714,804	6,707,500	142,548	68,975	11,314,093
	2020	680,000	4,502,054	6,045,814	-	114,702	352,677	11,695,247
Scott E. Romine President of Jackson National Life Distributors	2021	358,654	247	1,579,847	1,435,500	6,507	34,800	3,415,555

Devkumar D. Ganguly Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer	2021	392,308	268	1,139,169	1,479,600	6,453	38,150	3,055,948


Michael I. Falcon Former Chief Executive Officer	2021	215,385	-	-	-	-	23,533,174	23,748,559
	2020	804,000	122,977	7,245,971	-	-	525,302	8,698,250
Andrew J. Bowden Former Executive Vice President & General Counsel	2021	103,142	-	-	-	-	9,011,262	9,114,404
Axel P. André, Former Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	2021	116,309	-	-	-	-	2,969,092	3,085,401
	2020	519,231	4,132,313	3,610,803	-	-	397,616	8,659,973
Kenneth H. Stewart Executive Vice President, Corporate Development	2021	93,289	-	-	-	100,825	5,314,542	5,508,656

1.Amounts reported in the Salary column reflect the actual amount of base salary paid to each NEO in that year.

2.Amounts in this column for 2021 include holiday bonuses of $268, $266, $266, $247 and $268 paid, respectively, to Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers Mr. Romine and Mr. Ganguly. Also included is an anniversary bonus of $3,578 for Ms. Wadsten.

3.Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted in the applicable year calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). See Note 16 to our financial statements included in this prospectus for assumptions used to determine the values of these awards. The stock awards granted in 2021, and their grant-date fair values, are as follows:


NAME	NUMBER OF SHARES OR UNITS OF STOCK (#)	GRANT-DATE FAIR VALUE ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn
LTI RSUs	48,012	1,267,997
LTI PSUs	72,018	1,901,995
Founders RSUs (one time)	75,018	1,981,225
Celebration RSUs (one time)	5,626	148,583
Marcia L. Wadsten
LTI RSUs	30,007	792,485
LTI PSUs	45,011	1,188,741
Founders RSUs (one time)	46,886	1,238,259
Celebration RSUs (one time)	5,626	148,583
P. Chadwick Myers
LTI RSUs	54,013	1,426,483
LTI PSUs	81,020	2,139,738
Celebration RSUs (one time)	5,626	148,583
Scott E. Romine
LTI RSUs	18,768	612,131
LTI PSUs	28,152	918,197
Celebration RSUs (one time)	1,875	49,519
Devkumar D. Ganguly
LTI RSUs	15,003	396,229
LTI PSUs	22,505	594,357
Celebration RSUs (one time)	5,626	148,583

The maximum value for PSUs granted in 2021 under the LTI program, assuming the highest level of performance achieved and using the grant date share price of $26.41, is:


Laura L. Prieskorn	Marcia L. Wadsten	P. Chadwick Myers	Scott E. Romine	Devkumar D. Ganguly
$3,803,990	$2,377,482	$4,279,476	$1,836,394	$1,188,714

4.Amounts reported in this column reflect the amounts earned under the company’s annual cash incentive plan for the 2021 performance year. More information regarding the terms of the annual cash incentive awards is summarized under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Short-Term Incentives for 2021".

5.For amounts deferred under the Jackson National Life Management Deferred Income Plan, one of the deemed investment options provided a fixed return of 3.75% from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. The amounts shown in this column reflect the above-market earnings, meaning the portion of the interest earned during 2021 that exceeded the interest that would have been earned at an interest rate of 1.63%, from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, which was 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate during the period.

6.The following table reflects 2021 amounts included as “All Other Compensation” for each NEO.


	401(k) Company Contribution	Personal Use of Corporate JetA	Post-Employment PaymentsB	OtherC	Total Other Compensation
Laura L. Prieskorn	34,800	9,999	-	77,607	122,406
Marcia L. Wadsten	34,800	-	-	-	34,800
P. Chadwick Myers	34,800	34,175	-	-	68,975
Scott E. Romine	34,800	-	-	-	34,800
Devkumar D. Ganguly	34,800	3,350	-	-	38,150

Michael I. Falcon	5,538	-	23,498,600	29,036	23,533,174
Andrew J. Bowden	3,462	-	9,007,800	-	9,011,262
Axel P. André	4,154	-	2,964,938	-	2,969,092
Kenneth H. Stewart	3,115	-	5,311,427	-	5,314,542

A.We determined the aggregate incremental cost of the personal use of our corporate aircraft to include trip fuel expenses, maintenance labor and parts, landing fees, trip catering and crew expenses. Fuel, landing fees and catering are specific to the trip. Maintenance labor and parts are industry average and aircraft specific for each hour of operation. Crew expenses are based on a daily per diem. Because our aircraft is used primarily for business travel, this methodology excludes fixed costs that do not change based on usage such as the salaries, benefits, and training of pilots and crew, purchase or lease costs of aircraft and other fixed costs.

B.For detailed information regarding the amounts paid to Mr. Falcon, Mr. André, Mr. Bowden and Mr. Stewart approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee prior to the demerger under their separation agreements, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Separation Agreements.”

C.Amounts reflected in the “Other” column for Ms. Prieskorn include amounts paid for her pension cash allowance in 2021 approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee prior to the demerger, which was discontinued in 2022. For Mr. Falcon, this amount includes $9,992 paid for his pension cash allowance in 2021 approved by the compensation committees of Prudential prior to the demerger and $19,044 paid by Jackson for personal tax preparation expenses in 2021. For detailed information regarding the pension cash allowance, see "Limited Perquisites and Other Benefits".

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2021

The following table provides information concerning awards granted to the NEOs in the last fiscal year under the JFI Annual Bonus Program (“Jackson Annual Bonus Program”) and the JFI OIP. Messrs. Falcon, Bowden, André and Stewart are not included in this table as they were not eligible for awards under any of these programs due to the timing of their respective departures from Jackson in 2021. Fractional shares have been rounded to the nearest whole share for purposes of these executive compensation tables.


			Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards			Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards			All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)	Grant Date Fair Value of Stock ($)1
Award		Grant Date	Threshold ($)	Target ($)	Maximum ($)	Threshold (#)	Target (#)	Maximum (#)
Laura L. Prieskorn
	Jackson Annual Bonus Program2		1,656,250	4,587,500	8,968,750
	LTI RSUs3	10/4/2021							48,012	1,267,997
	LTI PSUs4	10/4/2021				36,009	72,018	144,036		1,901,995
	Founders5	10/4/2021							75,018	1,981,225
	Celebration6	10/4/2021							5,626	148,583
Marcia L. Wadsten
	Jackson Annual Bonus Program2		596,250	1,651,500	3,228,750
	LTI RSUs3	10/4/2021							30,007	792,485
	LTI PSUs4	10/4/2021				22,506	45,011	90,022		1,188,741
	Founders5	10/4/2021							46,886	1,238,259
	Celebration6	10/4/2021							5,626	148,583
P. Chadwick Myers
	Jackson Annual Bonus Program2		1,351,500	3,743,400	7,318,500
	LTI RSUs3	10/4/2021							54,013	1,426,483
	LTI PSUs4	10/4/2021				40,510	81,020	162,040		2,139,738
	Celebration6	10/4/2021							5,626	148,583
Scott E. Romine
	Jackson Annual Bonus Program2		289,231	801,116	1,566,215
	LTI RSUs3	10/4/2021							10,502	277,358
	LTI PSUs4	10/4/2021				7,877	15,753	31,506		416,037
	Celebration6	10/4/2021							1,875	49,519
	LTI RSUs3	12/27/2021							8,266	334,773
	LTI PSUs4	12/27/2021				6,200	12,399	24,798		502,160
Devkumar D. Ganguly
	Jackson Annual Bonus Program2		298,125	825,750	1,614,375
	LTI RSUs3	10/4/2021							15,003	396,229
	LTI PSUs4	10/4/2021				11,253	22,505	45,010		594,357
	Celebration6	10/4/2021							5,626	148,583

1.The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of all equity-based awards granted to the NEOs in 2021 in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value for PSU and RSU awards made on October 4, 2021 was $26.41 and the grant date fair value for PSU and RSU awards made on December 27, 2021 was $40.50.

2.These amounts reflect the payout levels for the NEOs under the Jackson Annual Bonus Program based on the potential achievement of certain performance goals as discussed above in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Short-Term Incentives for 2021 – Jackson Annual Bonus Program.” For the actual amounts paid to the NEOs pursuant to the Jackson Annual Bonus Program, see the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

3.RSUs granted under the JFI OIP pursuant to the LTI Program in 2021 are scheduled to vest in three equal tranches on the 12-, 24- and 30-month anniversary of the grant date subject to each participant’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The number of shares of common stock received on settlement will be increased by an additional number of shares to reflect the dividends that would have been payable during the vesting period.

4.PSUs granted under the JFI OIP pursuant to the LTI program in 2021 are scheduled to vest on April 4, 2024, after completion of the three-year performance period from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2023, based on satisfaction of the performance conditions described above in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Long-Term Incentives for 2021” and subject to each participant’s continued employment through the vesting date. PSUs may vest between 0% and 200% of the target award based on the achievement of the performance measures. If performance is achieved between the threshold and target levels, or between the target and maximum levels, then the payout percentage will be determined by straight-line interpolation. If performance is below the threshold level for a performance measure, then the payout percentage will be 0% for that measure. The number of shares of common stock

100

received on settlement will be increased by an additional number of shares to reflect the dividends that would have been payable during the vesting period.

5.Founders awards are RSUs granted under the JFI OIP for 2021 and are scheduled to vest in equal tranches on the first and second anniversary of the grant date subject to each participant’s continued employment through the vesting date. The number of shares of common stock received on settlement will be increased by an additional number of shares to reflect the dividends that would have been payable during the vesting period.

6.Celebration awards are RSUs granted under the JFI OIP for 2021 and are scheduled to vest on the first anniversary of the grant date subject to each participant’s continued employment through the vesting date. The number of shares of common stock received on settlement will be increased by an additional number of shares to reflect the dividends that would have been payable during the vesting period.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021

The following table sets forth outstanding equity grants for each NEO as of December 31, 2021, including grants from 2019, 2020 and 2021. The narrative below the table explains the conversion of outstanding Prudential equity awards into JFI equity awards in connection with the demerger. Messrs. Bowden, André, and Stewart had no outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2021.


	Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested1 (#)	Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested2 ($)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested1 (#)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested2 ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn
2019 Converted PSUs3	45,914	1,920,583
2020 Converted PSUs4			70,841	2,963,279
2020 Converted Retention Award5	54,278	2,270,449
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award6			145,939	6,104,628
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award7	48,646	2,034,862
2021 Celebration Award8	5,700	238,431
2021 Founders Award9	76,009	3,179,456
Marcia L. Wadsten
2019 Converted PSUs3	28,883	1,208,176
2020 Converted PSUs4			64,398	2,693,768
2020 Converted Retention Award5	44,780	1,873,147
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award6			91,211	3,815,356
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award7	30,403	1,271,757
2021 Celebration Award8	5,700	238,431
2021 Founders Award9	47,505	1,987,134
P. Chadwick Myers
2019 Converted PSUs3	165,315	6,915,126
2020 Converted PSUs4			231,849	9,698,244
2020 Converted Retention Award5	187,450	7,841,034
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award6			164,181	6,867,691
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award7	54,727	2,289,230
2021 Celebration Award8	5,700	238,431
Scott E. Romine
2019 Converted PSUs3	32,139	1,344,374
2020 Converted PSUs4			45,077	1,885,571
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award6			31,922	1,335,297
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award7	10,641	445,113
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award - December10			24,798	1,037,300
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award - December11	8,266	345,767
2021 Celebration Award8	1,900	79,477
Devkumar D. Ganguly
2019 Converted PSUs3	32,139	1,344,374
2020 Converted PSUs4			54,740	$2,289,774
2020 Converted Retention Award5	39,833	1,666,214
2021 Annual LTI PSU Award6			45,605	1,907,657

101


	Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested1 (#)	Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested2 ($)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested1 (#)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested2 ($)
2021 Annual LTI RSU Award7	15,201	635,858
2021 Celebration Award8	5,700	238,431
Michael I. Falcon
2019 Converted AIP12	48,418	2,025,325
2020 Converted AIP13	101,449	4,243,612

1.The amounts in these columns represent the number of outstanding PSUs and RSUs, including dividend equivalents credited as of December 31, 2021.

2.The values in these columns have been calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs/PSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2021 by $41.83, the closing price of JFI shares on December 31, 2021.

3.The amounts in these rows reflect Converted PLTIP Awards (as defined below) denominated in JFI PSUs that were granted on April 2, 2019. The performance period was January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021. They were earned, based on achievement of the performance conditions during the performance period, and vested on April 2, 2022. 2019 Converted PLTIP PSUs are shown based on the number of PSUs outstanding on December 31, 2021 multiplied by the applicable vesting percentage based on the actual achievement of the performance conditions..

4.The amounts in these rows reflect Converted PLTIP Awards denominated in JFI PSUs which were granted on April 9, 2020. The performance period is January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022 with a vesting date of April 9, 2023. The amount of 2020 Converted PLTIP PSUs shown is based on achievement at the maximum performance level; however, the amount, if any of these awards that are paid out will depend on the actual performance over the full performance period.

5.The amounts in these rows reflect Converted RSP Awards (as defined below) denominated in JFI RSUs which were granted on April 9, 2020. These will vest on April 9, 2023.

6.The amounts in these rows reflect PSUs which were granted on October 4, 2021 under our LTI program. The performance period is January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2023 with a vesting date of April 4, 2024. The number of PSUs shown is based on achievement at the maximum performance level, however, the amount, if any of these awards that are paid out will depend on the actual performance over the full performance period.

7.The amounts in these rows reflect RSUs which were granted on October 4, 2021 under the LTI program. These will vest in equal tranches on October 4, 2022, October 4, 2023 and April 4, 2024.

8.The amounts in these rows reflect RSUs which were granted on October 4, 2021. These will vest on October 4, 2022.

9.The amounts in these rows reflect RSUs which were granted on October 4, 2021. These will vest in equal tranches on October 4, 2022 and October 4, 2023.

10.The amounts in these rows reflect PSUs which were granted on December 27, 2021. The performance period is January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2023 with a vesting date of June 27, 2024. The number of PSUs shown is based on achievement at the maximum performance level, however, the amount, if any of these awards that are paid out will depend on the actual performance over the full performance period.

11.The amounts in these rows reflect RSUs which were granted on December 27, 2021. These will vest in equal tranches on December 27, 2022, December 27, 2023 and June 27, 2024.

12.The amount in this row reflects Prudential ADRs that had previously been deferred by the NEO under the Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan in the form of RSUs, which were converted to JFI RSUs in connection with the demerger, and vested on April 2, 2022.

13.The amount in this row reflects Prudential American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") that had previously been deferred by the NEO under the Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan in the form of RSUs, which were converted to JFI RSUs in connection with the demerger, and will vest on April 9, 2023.

Converted Prudential Equity Awards

In connection with the demerger, equity awards held by certain of our NEOs, which were granted to them by Prudential prior to 2021, were converted to equity awards denominated in JFI common stock as described below. The converted awards were issued under the JFI OIP.

Converted Prudential Long-Term Incentive Plan (“PLTIP”) Awards. Each of Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers, Mr. Romine and Mr. Ganguly held unvested equity awards under the Prudential plc Long-Term Incentive Plan prior to the demerger, which were converted to equity awards denominated in JFI common stock, effective October 4, 2021 (the “Converted PLTIP Awards”). The Converted PLTIP Awards, which were granted in 2019 and 2020, were converted by taking the value of such awards prior to the conversion, which was calculated based on the average closing price of Prudential plc ADRs for the 10 trading day window prior to September 20, 2021 (the date on which regular way trading of JFI shares commenced), and dividing such value by the average closing price of JFI's shares for the first 10 trading days beginning on

102

September 20, 2021, rounded down to the nearest whole share. For additional detail on the number of Converted PLTIP Awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2021, see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021” table.

The Converted PLTIP Awards are subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the awards pre-conversion, except that the performance metrics have been revised to reflect our parent company’s new status as an independent, public company and the Compensation Committee provided for 25% of the awards to be settled in cash rather than shares to mitigate the dilution impact to shareholders for maintaining these awards with JFI post-demerger. The table below shows the revised metrics.


CONVERTED PLTIP AWARDS
		Percent of Executive's Target Payout
	Performance Metrics	Laura L. Prieskorn	Marcia L. Wadsten	P. Chadwick Myers	Scott E. Romine	Devkumar D. Ganguly
2019 - 20211	Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings	80%	50%	80%	80%	80%
	Sustainability "scorecard" metrics2,4	20%	50%	20%	20%	20%
	Total	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

2020 - 20223	Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings	80%	50%	80%	80%	80%
	Prudential IFRS Operating Profit4	—	30%	—	—	—
	Sustainability "scorecard" metrics4,5	20%	20%	20%	20%	20%
	Total	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

1.The 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards were granted on April 2, 2019, with a performance measurement period of January 1, 2019, through December 31, 2021. On February 2, 2022, the Compensation Committee certified the achievement of the performance conditions for the 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards. These awards vested on April 2, 2022, as described further below. Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings metrics reflect equivalent of original IFRS-based goals, converted to GAAP basis.

2.Scorecard metrics for the 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards include Prudential economic capital (“ECap”) generation, Prudential Solvency II capital generation, conduct and diversity, each with equal weighting.

3.The 2020 Converted PLTIP Awards were granted on April 9, 2020, with a performance measurement period of January 1, 2020, through December 31, 2022. They will vest on April 9, 2023, subject to the executive’s continued employment and achievement of the above-listed performance conditions during the performance measurement period. Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers and Mr. Romine meet the “qualifying retirement” criteria for the Converted PLTIP Awards, meaning their awards will vest on April 9, 2023 (prorated as applicable for termination prior to completion of the full vesting period), subject both to Compensation Committee approval and to the achievement of the performance conditions, even if they are not employed by Jackson as of such date. Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings metrics reflect equivalent of original IFRS-based goals, converted to GAAP basis.

4.The Prudential International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Operating Profit and sustainability "scorecard" outcomes were determined based on performance assessed as of December 31, 2020. Thus, the percentage attributable to these metrics is no longer variable and, subject to vesting upon a final determination of the Compensation Committee in the first quarter of 2023 and the stock price at that time, will determine the final value of the award.

5.Scorecard metrics for the 2020 Converted PLTIP Awards include Prudential ECap generation, Prudential Local Capital Summation Method ("LCSM") capital generation, conduct and diversity, each with a 5% weighting.

Converted Prudential Restricted Stock Plan Awards. Each of Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers and Mr. Ganguly held unvested equity awards under the Prudential plc Restricted Stock Plan (“RSP”) prior to the demerger, which were converted to equity awards denominated in JFI common stock, effective October 4, 2021 (the “Converted RSP Awards”). The number of JFI shares subject to each Converted RSP Award is equal to the sum of (i) the number of JFI shares that the executive would have received as a demerger dividend had the executive been the beneficial owner of the Prudential ADRs underlying his or her RSP award on the demerger record date, plus (ii) an additional number of JFI shares determined by (x) taking the value of the original RSP award prior to the conversion, which was calculated based on the average closing price of Prudential ADRs for the 10 trading day window beginning on September 20, 2021 (the date on which regular way trading of JFI shares commenced), and (y) dividing such value by the average closing price of JFI shares for the first 10 trading days beginning on September 20, 2021, rounded down to the nearest whole share. For additional detail on the number of Converted RSP Awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2021, see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021” table.

103

The Converted RSP Awards are subject to the same terms and conditions as applied to the awards pre-conversion, except that the Compensation Committee provided for 25% of the awards to be settled in cash rather than shares to mitigate the dilution impact to shareholders for maintaining these awards with JFI post-demerger. The Converted RSP Awards vest 100% on April 9, 2023, subject to the executive’s continued employment through such date. Ms. Wadsten and Mr. Myers meet the “qualifying retirement” criteria for the Converted RSP Awards, meaning their awards will vest on April 9, 2023, even if they are not employed by Jackson as of such date.

For more information on the Converted PLTIP Awards and the Converted RSP Awards, including how they are treated upon a termination of the executive’s employment and/or a change in control of JFI, see the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021” tables.

Pursuant to his separation agreement with Prudential, as described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Separation Agreements,” Mr. Falcon was entitled to retain certain Prudential ADRs that had previously been deferred by him under the Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan in the form of RSUs. These RSUs converted to JFI RSUs in connection with the demerger, and the Committee approved these awards to settle 25% in cash and 75% in shares. A portion of these RSUs vested on April 2, 2022, and a portion will vest on April 9, 2023. For more information on these deferred JFI RSUs, see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021” table.

Award achievement for the 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards. Each of Ms. Prieskorn, Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers, Mr. Romine, and Mr. Ganguly held a 2019 Converted PLTIP Award. The three-year performance measurement period for these Awards, which was developed by Prudential, ended on December 31, 2021. Please refer to the table above entitled “Converted PLTIP Awards” for the weightings that applied for these measures. The performance conditions achieved with respect to these 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards are described below.

Performance assessment. In deciding the proportion of the awards that would vest, the Compensation Committee considered actual financial results against performance targets for Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings. Sustainability scorecard measures included Prudential ECap generation, Prudential Solvency II capital generation, conduct, and diversity. Results for the sustainability scorecard measures were locked as of December 31, 2020, based on Prudential’s assessment of results.

Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings performance. Under the Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings measure, 20% of this element of the 2019 award vests for meeting the applicable threshold performance goal that was set by Prudential at the start of the performance period, increasing to 100% vesting for performance at or above the maximum level. The following table illustrates the cumulative performance achieved from January 1, 2019, to December 31, 2021:


PRE-TAX ADJUSTED OPERATING EARNINGS
2019 - 2021 Adjusted Cumulative Targets			2019 - 2021 Cumulative Achievement ($m)	Vesting Under the Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings Element
Threshold ($m)	Target ($m)	Maximum ($m)
$5,442	$6,046	$6,651	$7,081	100%

Sustainability scorecard performance. Sustainability scorecard measures included Prudential Solvency II capital generation, Prudential ECap generation, conduct, and diversity, as further described below.

Capital measure – Prudential Solvency II operating capital generation/Prudential operating free surplus generation (“OFSG”). Under the Prudential Solvency II operating capital generation measure, 20% of this element of the award vests for achieving threshold (90% of target), 80% vests for achieving 100% of target and 100% vests for achieving 110% of target. The weighted average of the adjusted Prudential Solvency II operating capital generation and the Prudential OFSG was above target in the period up to December 31, 2020, resulting in a vesting outcome of 86% on this element. This vesting outcome was based on Prudential’s interim performance assessment of this measure as of December 31, 2020, for the performance period that ran from January 1, 2019, through December 31, 2021.

Capital measure – Prudential internal ECap operating capital generation. Under the Prudential ECap operating capital generation measure, 20% of this element of the award vests for achieving threshold (90% of target), 80% vests for achieving 100% of target and 100% vests for achieving 110% of target. The cumulative Prudential ECap operating capital generation was below the threshold in the period through December 31, 2020, resulting in a 0% vesting outcome on this element. This vesting outcome was based on Prudential’s interim performance assessment of this measure as of December 31, 2020 for the performance period that ran from January 1, 2019, through December 31, 2021.

104

Conduct assessment. Under the conduct measure, 20% of this element of the award vests for partial achievement of Prudential’s expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving Prudential’s expectations. For the period up through the date of Prudential's assessment of this measure (July 5, 2021) there were no significant capital add-ons or material fines in connection with breaches during the performance period, which resulted in a vesting outcome of 100% on this element.

Diversity assessment. For the diversity assessment, it was determined that the vesting outcome of this measure for the January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021 performance period would mirror the percentage that was achieved through December 31, 2020 for the performance period that ran from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020. The vesting profile for this element was based on the outcome of four equally weighted measures out of a total score of 16 (each measure receives a score of 0 to 4). These measures were based on a combination of qualitative statements with quantitative indicators that are aligned to Jackson’s broadening and evolving Diversity and Inclusion initiatives. Based on results through December 31, 2020, a score of 14 out of a possible 16 points was received, or 87.5% for this element.

On February 2, 2022, the Compensation Committee certified the achievement of the performance conditions for the 2019 Converted PLTIP Awards. These awards vested on April 2, 2022, the third anniversary of the grant date, as follows: 93.68% for each of Ms. Prieskorn, Mr. Myers, Mr. Romine and Mr. Ganguly and 84.19% for Ms. Wadsten.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

The following table summarizes the value received from options exercised and stock awards vested during 2021. Note that no awards issued under the JFI OIP vested or were exercised in 2021.


	Stock Options1		Stock Awards2
Name	Number of shares acquired (#)3	Value realized on exercise ($)4	Number of shares acquired on vesting (#)	Value realized on vesting ($)5
Laura L. Prieskorn			22,126	937,522
Marcia L. Wadsten			16,243	701,220
P. Chadwick Myers			86,124	3,718,023
Scott E. Romine			16,741	721,236
Devkumar D. Ganguly6			8,869	382,880
Michael I. Falcon	17,580	714,514	—	—
Andrew J. Bowden			—	—
Axel P. André			—	—

1.The award for Mr. Falcon reflects nominal cost options over Prudential ADRs that were granted to him as a buy-out award in connection with the commencement of his employment with Jackson.

2.Amounts reflect Prudential ADRs issued under the PLTIP in connection with the vesting of performance share unit awards that were granted in 2018 in respect of the January 1, 2018, through December 31, 2020 performance period.

3.This number reflects the number of options originally granted plus the additional options credited to the award when the demerger dividend paid to shareholders in connection with the M&G demerger was converted into additional Prudential ADRs for those employees with outstanding awards at the date of the demerger. The options were settled in cash within 30 days of vesting.

4.The value realized on exercise is calculated as the product of (a) 17,580, which was the number of Prudential ADRs for which the options were exercised and (b) the purchase price of a Prudential ADR on the date of the exercise ($40.77), over the exercise price per share of the options ($0.12642).

5.For Mr. Romine and Mr. Ganguly, the value reflected in this column was calculated by multiplying the number of Prudential ADRs underlying the performance share units that vested in 2021 by $43.08, which was calculated by multiplying the ordinary share price of Prudential ordinary shares as of the vesting date of April 4, 2021 (15.5536 GBP) by an exchange rate of 1.38495, then multiplying the result ($21.54) by two, because one Prudential ADR is the equivalent of two Prudential ordinary shares.

For Ms. Prieskorn, the values reflected in this column were calculated by multiplying the number of Prudential ADRs underlying the performance share units that vested in 2021 by $42.37, which was calculated by multiplying the ordinary share price of Prudential ordinary shares as of the vesting date of May 17, 2021 (14.9984 GBP) by an exchange rate of 1.41255, then multiplying the result ($21.185) by two, because one Prudential ADR is the equivalent of two Prudential ordinary shares.

105

For Ms. Wadsten and Mr. Myers, the values reflected in this column were calculated by multiplying the number of Prudential ADRs underlying the performance share units that vested in 2021 by $43.17, which was calculated by multiplying the ordinary share price of Prudential ordinary shares as of the vesting date of April 20, 2021 (15.47 GBP) by an exchange rate of 1.3953, then multiplying the result ($21.585) by two, because one Prudential ADR is the equivalent of two Prudential ordinary shares.

6.Mr. Ganguly was granted an award under the PLTIP on September 18, 2018 that was scheduled to vest on September 18, 2021. Because the PSUs comprising this award vested and became payable after the demerger but prior to the start of regular-way trading of JFI common stock, the vested PSUs were cancelled and Mr. Ganguly received a cash payment, in lieu of the vested award, based on the closing price of the Prudential ADRs on September 17, 2021. The value paid to Mr. Ganguly in respect of this award was $271,389.62.

Fiscal Year 2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

The following table provides information on deferrals made by our NEOs in 2021, as well as their aggregate plan balances in the Jackson National Life Insurance Company Management Deferred Income Plan (“MDIP”). We do not make company contributions to the MDIP.


Name	Plan Name	Executive contributions in last fiscal year ($)	Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year1 ($)	Aggregate withdrawals/distributions ($)	Aggregate balance at last fiscal year end ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn	MDIP	—	74,825	—	2,036,227
Marcia L. Wadsten	MDIP	—	1,007,072	(102,537)	9,770,506
P. Chadwick Myers	MDIP	—	248,893	—	6,773,123
Scott E. Romine	MDIP	—	22,947	(96,707)	373,673
Devkumar D. Ganguly	MDIP	—	11,238	(125,857)	299,593
Michael Falcon	MDIP	—	—	—	—
Andrew J. Bowden	MDIP	—	—	—	—
Axel P. André	MDIP	—	—	—	—
Kenneth H. Stewart	MDIP	—	300,348	(1,689,027)	5,684,459

1.The amounts included in this column include the amounts reported in the “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

106

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Neither Jackson nor JFI maintains a change in control severance plan. The following table shows the estimated potential payments to each active NEO as if the NEO’s employment had been terminated or a qualifying change in control had occurred as of December 31, 2021. These estimated benefits are provided under the terms of the incentive plans described below. The actual amounts that would be paid to any NEO can only be determined at the time of an actual termination of employment or change in control and would vary from those listed below. The estimated amounts listed below are in addition to the amounts listed above in the “Fiscal Year 2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan” table, as well as any retirement, welfare and other benefits that are available to our salaried employees generally.


Name	Baseline Cash Severance ($)	Payment of Accrued Bonus ($)1	Unvested Stock Awards ($)2	Total ($)
Laura L. Prieskorn
Death	—	8,220,000	13,302,5633	21,522,563
Disability		8,220,000	16,354,8714	24,574,871
Involuntary Termination w/o Cause	—	—	11,557,3885	11,557,388
Resignation for Good Reason	—	—	1,608,8256	1,608,825
Qualifying Change in Control	—	—	13,302,5637	13,302,563
Qualifying Retirement	—	8,220,000	—8	8,220,000
Marcia L. Wadsten
Death	—	2,959,200	9,163,2653	12,122,465
Disability		2,959,200	11,070,9474	14,030,147
Involuntary Termination w/o Cause	—	—	7,312,7315	7,312,731
Resignation for Good Reason			1,005,5106	1,005,510
Qualifying Change in Control	—	—	9,163,2657	9,163,265
Qualifying Retirement	—	2,959,200	3,758,2168	6,717,416
P. Chadwick Myers
Death	—	6,707,500	22,476,0993	29,183,599
Disability		6,707,500	25,909,9354	32,617,435
Involuntary Termination w/o Cause	—	—	9,395,3265	9,395,326
Resignation for Good Reason			915,7006	915,700
Qualifying Change in Control	—	—	22,476,0997	22,476,099
Qualifying Retirement	—	6,707,500	16,514,6098	23,222,109
Scott E. Romine
Death	—	1,435,500	4,388,8703	5,824,370
Disability		1,435,500	5,575,1734	7,010,673
Involuntary Termination w/o Cause	—	—	3,242,9425	3,242,942
Resignation for Good Reason			224,1266	224,126
Qualifying Change in Control	—	—	4,388,8707	4,388,870
Qualifying Retirement	—	1,435,500	2,332,2318	3,767,731
Devkumar D. Ganguly
Death	—	1,479,600	5,356,3243	6,835,924
Disability		1,479,600	6,310,1444	7,789,744
Involuntary Termination w/o Cause	—	—	254,3265	254,326
Resignation for Good Reason			254,3266	254,326
Qualifying Change in Control	—	—	5,356,3247	5,356,324
Qualifying Retirement	—	—	—8	—

1.Represents accrued cash payments that would be earned by each NEO under JFI's 2021 annual bonus program as a result of the indicated triggering event occurring on December 31, 2021, which amounts are equivalent to the amounts actually earned under the 2021 annual bonus program as reported in the ""Non-Equity Incentive Compensation"" column of the Summary Compensation Table.

107

2.The value of the lapse of the service vesting condition for unvested equity awards is calculated by multiplying the estimated number of PSUs and RSUs for which the service vesting is accelerated by the closing market price of JFI shares on December 31, 2021, which was $41.83. See "Severance and Change of Control Benefits" for a description of the treatment of each of our outstanding equity awards in each termination scenario and see the footnotes below for a description of how we determined the estimated number of vested performance-based awards included in this column in each termination scenario.

3.For the 2021 LTI PSUs, the values at death are based upon target performance levels. For the 2019 Converted PLTIP awards, the values at death are based on the actual value of the PSUs earned for the 2019-2021 performance period. For the 2020 Converted PLTIP awards, the values at death are pro-rated based on time served and based on achievement at the maximum performance level (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021).

4.For the 2021 LTI PSUs, the values for disability reflect achievement of the maximum performance level over the entire performance period (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021). For the 2019 Converted PLTIP awards, values for disability are based on the actual value of the PSUs earned for the 2019-2021 performance period. For the 2020 Converted PLTIP awards, values for disability are based on achievement at the maximum performance level (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021).

5.All current NEOs other than Mr. Ganguly meet the age and service requirements to be eligible for qualifying retirement under the awards granted under our 2021 LTI program. For all current NEOs other than Mr. Ganguly, in the event of an involuntary termination without cause, the severance trigger for the 2021 LTI awards would be treated as a qualifying retirement under the JFI OIP (which permits the NEO to receive the full amount of the award over the full vesting period rather than pro-rata vesting upon a typical termination without cause). Under the 2021 LTI program, the six-month minimum service requirement usually applicable for vesting of awards upon qualifying retirements is waived in the event of a termination without cause of an individual who meets the criteria for a qualifying retirement. Values for the 2021 LTI PSUs in this row reflect achievement of the maximum performance level over the full performance period (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021). For Mr. Ganguly, the 2021 LTI awards would be pro-rated based on time served and valued based on achievement at the maximum performance level (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021). All of his other awards would be cancelled.

6.For the 2021 LTI awards, the values for a termination for good reason are pro-rated for the period of the NEO's time served. The PSUs are valued based on achievement of the maximum performance level (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021).

Although there is not a concept of a termination for ""good reason"" in the Converted PLTIP awards, a resignation by a retirement-eligible employee under the PLTIP may qualify as a qualifying retirement - see footnote (8) for the amount to be received by the NEOs in such circumstance."

7.The values reported with respect to the accelerated vesting of outstanding unvested equity awards in the event of a qualifying change of control assume that the awards are not assumed by the successor company in the change in control and that no substitute awards were granted. In the event that the awards are assumed by the successor company and/or substitute awards are granted, no accelerated service vesting would occur, except in the case of the founders and celebration RSUs, which will immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of a change in control.

8.In the event of a retirement initiated by the NEO, no 2021 LTI awards would vest as a minimum of six months of service had not elapsed between the grant dates of the 2021 LTI awards and December 31, 2021, and such awards would therefore be forfeited.

Ms. Wadsten, Mr. Myers and Mr. Romine were the only NEOs that met the "qualifying retirement" criteria for the converted awards. The amounts shown in this row assume the company approved these NEOs’ retirement for the converted awards. For the 2019 Converted PLTIP awards, amounts shown in this column include the actual value of the PSUs earned for the 2019-2021 performance period. For the 2020 Converted PLTIP awards, amounts shown in this column are based on achievement at the maximum performance level (which assumption is based on performance through 12/31/2021)."

Termination Provisions

RSUs and PSUs granted under the JFI OIP. Upon the termination of an NEO’s employment by Jackson for Cause (as defined in the JFI OIP), RSUs and PSUs granted under the JFI OIP that are unvested will be immediately forfeited and canceled. In general, the RSU and PSU award agreements issued under the JFI OIP provide for the following acceleration or continuation of vesting upon a termination of an NEO’s employment:

•RSUs (including founders/celebration awards): Upon an NEO’s death or termination of employment due to Disability (as defined in the JFI OIP), all RSUs that are unvested will immediately vest. Except with respect to the celebration awards, upon the termination of an NEO’s employment by Jackson without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason (as defined in the JFI OIP), a pro rata portion of the number of RSUs scheduled to vest on the next vesting date will vest, based on the portion that has elapsed, as of the NEO’s termination date, of the period between the most recent vesting date that occurred prior to the NEO’s termination of employment (or the grant date, if no vesting date had yet occurred) and the next scheduled vesting date, subject to the NEO’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of JFI. Following an NEO’s Qualifying Retirement (as defined in the applicable RSU award agreement), all RSUs granted at least six months prior to the retirement will become vested on the applicable vesting date(s), subject to the NEO’s compliance with certain restrictive covenants set forth in the RSU award agreement and his or her execution of a general release of claims in favor of JFI.

•PSUs: Upon an NEO’s death, the PSUs will immediately vest at target performance levels; on a termination by Jackson without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason, a pro rata portion of the PSUs, based on the portion of the period between the grant date and the vesting date that has elapsed, will, to the extent not already vested, become vested based on the actual achievement of the performance goals during the entire performance cycle, subject to the NEO’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of JFI; and on a termination due to Disability or a Qualifying

108

Retirement, a number of the PSUs will be earned and become vested based on the actual achievement of the performance goals during the entire performance cycle (as if the NEO’s employment had continued during the entire performance cycle), subject, in the case of a Qualifying Retirement, to the NEO’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of JFI, provided, that at least six months must elapse from the grant date to the date of termination of the NEO’s employment for any termination initiated by the NEO to be treated as a qualifying retirement.

No cancellation, acceleration or other payment will occur upon a Change in Control (as defined in the JFI OIP) of JFI if, as determined by the Compensation Committee, the equity awards granted under the JFI OIP are assumed by the successor company in the Change in Control, provided that the replacement awards must have terms such that if an NEO’s employment is terminated involuntarily by Jackson or its successor other than for Cause or by the NEO with Good Reason, in each case within the twenty-four months immediately following a Change in Control at a time when any portion of the award is unvested, the unvested portion of such award will immediately vest in full and such NEO will receive (as determined by the Board prior to the Change in Control) either (A) a cash payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the stock subject to the award at the date of exercise or settlement over the price (if any) that such NEO would be required to pay to exercise such award or (B) publicly- traded shares or equity interests equal in value to the value in clause (A). If the Compensation Committee reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control that the equity awards granted under the JFI OIP will not be assumed, then the vesting restrictions applicable to all unvested awards will vest and become non-forfeitable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the founders and celebration RSU awards will immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

Converted PLTIP Awards and Converted RSP Awards. As described above, in connection with the demerger, unvested equity awards under the Prudential plc Long-Term Incentive Plan were converted into the Converted PLTIP Awards, and unvested equity awards under the Prudential plc Restricted Stock Plan prior to the demerger were converted into the Converted RSP Awards. These awards generally have the same terms as the awards outstanding prior to the demerger. The Converted PLTIP Awards vest pro rata, based on the duration of the NEO’s service during the vesting period prior to termination, if the NEO ceases to be an eligible employee due to the NEO’s termination due to death, disability, retirement with the approval of his or her employer, or a change in control; however, in the case of a change in control, if a substitute award is granted, no pro rata vesting will apply.

If an NEO’s employment is terminated prior to the vesting date due to the NEO’s disability, redundancy, or a change in control, the Converted RSP Awards will vest and will be released within 30 days of the original vesting date (unless, in the case of a change in control, a substitute award is granted). Converted RSP awards will vest pro rata upon the termination of an NEO’s service due to death.

Jackson Financial Inc. Annual Bonus Program. The Jackson Financial Inc. Annual Bonus Program generally provides that an NEO must be employed with Jackson upon the payment date to receive the annual bonus, which date usually occurs in March of the subsequent year. However, an NEO is entitled to receive a prorated payment of their earned annual bonus if their employment is terminated during the year due to their death, disability, or qualifying retirement. If the termination of employment due to death, disability or qualifying retirement occurs at or after the end of the year, but prior to the payment date, the NEO is entitled to receive the full amount of the annual bonus earned.

Separation Agreements

Each of the separation agreements discussed below was approved by the Prudential Compensation Committee.

On April 5, 2021, Jackson entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Falcon in connection with the termination of his employment. Under this agreement, Mr. Falcon retained 98,311 Prudential ADRs that had been previously deferred under the Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan (which converted to JFI RSUs in connection with the demerger), received a $20,498,600 cash lump sum payment and received an additional $3,000,000 cash lump sum payment. As such agreement pertains to his employment prior to the demerger and because Mr. Falcon was a member of the Prudential Executive Committee while serving as an officer of Jackson, Prudential reimbursed the Company for such amounts. Jackson has also reimbursed Mr. Falcon for the preparation of his tax returns for tax years 2020 and 2021. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Falcon entered into certain covenants for the benefit of Jackson, including twelve-month post-termination non-solicitation and non-interference covenants. Additionally, prior to reaching an agreement regarding the terms of the separation agreement, Jackson made severance payments totaling $123,077 as required under the terms of Mr. Falcon’s employment agreement.

Jackson entered into a separation agreement with Mr. André, dated as of March 31, 2021, in connection with the termination of his employment. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. André (i) received a lump sum cash payment of $2,329,638, in respect of various compensation related matters, including under his offer letter in respect of his guaranteed 2020 annual

109

incentive award, (ii) received a lump sum cash payment of $192,200 in respect of his pro-rated 2021 annual bonus, and (iii) received a lump sum payment of $443,100 in respect of his forfeited 2020 PLTIP award (valued at target performance) in January 2022. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. André also entered into certain covenants for the benefit of Jackson, including six-month post-termination non-solicitation and non-interference covenants, and a three-month post-termination non- competition covenant.

Jackson entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Bowden, dated as of April 5, 2021, in connection with the termination of his employment. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Bowden received a lump sum cash severance payment of $8,000,000 and an additional $1,000,000 cash lump sum payment, as well as $7,800 payment as a cash supplement to subsidize COBRA coverages. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Bowden entered into certain covenants for the benefit of Jackson, including twelve-month post-termination non-solicitation and non-interference covenants.

Jackson entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Stewart, dated as of April 1, 2021, in connection with the termination of his employment. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Stewart received an aggregate severance payment of $3,858,100 to be paid in four (4) lump sum cash installments. The first installment of $2,797,000 was paid as soon as administratively practicable following the effective date of the release of claims included in the separation agreement; the second installment of $526,600 was paid during the first payroll period in April 2022; the third installment of $314,500 will be paid during the first payroll period in April 2023, subject to Mr. Stewart’s compliance with cooperation covenants contained in the separation agreement; and the fourth installment of $220,000 will be paid during the first payroll period in April 2023. Mr. Stewart also received (i) a lump sum cash payment of $1,299,550 in respect of his 2020 annual bonus; and (ii) a lump sum cash payment of $145,977 in respect of his pro-rated 2021 annual bonus; and (iii) a $7,800 payment as a cash supplement to subsidize COBRA coverages. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Stewart also entered into certain covenants for the benefit of Jackson, including six-month post-termination non-solicitation, non-interference, and non-competition covenants,

No other NEO is entitled to any payments under any other severance plan or arrangement.

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock

Jackson is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Brooke Life Insurance Company and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JFI, whose Class A common stock, is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "JXN." The following table sets forth information concerning any person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of JFI's common stock, as of December 31, 2021, except as otherwise noted below. The information in the table and the related notes are based on statements filed with the SEC by the respective beneficial owners pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 13(g) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

110


	AMOUNT AND NATURE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER	Class A		Class B2		Percent of Class A and Class B Combined
	Shares	%	Shares	%	% of Total Combined Voting Power	% of Total Common Stock
Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd. Second Floor, Washington House 16 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda	8,722,4093	9.9%	638,861	100%	9.9%	10.6%
Dan Hagan 601 East Broadway, Suite 203 PO Box 1225 Columbia, Missouri 65205	8,700,0004	9.9%	—	—	9.9%	9.8%
FMR LLC 245 Summer Street Boston, Massachusetts 02210	5,757,0095	6.2%	—	—	6.2%	6.2%
Prudential plc 1 Angel Court London EC2R 7AG England	16,335,4436	18.6%	—	—	18.5%	18.4%
Sessa Capital 888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor New York, New York 10019	4,759,0387	5.4%	—	—	5.4%	5.4%
The Vanguard Group 100 Vanguard Boulevard Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355	7,936,2508	8.5%	—	—	8.5%	8.4%

1.Unless otherwise indicated, percentages calculated are based upon JFI Class A Common Stock outstanding as set forth in the statements on Schedule 13G or 13G/A filed by the respective beneficial owners with the SEC.

2.As of JFI’s demerger in September 2021, 1,364,484 shares of JFI Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Shares”) were issued to Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd. (“ACRA 1A”), a subsidiary of Athene. JFI’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) provides for the automatic conversion of the Class B Shares into shares of JFI Class A Common Stock when Athene ceases to be a 9.9% shareholder. As of February 1, 2022, all Class B Shares converted into shares of Class A Common Stock. As a result, there are no longer Class B Shares issued and outstanding. The Certificate provides that following the automatic conversion, the Class B Shares may not be reissued and must be retired and cancelled. JFI must take such appropriate action as necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Class B Common Stock by the number of shares converted. The JFI Board intends to take such action in June 2022.

3.On June 18, 2020, Jackson entered into a funds withheld coinsurance agreement with Athene effective June 1, 2020, to reinsure on a 100% quota share basis, a block of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed-index annuity products’ liabilities in exchange for a $1.2 billion ceding commission. In addition, JFI entered into an investment agreement with Athene, pursuant to which Athene invested $500.0 million of capital into JFI in return for a 9.9% voting interest corresponding to a 11.1% economic interest in JFI. The investment was completed on July 17, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2022, each of (i) Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd. (“ACRA 1A”), (ii) Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP (“AISG”), (iii) AISG GP Ltd. (“AISG GP”), (iv) Apollo Life Asset, L.P. (“Apollo Life”), (v) Apollo Life Asset GP, LLC (“Apollo Life GP”), (vi) Apollo Capital Management, L.P. (“Capital Management”), (vii) Apollo Capital Management GP, LLC (“Capital Management GP”), (viii) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“Management Holdings”), and (ix) Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC (“Management Holdings GP”), collectively referred to as the ”Reporting Persons,” has (y) shared voting power and (z) shared dispositive power with respect all 8,722,409 shares. ACRA 1A, an insurance company, investment adviser, and a parent holding company or control person, holds the securities of JFI. AISG is the investment adviser of ACRA 1A. AISG GP is the general partner of AISG. Apollo Life is the general partner of AISG GP, and Apollo Life GP is the general partner of Apollo Life. Capital Management is the sole member of Apollo Life GP. The general partner of Capital Management is Capital Management GP. Management Holdings is the sole member and manager of Capital Management GP, and Management Holdings GP is the general partner of Management Holdings.

The Reporting Persons’ aggregate percentage beneficial ownership of the total amount of common stock outstanding is based on 88,046,833 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021, as reported in JFI’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2022. AISG, AISG GP, Apollo Life, Apollo Life GP, Capital Management, Capital Management GP, Management Holdings, and Management Holdings GP, each disclaim beneficial ownership of all common stock included in their Schedule 13G, and stated that the filing of that Schedule 13G shall not be construed as an admission that any such person or entity is the beneficial owner of any such securities for purposes of Section 13(d) or 13(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or for any other purpose. The Schedule 13G certifies that the securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business and were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities and were not acquired in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect, other than activities solely in connection with a nomination under §240.14a-11.

4.Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 1, 2022, Mr. Dan Hagan has sole voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all 8,700,000 shares. The shares of common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Hagan include, in addition to shares owned directly by Mr. Hagan, 3,500,000 shares held in a charitable trust for which Mr. Hagan is the sole trustee. The percentage ownership information is calculated based upon 88,046,833 shares of JFI’s common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, as reported in JFI’s Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2022. The Schedule 13G/A certifies that the securities were acquired and are held in the

111

ordinary course of business and were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities and were not acquired in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect, other than activities solely in connection with a nomination under §240.14a-11.

5.Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed on February 8, 2022, FMR LLC, a parent holding company, of which Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, has the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 524,682 shares and the sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 5,757,009 shares. One or more other persons are known to have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, JFI’s Class A Common Stock. No one other person’s interest in JFI’s Class A Common Stock is more than 5% percent of the total outstanding Class A Common Stock. The Schedule 13G certifies that the securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business and were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of JFI and were not acquired and are not held in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect.

6.On August 6, 2021, the registration on Form 10 of JFI’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, became effective under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Prior to September 13, 2021, JFI was a majority-owned subsidiary of Prudential, London, England, and was the holding company for Prudential’s U.S. operations. On September 13, 2021, JFI demerged from Prudential and since then, is a fully independent U.S. public company. Post-demerger, Prudential retained a 19.9 percent non-controlling interest in JFI. See “Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions”

Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed on February 11, 2022, Prudential has sole voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all 16,335,443 shares (excluding certain shares), and as of December 31, 2021, beneficially owns 18.6%. Prudential is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales. The percentage ownership information is calculated based upon 88,046,833 shares of JFI’s common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, as reported in JFIs Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2022. The Schedule 13G certifies that the information is true, complete, and correct.

7.Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2022, (1) Sessa Capital (Master), L.P., (2) Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P., (3) Sessa Capital GP, LLC, (4) Sessa Capital IM, L.P., (5) Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC, and (6) Mr. John Petry, individually, as manager of Sessa Capital GP, LLC, the general partner of Sessa Capital (Master), L.P., and Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P., and as manager of Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC, the general partner of Sessa Capital IM, L.P. Sessa Capital (Master), L.P. is a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership. Sessa Capital GP, LLC and Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC are limited liability companies. Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and Sessa Capital IM, L.P. are Delaware limited partnerships. Mr. Petry is a citizen of the United States.

Sessa Capital (Master), L.P. directly beneficially owns 3,311,238 shares. Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P. directly beneficially owns 1,447,800 shares. Sessa Capital (Master), L.P. and Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (collectively, the “Funds”) together beneficially own 4,759,038 shares. Sessa Capital GP, LLC is the general partner of the Funds and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by the Funds. Sessa Capital IM, L.P. is the investment manager of the Funds and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by the Funds. Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC is the general partner of Sessa Capital IM, L.P. and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own shares beneficially owned by Sessa Capital IM, L.P. Mr. Petry is the manager of Sessa Capital GP, LLC and Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by the Funds. The percentage ownership information, 5.4%, is calculated based on 88,046,833 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021, according to the Issuer’s Form S-3, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2022.

Sessa Capital (Master), L.P. may be deemed to have the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 3,311,238 shares, and Sessa Capital Special Opportunity Fund II, L.P. may be deemed to have the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 1,447,800 shares. Sessa Capital GP, LLC, Sessa Capital IM, L.P., Sessa Capital IM GP, LLC, and Mr. Petry may be deemed to have the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 4,759,038 shares.

8.Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed on February 9, 2022, The Vanguard Group has shared voting power with respect to 14,778 shares, sole dispositive power with respect to 7,881,887 shares, and shared dispositive power with respect to 54,363 shares. The Vanguard Group, Inc.’s clients, including investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and other managed accounts, have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, the securities reported herein. Although the aggregate amount beneficially owned by each reporting person is 7,936,250, no one other person’s interest in the securities reported herein is more than 5%. The Schedule 13G certifies that the securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business and were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities and were not acquired in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect, other than activities solely in connection with a nomination under §240.14a-11.

Security Ownership of Management and Directors

The table below shows the ownership of JFI Class A Common Stock by each director, each of our NEOs, and all directors and all executive officers as a group, as of April 6, 2022, except as otherwise noted below. Additional details on each NEO’s outstanding equity awards are included in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section and related executive compensation tables below.

Beneficial ownership is broadly defined by the SEC. In general, a person beneficially owns securities if the person, alone or with another, has voting power or investment power (the power to sell) over the securities. Being able to acquire either voting or investment power within 60 days, such as by exercising stock options, also results in beneficial ownership of securities. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes following the table, each of the named persons had sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated number of JFI shares.

112


NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER	SHARES	STOCK THAT MAY BE ACQUIRED WITHIN 60 DAYS1	STOCK UNITS2	PERCENT OF CLASS3
Employee Directors
Laura L. Prieskorn	—	—	—	—
Marcia L. Wadsten	—	—	—	—
Bradley Olan Harris	—	—	—	—
Named Executive Officers/Board of Directors
Laura L. Prieskorn	20,132.17	—	250,049.88	*
Marcia L. Wadsten	12,714.81	—	152,742.74	*
P. Chadwick Myers	110,724.204	—	306,697.18	*
Craig D. Smith	18,931.94	—	40,041.98	*
Scott E. Romine	14,905.18	—	37,882.77	*
Devkumar D. Ganguly	13,641.05	—	72,869.12	*
Michael I. Falcon5	0	—	102,699.16	*
Axel P. André6	0	—	0	*
Andrew J. Bowden7	0	—	0	*
Kenneth H. Stewart8	0	—	0	*
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group	189,219.93	—	1,007,287.89	*

1.In computing the percentage of shares owned by each person and by the group, these shares were added to the total number of outstanding shares for the separate calculations.

2.Represents the number of unvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) credited to the accounts of Named Executive Officers, and executive officers. Each stock unit is intended to be the economic equivalent of a share of JFI Class A Common Stock. These stock units are excluded from the computations of percentages of shares owned because they have not vested and do not provide voting rights.

3.An asterisk (*) indicates less than 1%.

4.Mr. Myers owns the following shares indirectly: (1) 25 shares purchased on November 12, 2021, through a uniform transfer to minor’s account where the shares are held in a Custodian Account for Mr. Myers’s son where Mr. Myers is the custodian, and (2) 400 shares purchased on November 12, 2021, held in a Traditional Individual Retirement Account in his spouse’s name only.

5.Mr. Falcon, Former Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, ceased employment with the Company on February 10, 2021.

6.Mr. André, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, ceased employment with the Company on February 10, 2021.

7.Mr. Bowden, Former Executive Vice President and General Counsel, ceased employment with the Company on February 10, 2021.

8.Mr. Stewart, Former Executive Vice President, ceased employment with the Company on February 10, 2021.

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters, and Certain Control Persons

Related Persons Transactions Policy.

The JFI Board has adopted a written policy for approval of transactions between JFI and/or its subsidiaries (collectively referred to in this section as "the Company") and its directors, director nominees, executive officers, greater than 5% beneficial owners of JFI stock and each of their respective immediate family members, where the amount involved exceeds or is expected to exceed $120,000 in a single fiscal year. The policy provides that the Audit Committee review transactions subject to the policy and determine whether to approve or ratify those transactions. Certain transactions are deemed pre-approved pursuant to standing pre-approval guidelines established by the Audit Committee. In addition, the Audit Committee has delegated authority to its chair to pre-approve or ratify transactions in certain circumstances. A description of any transactions pre-approved or ratified by the chair are provided to the Audit Committee.

In reviewing transactions subject to the policy, the Audit Committee or the chair of the Audit Committee must consider, among other things, the following factors:

•The nature and extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction;

•The approximate dollar value of the transaction;

•The approximate dollar value of the related person’s interest in the transaction;

113

•Whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;

•The availability of other sources for the products or services;

•The material terms of the transaction, including whether the related person is being treated differently than an unrelated third-party would be treated;

•Whether the transaction would impair the independence of a non-employee director;

•Required public disclosure, if any; and

•Any other information that would be material to the Audit Committee exercising its business judgment, in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction

As a subsidiary of JFI, we have developed related party transaction procedures that conform with SEC rules, as applicable to Jackson.

Transactions with Related Persons.

Our Directors and Executive Officers.

Several of JFI’s and Jackson’s directors and executive officers serve or served as directors or executive officers of other organizations, including organizations with which Jackson has commercial or charitable relationships. The Company does not believe that any director or executive officer had a direct or indirect material interest in any such relationships during 2021 and through the date of this prospectus.

Athene.

Reinsurance Agreement. On June 18, 2020, we announced that we had entered into a funds withheld coinsurance agreement (the “Athene Reinsurance Agreement”) with Athene Life Re Ltd. (“Athene”) effective June 1, 2020, to reinsure on 100% quota share basis, a block of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity product liabilities in exchange for $1.2 billion in ceding commissions (the “Athene Reinsurance Transaction”). Upon closing of the transaction, Jackson placed investments with a statutory book value of $25.6 billion, in support of reserves associated with the transaction, into a segregated funds withheld account. The investments are subject to an investment management agreement between Jackson and Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP, an Athene affiliate. Further, the investments in the segregated account are not available to settle any policyholder obligations other than those specifically covered by the coinsurance agreement and are not available to settle obligations to general creditors of Jackson. To further support its obligations under the coinsurance agreement, Athene procured $1.2 billion in letters of credit for Jackson’s benefit and established a trust account for Jackson’s benefit, which had a book value of approximately $313 million at December 31, 2021. In September 2020, the post-closing settlement resulted in ceded premium of $6 million and a decrease of $29 million

in ceding commission.

Brooke Life Insurance Company.

Jackson is party to an Administrative Services Agreement with its immediate parent company, Brooke Life Insurance Company ("Brooke), which is a Michigan life insurance company. Under this agreement, Jackson provides certain services to Brooke to support its operations, including accounting, tax and auditing, claims management, marketing and product development, functional support services, payroll functions, personnel functions and policy holder servicing. Fees paid to Jackson totaled $251,000 in 2021. Jackson is also a party to a Second Amended and Restated Tax Allocation Agreement with Brooke Life Insurance Company. Under this agreement, Brooke Life Insurance Company is the appointed agent for Jackson in the payment of federal income taxes for the taxable year December 31, 2019 and any taxable year thereafter.

PPM America, Inc.

Jackson is a party to an Amended and Restated Discretionary Investment Management Agreement among Jackson, Brooke and PPM America, Inc. (“PPM”), a Delaware corporation and JFI subsidiary, and an Amended and Restated Discretionary Asset Management Agreement with PPM. Under these agreements, PPM provides investment management services to Jackson with respect to certain of Jackson’s general account assets. Fees paid to PPM under these agreements totaled $55.708 million in 2021.

PPM also has Investment Management/Advisory Agreements with Jackson’s subsidiaries, Jackson National Asset Management, LLC (“JNAM”), Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York and Squire Reassurance Company II,

114

Inc., under which PPM provides investment management services. Fees paid to PPM under these agreements totaled $10.515 million, $1.877 million and $283,736, respectively, in 2021.

Jackson is also a party to an Administrative Services Agreement with PPM. Under this agreement, Jackson provides certain services to PPM to support its operations, including tax, audit, management, human resources and benefits. Fees paid to Jackson under that agreement totaled $6.745 million in 2021. PPM is a party to another Administrative Services Agreement with JNAM under which PPM provides facilities, information technology and other services to JNAM. Fees paid to PPM under this agreement totaled $2.070 million in 2021.

Lastly, Jackson is a party to an Unsecured Revolving Pay-In-Kind Note with PPM under which PPM may borrow up to $40 million on a revolving basis from Jackson. Outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2021 were $20 million, and interest paid to Jackson totaled $342,000 in 2021.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Jackson is a party to an Unsecured Revolving Pay-In-Kind Note with JFI under which JFI may borrow up to $100 million on a revolving basis from Jackson. Outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2021 were nil and interest paid to Jackson totaled $160,000 in 2021.

Ordinary Course Transactions with Other Related Parties.

From time to time, we engage in ordinary course transactions with entities or affiliates of entities that are the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our parent company’s outstanding common stock. For example, we invest general account assets in a variety of Apollo Global Management, Inc, Vanguard and Fidelity mutual funds, ETFs, private placements, and private equities. As noted above, we have certain funds withheld assets managed under an investment management agreement with Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP. We also engage Fidelity to serve as a sub-adviser for certain separate account assets and as the record-keeper on our associate retirement, deferred income, and health savings account plans. These ordinary course transactions with our parent company’s more than 5% holders and their affiliates were arms-length transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business, with management and other fees based on the prevailing rates for non- related persons.

115

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[TO BE UPDATED BY AMENDMENT]

35The following information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

~~APPENDIX~~Executive ~~A: EXAMPLES OF INTERIM VALUE ADJUSTMENTS UPON WITHDRAWALS~~Summary

~~The~~This ~~Contract~~executive ~~currently~~summary ~~offers~~highlights ~~five~~selected ~~interest~~information ~~Crediting~~and ~~Method/Protection~~may ~~Option~~not ~~combinations~~contain ~~for~~all ~~crediting~~of ~~Index~~the ~~Adjustments~~information that is important to ~~the~~you. ~~Index~~You ~~Account~~should ~~Options:~~read ~~Cap~~this ~~with~~prospectus ~~Buffer,~~in ~~Cap~~its ~~with~~entirety ~~Floor,~~for ~~Performance~~a ~~Trigger~~more ~~with~~detailed ~~Buffer,~~description ~~Performance~~of ~~Trigger~~events, ~~with~~trends, ~~Floor~~uncertainties, risks and ~~Performance~~critical ~~Trigger~~accounting ~~Plus~~estimates ~~with~~affecting ~~Buffer~~us.

WeJackson ~~calculate~~National ~~the~~Life ~~Interim~~Insurance ~~Value~~Company on(“Jackson”) ~~each~~along ~~day~~with ofits ~~the~~subsidiaries ~~Index~~(collectively, ~~Account Option Term. The Interim Value is~~ the ~~amount~~“Company,” ~~that~~which isalso ~~available~~may to be ~~withdrawn~~referred ~~from~~to ~~your~~as ~~Index~~“we,” ~~Account~~“our” ~~Option~~or ~~on any given day. The Interim Value calculation depends~~“us”), inis ~~part,~~wholly onowned ~~the~~by ~~Crediting~~Brooke ~~Method~~Life ~~and~~Insurance ~~Protection~~Company ~~Option~~(“Brooke ~~you~~Life” ~~elect. In~~or ~~calculating~~ the ~~Interim Value~~“Parent”), wewhich ~~use~~is ~~the~~wholly ~~Index~~owned ~~Value~~by onJackson ~~two~~Financial ~~dates,~~Inc. ~~which~~(“Jackson ~~helps~~Financial” ~~us determine the Index Adjustment, positive~~ or ~~negative,~~"JFI"). We toare bea ~~credited~~financial toservices ~~your~~company ~~Index~~focused ~~Account Option Value each day: the Index Value~~ on ~~the~~helping ~~first~~Americans ~~day~~grow ~~of the Term~~ and ~~the~~protect ~~Index~~their ~~Value~~retirement onsavings ~~each~~and ~~day~~income weto ~~calculate~~enable ~~your~~them ~~Interim~~to ~~Value.~~pursue Tofinancial ~~determine~~freedom ~~the~~for ~~Index~~life ~~Adjustment,~~in ~~we then determine~~ the ~~net~~United ~~change~~

Filing Compare · JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE CO